docOutdoor - Proljus AB
download 
Report Transcription
Outdoor - Proljus AB
Outdoor Luminaires for exterior areas Outdoor Luminaires for exterior areas 091-GB-int. 080 683 000001_Cover.indd 1 24.06.2009 14:04:51 Uhr Welcome to 368 pages of “New Light”. The new TRILUX Outdoor is here. Enjoy a comprehensive and optimised overview of all TRILUX products for outdoor areas and DZ‘ range of decorative luminaires. Electric light should dispel darkness outdoors, while fulfilling many other tasks like accident prevention, orientation, accentuation or mise-en-scene. For TRILUX outdoor luminaires – be it technically decorative, functional or as accent light – our primary objective is to create highquality, perfect lighting solutions in every aspect. With the integration of DZ Licht we also offer outdoor lighting in an exceptionally aesthetic form. Many national and international reference projects and design awards show that the interplay of technical precision and emotional stylistic features provides a unique noticeable experience of light outdoors. In the new TRILUX Outdoor you‘ll find optimal outdoor lighting for every conceivable application and requirement. Discover the TRILUX Outdoor for yourself. On 368 pages of “New Light”. We expend a majority of our energy on the intelligent use of energy. We are constantly striving for improvement in everything that we do, regardless of whether it involves energy, technology or the effect of light. After all, only that which is truly innovative prevails and may be called “New Light”. That means in particular that TRILUX outdoor luminaires deliver maximum light output whilst requiring the minimum of energy. In short they go easy on the environment and are maximally efficient – thanks to state-of-the-art technology, e.g. LED technology, the elimination of unfashionable mercury vapour lamps as well as purposeful wattage reduction and intelligent usage. And finally due to perfect planning: TRILUX‘ computer-based tools and light planning programmes help with selecting the ideal lighting scenario. Not only do they save energy, but they also reduce light pollution, the unnatural brightening of the night sky. In addition to efficiency and technology, light effect plays a major role when it comes to outdoor lighting. A TRILUX luminaire should look good – and above all make sure that everything else looks good too. This is one aspect where TRILUX light does not fall short, be it ensuring safety on roads or increasing the attractiveness of a building. A decisive factor: light colour. TRILUX outdoor luminaires create fascinating light situations, which adeptly accentuate wherever it is desired, instead of just making everything visible. 040 Series 980 ··· 046 Series 981··· 048 Series 982··· 050 Series 983··· 052 Series 984··· 054 Series 985··· 180 LS 190 Laterne 192 RL 200 SR 204 Focus 210 Konus 212 Belisco 214 Reeds 220 HS 244 Lichtlinie 248 Elle 254 Lionda 258 Ondo 260 Symbol 266 Uni 278 Sonnos 284 Pinzetta 288 Ontria 056 Series 986··· 224 Zauberflöte 028 Series 880··· 032 Series 881··· 034 Series 882··· 036 Series 883··· 060 Series 988··· 062 Series 961··· Saterna 066 Series 931··· 068 Series 7-107··· Rodalux K 070 Series 908··· 080 Series 971··· Lumega 700 080 Series 972··· Lumega 900 094 Series 932··· 098 Series 935··· 100 Series 936··· 102 Series 933··· 102 Series 934··· 106 Series 979··· 108 Series 877··· 122 Series 863··· Lumena 150 130 Series 861··· Lumena 400 130 Series 862··· Lumena 600 146 Series 8661··· Estadia 152 Series 7-420··· Maxilux 156 Series 7-402··· Optilux 236 Varisto 238 DKS 240 Lichtboden 232 DI 234 Segmentkugel TRILUX Luminaires – Decoratively technical TRILUX Luminaires – Technical TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights DZ Luminaires – Decorative 292 Tube 296 VR 298 Potsdam 300 Palme 306 Emporium 312 Westminster 324 Energy efficiency and technical information TRILUX Luminaires – Decoratively technical Application recommendations 030 880··· 032 881··· 034 882··· 036 883··· 044 980··· Streets Urban motorways Roads for motorised transport Main roads and local roads Trunk roads Service roads Reduced-traffic roads Pedestrian areas Pedestrian zones Arcades and passages Cycle paths Paths in parks and green spaces Residential facilities Stairways and entrances Light for the home Squares Traffic squares and roundabouts Parking sites Open-air workplaces Building sites Works roads Harbour and dockyard facilities Storage and container sites Power plants Quarries and mining facilities Airports Apron lighting Sports halls Stadiums Tennis courts Swimming pools and ice rinks Golf courses Cross-country ski runs Ski slopes High halls Aircraft hangars High sports halls Factory workshops Trade fair halls Spotlighting 6 046 981··· ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 048 982··· 050 983··· 052 984··· 054 985··· 056 986··· 060 988··· 062 961··· Saterna ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 070 908··· ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 068 7-107··· Rodalux K ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 066 931··· ! ! ! ! ! ! 7 TRILUX Luminaires – Technical Application recommendations 086 971··· Lumega 700 Streets Urban motorways Roads for motorised transport Main roads and local roads Trunk roads Service roads Reduced-traffic roads ! ! ! ! ! Pedestrian areas Pedestrian zones Arcades and passages Cycle paths Paths in parks and green spaces Residential facilities Stairways and entrances ! ! ! ! 088 972··· Lumega 900 096 932··· 098 935··· ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 098 935···M2 ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Light for the home Squares Traffic squares and roundabouts Parking sites Open-air workplaces Building sites Works roads Harbour and dockyard facilities Storage and container sites Power plants Quarries and mining facilities ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Airports Apron lighting Sports halls Stadiums Tennis courts Swimming pools and ice rinks Golf courses Cross-country ski runs Ski slopes High halls Aircraft hangars High sports halls Factory workshops Trade fair halls Spotlighting 8 ! ! ! 100 936··· 100 936···M ! ! ! 104 933··· ! ! ! 104 934··· ! ! ! 106 979··· ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 108 877··· ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 9 TRILUX Spotlights and floodlights Application recommendations 124 863··· Lumena 150 134 861··· Lumena 400 Streets Urban motorways Roads for motorised transport Main roads and local roads Trunk roads Service roads Reduced-traffic roads ! ! ! Pedestrian areas Pedestrian zones Arcades and passages Cycle paths Paths in parks and green spaces Residential facilities Stairways and entrances ! Light for the home 134 862··· Lumena 600 ! ! ! Squares Traffic squares and roundabouts Parking sites Open-air workplaces Building sites Works roads Harbour and dockyard facilities Storage and container sites Power plants Quarries and mining facilities ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Airports Apron lighting Sports halls Stadiums Tennis courts Swimming pools and ice rinks Golf courses Cross-country ski runs Ski slopes ! High halls Aircraft hangars High sports halls Factory workshops Trade fair halls Spotlighting 10 ! ! ! 140 861··· Lumena 400 142 862··· Lumena 600 ! ! ! 148 866··· Estadia 154 7-420··· Maxilux ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 156 7-402··· Optilux ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 11 DZ luminaires – decorative Application recommendations 180 LS 190 Laterne 192 RL 200 SR 204 Focus 210 Konus Streets Urban motorways Roads for motorised transport Main roads and local roads Trunk roads Service roads Reduced-traffic roads Pedestrian areas Pedestrian zones Arcades and passages Cycle paths Paths in parks and green spaces Residential facilities Stairways and entrances ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Light for the home ! ! ! ! ! ! Squares Traffic squares and roundabouts Parking sites ! Open-air workplaces Building sites Works roads Harbour and dockyard facilities Storage and container sites Power plants Quarries and mining facilities Airports Apron lighting Sports halls Stadiums Tennis courts Swimming pools and ice rinks Golf courses Cross-country ski runs Ski slopes High halls Aircraft hangars High sports halls Factory workshops Trade fair halls Spotlighting 12 ! 212 Belisco ! 214 Reeds ! 220 HS 224 Zauberflöte ! ! ! ! ! ! 232 DI 234 Segmentkugel ! ! 236 Varisto ! 238 DKS 240 Lichtboden ! 244 Lichtlinie ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 13 DZ luminaires – decorative Application recommendations 248 Elle Streets Urban motorways Roads for motorised transport Main roads and local roads Trunk roads Service roads Reduced-traffic roads Pedestrian areas Pedestrian zones Arcades and passages Cycle paths Paths in parks and green spaces Residential facilities Stairways and entrances 254 Lionda ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Light for the home Squares Traffic squares and roundabouts Parking sites Open-air workplaces Building sites Works roads Harbour and dockyard facilities Storage and container sites Power plants Quarries and mining facilities Airports Apron lighting Sports halls Stadiums Tennis courts Swimming pools and ice rinks Golf courses Cross-country ski runs Ski slopes High halls Aircraft hangars High sports halls Factory workshops Trade fair halls Spotlighting 14 ! ! ! 258 Ondo 260 Symbol ! 266 Uni ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 278 Sonnos 284 Pinzetta ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 288 Ontria ! ! ! ! ! ! 292 Tube 296 VR 298 Potsdam 300 Palme 306 Emporium 312 Westminster A 316 Westminster ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 15 LUMINAIRES ATTENTION AND AT ATTEN DURING T THAT GUIDE AT NIGHT TRACT TION HE DAY. TRILUX – Decorative & Technical TRILUX Luminaires – Decorative & Technical TRILUX Luminaires – Decorative & Technical 88··· 028 880··· series 032 881··· series 034 882··· series 036 883··· series 040 980··· series Cylindrical lantern 046 981··· series Lantern 048 982··· series Indirect lantern 050 983··· series Conical lantern 052 984··· series Spherical lantern 054 985··· series Classic lantern 056 986··· series Classic conical lantern 98··· 18 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Secondary reflector luminaire 060 988··· series Secondary reflector luminaires Saterna 931··· 062 961··· series Saterna 066 931··· series Rodalux K 908··· 068 7-107··· series Rodalux K 070 908··· series 19 Decorative luminaires that go far beyond decorative. 20 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Although the decorative technical luminaires from TRILUX for outdoors are designed for orientation purposes, they are oriented primarily around one requirement “good design”. A wide variety of luminaires offer the right lighting solutions for a wide variety of applications: ranging from pathway luminaires in parks and green areas and wall-mounted luminaires for prestegious entrances through to pillars in decorative exteriors and for lighting pathways. In short: During the day, TRILUX‘ luminaires accentuate the external appearance of the architecture, whilst ensuring safety and orientation during the night. After all, the requirements of New Light for decorative outdoor applications may only be fulfilled by luminaires that unite design and function in an optimum manner. 21 The best way to deal with diverse tasks is with diversity: the TRILUX 98··· series. 22 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical When it comes to decorative outdoor settings, there are as many possible applications as there are different urban architectural styles. Moreover, there are just as many different types of tastes. That‘s why the 98··· series offers seven different luminaire design variations that are easily integrated into every setting – without abandoning their own unique character. And whether you decide in favour of a classic, a simple or a modern luminaire design – the luminaires of the TRILUX 98··· series offer far more than just the right design: optimum photometrics, flexible electrical technology, simple installation and above all high ease of maintenance. And thus the perfect prerequisites for every conceivable outdoor application. 23 Luminaires that not only illuminate but also lend shape. 24 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical The luminaires of the TRILUX 88··· series are used mainly along pathways and at building entrances. As bollards, wall-mounted luminaires and pillars they not only serve as a form of orientation but also fulfil a high design function, as they are always part of the building architecture. That also applies to the post-top luminaires of the TRILUX 908··· series: They create accents along subsidiary roads, in pedestrian zones and parks and impress thanks to their modern, minimalist design and that they can be opened for maintenance without using tools, thus offering a time-saving. The side-bracket-mounted lanterns of the TRILUX 931··· series are characterised by a timeless, classic design. They are perfectly suited to creating a nostalgic mise en scene in residential areas, pedestrian zones and parks. 25 Standards and aesthetics do not need to be contradictions: the TRILUX Saterna. 26 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical A perfect luminaire for outdoors must be one thing above all: reliable. In addition, outdoor luminaires should have a clear style to facilitate their harmonious integration into the cityscape, offer flexibility, e.g. with a wide variety of equipment options and variable angle of inclination, possess a sturdy luminaire housing, which reliably protects the luminaires against climatic influences, and finally impress with their ease of handling, e.g. thanks to the possibility of tool-free lamp replacement. In other words: they should be called the TRILUX Saterna. 27 880··· 881··· 882··· 883··· 88··· series During the day, pathway luminaires accentuate their surroundings, whilst at night they are inviting with their pleasant light. The 880··· pathway luminaires create conditions for an ideal harmonisation between building and landscape structures. The asymmetrical light output for illuminating the ground is a characteristic design element and lends the luminaires their special attractiveness. The photometrically optimised 881··· pathway luminaires fascinate by their subtle, yet striking design. The oval design fits comfortably in the exterior environments, whereas 28 the versions with upward light output create interesting accents. The 881··· series is also available as bollard or wall-mounted luminaire. The 882··· pathway luminaires do not only offer the reliability of highly advanced technical standards, they also create design accents. The bollards and wall-mounted luminaires are each available with or without upward light output and thus offer a variety of design options. Parks, entrances or stairs can be stylishly illuminated with the 882··· series luminaires. With a wide variety of designs the 883··· series offers the right lighting solution for a multitude of applications: as a pathway luminaire in parks or green areas, as a wallmounted luminaire in prestegious entrances or as a pillar in decorative exteriors – the 883··· series creates accents. TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Prestigious exterior design The architecture of a building does not end at its facade, but rather is continued in the exterior surroundings. And that is exactly where the pathway luminaires from TRILUX excel – with their slender design and technical perfection – always pointing the way. 88··· Wall-mounted luminaires The wall-mounted luminaires that complement the design of the pathway luminaires of the 881···, 882··· and 883··· series lend the right effect to every entrance: stylish during the day, inviting at night, whilst offering safety and orientation. Mounting The ground plate of the pathway luminaire is directly fixed to a solid subsurface like stone plates, masonry, concrete base or wood platform. The earthing unit 08800 is available for the installation of the luminaire in the ground. Junction box Versions with the reference suffix “Ü” are equipped with a junction box behind the maintenance door at the back of the luminaire for one fuse up to 16 A. 29 880··· series Pathway Luminaires 6 5 M IP65 880··· Pathway luminaires with uni-sectional, asymmetrical light distribution, designed for downward light output. Re-lamping possible after removing the upper cover plate by loosening the stainless steel screws with an allen key. Luminaire top made of cast aluminium. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Stand profile made of extruded aluminium, oval cross-section. Ground plate made of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weatherresistant. Cover of lamp housing in toughened safety glass, which is resistant to temperature changes. 30 ···Ü··· with optional maintenance door at the back and integral junction box for one fuse up to 16 A. Feeding for two cables max. 5 x 6 mm². Degree of protection of junction box IP54. Control gear options Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Earthing unit 08800 Earthing unit made of galvanised steel, for installation of luminaire in the ground. Including stainless steel fixing screws. Other versions available on request. ≈kg ···10 ···02 ···02 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT-CE-DE 70 1 x E27 (max. 150 W) G12 RX7s E27 13.2 13.5 12.3 ···10 ···02 ···02 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT-CE-DE 70 1 x E27 (max. 150 W) G12 RX7s E27 13.8 14.1 12.9 W Description Planted section ≈kg 2.8 8801··· 1000 TOC 22 214 00 Socket 08800 370 Accessories 08800 Lamps ¶150 170 Pathway luminaires 8801/35HIT··· 13 115··· 8801/70HIT-DE··· 13 116··· 8801/E27 13 117··· Pathway luminaires, with door and junction box (Ü) 8801Ü/35HIT··· 13 118··· 8801Ü/70HIT-DE··· 13 119··· 8801Ü/E27 13 120··· Control gear options Mains ···K 180 x 75 TOC 500 Reference ¶ 125 312 31 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ······························ 360 881··· series Pathway Luminaires and Wall-mounted Luminaires 6 5 M IP65 ···W··· a IP65 8811··· Pathway luminaires, bollards and wallmounted luminaires with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire top made of aluminium and cast aluminium components, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powdercoated, weather-resistant. ···L··· with optional upward decorative light output. Stand profile made of extruded aluminium, oval cross-section, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Ground plate made of cast aluminium, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Cover of lamp housing with translucent, highly impact-resistant borosilicate glass tube, for TC-T versions in impact-resistant PMMA. Re-lamping possible after removing the luminaire top by loosening the stainless steel screws with an allen key. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced. Electrical connection with 3-pole terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. ···Ü··· with optional maintenance door at the back and integral junction box for one fuse up to 16 A. Feeding for two cables max. 5 x 6 mm². Degree of protection of junction box IP54. 32 8811K··· Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. Wall-mounted luminaire ···W··· in safety class I and degree of protection IP65 for lamp and connection housing. Electrical connection in the socket of the plug with connection for wires up to 2 x 5 x 1.5 mm². Earthing unit 08800 Earthing unit made of galvanised steel, for installation of luminaire in the ground. Stainless steel fixing screws included. Other versions available on request. 8811W··· TOC Control gear options ···E Mains Lamps ···K W Pathway luminaires 8811/TCT26/32/42··· 58 356··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 122··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8811/E27 13 124··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Pathway luminaires, with door and junction box (Ü) 8811Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 362··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 158··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8811Ü/E27 13 160··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L) 8811L/TCT26/32/42··· 58 358··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811L/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 135··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8811L/E27 13 137··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L), with door and junction box (Ü) 8811L-Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 360··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811L-Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 149··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8811L-Ü/E27 13 151··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Bollards (K) 8811K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 357··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 128··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8811K/E27 13 130··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Bollards (K) with upper light output (L) 8811L-K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 359··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811L-K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 141··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8811L-K/E27 13 143··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Wall-mounted luminaires (W) 8811W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 363··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811W/E27 13 163··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Wall-mounted luminaires (W) with upper light output (L) 8811L-W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 361··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8811L-W/E27 13 154··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. **Lamp for external ignition. ≈kg 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 14.2 15.7 14.2 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 14.8 16.3 14.8 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 14.2 15.7 14.2 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 14.8 16.3 14.8 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 9.3 10.8 9.3 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 9.3 10.8 9.3 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 5.4 5.4 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 5.4 5.4 Description Planted section ≈kg 2.8 8811··· 8811W··· 600 370 08800 363 1200 8811K··· 180 x 75 312 ¶ 120 ¶150 170 TOC 22 214 00 500 Accessories 08800 Socket ¶ 125 312 170 Reference 312 170 205 33 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ······························ 360 882··· series Pathway Luminaires and Wall-mounted Luminaires 6 5 M IP65 ···W··· a IP65 8821L··· Pathway luminaires, bollards and wallmounted luminaires with wide-angle light distribution. Luminaire top made of aluminium and cast aluminium components, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powdercoated, weather-resistant. ···L··· with optional upward decorative light output. Stand profile made of extruded aluminium, round cross-section, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Ground plate made of cast aluminium, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Cover of lamp housing in translucent, highly impact-resistant borosilicate glass tube, for TC-T versions in impact-resistant PMMA. Re-lamping possible after removing the luminaire top by loosening the stainless steel screws with an allen key. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced. Electrical connection with 3-pole terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. 34 8821L-K··· ···Ü··· with optional maintenance door at the back and integral junction box for one fuse up to 16 A. Feeding for two cables max. 5 x 6 mm². Degree of protection of junction box IP54. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Wall-mounted luminaire ···W··· in safety class I and degree of protection IP65 for lamp and connection housing. Electrical connection in the socket of the plug with connection for wires up to 2 x 5 x 1.5 mm². Earthing unit 08800 Earthing unit made of galvanised steel, for installation of luminaire in the ground. Stainless steel fixing screws included. Other versions available on request. 8821W··· Control gear options ···E Mains Lamps ···K W Pathway luminaires 8821/TCT26/32/42··· 58 364·· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 168··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8821/E27 13 170··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) Pathway luminaires with junction box (Ü) 8821Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 375··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 201··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8821Ü/E27 13 203··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L) 8821L/TCT26/32/42··· 58 366··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821L/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 180··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8821L/E27 13 182··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L), with door and junction box (Ü) 8821L-Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 368··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821L-Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 192··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8821L-Ü/E27 13 194··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) Bollards (K) 8821K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 365··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 174··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8821K/E27 13 176··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) Bollards (K) with upper light output (L) 8821L-K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 367··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821L-K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 186··· ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 8821L-K/E27 13 188··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) Wall-mounted luminaires (W) 8821W/TCT26/3242··· 58 370··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821W/E27 13 206··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) Wall-mounted luminaires (W) with upper light output (L) 8821L-W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 369··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 8821L-W/E27 13 197··· ···10 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. **Lamp for external ignition. 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 11.0 12.2 11.0 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 11.6 12.8 11.6 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 11.0 12.2 11.0 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 11.6 12.8 11.6 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 8.2 9.4 8.2 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 8.2 9.4 8.2 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 5.6 5.6 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 5.6 5.6 Description Planted section ≈kg 2.8 8821··· 8821K··· 1200 8821W··· 519 370 08800 180 x 75 TOC 22 214 00 ≈kg 500 Accessories 08800 Socket ¶ 170 ¶ 170 ¶ 120 ¶150 ¶ 125 ¶ 170 TOC 800 Reference 205 35 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ····························· 360 883··· series Pathway Luminaires and Wall-mounted Luminaires 6 5 M IP65 ···W··· a IP65 8831··· Pathway luminaires, bollards and wallmounted luminaires with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire top made of aluminium and cast aluminium components, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Stand profile made of extruded aluminium, round cross-section, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Ground plate made of cast aluminium, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Cover of lamp housing in translucent, highly impact resistant borosilicate glass tube, for TC-T versions in impact-resistant PMMA. Re-lamping possible after removing the luminaire top by loosening the stainless steel screws with an allen key. 8831K··· Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced. Electrical connection with 3-pole terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. ···Ü··· with optional maintenance door at the back and integral junction box for one fuse up to 16 A. Feeding for two cables max. 5 x 6 mm². Degree of protection of junction box IP54. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Wall-mounted luminaire ···W··· in safety class I and degree of protection IP65 for lamp and connection housing. Electrical connection in the socket of the plug with connection for wires up to 2 x 5 x 1.5 mm². Earthing unit 08800 Earthing unit made of galvanised steel, for installation of luminaire in the ground. Stainless steel fixing screws included. Other versions available on request. 36 8831W··· Control gear options ···E Mains ···K Pathway luminaires 8831/TCT26/32/42··· 58 371··· ···04 8831/50-70HST···* 13 211··· ···02 8831/E27 13 214··· ···10 Pathway luminaires, with door and junction box (Ü) 8831Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 373··· ···04 8831Ü/50-70HST···* 13 226··· ···02 8831Ü/E27 13 227··· ···10 Bollards (K) 8831K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 372··· ···04 8831K/50-70HST···* 13 218··· ···02 8831K/E27 13 219··· ···10 Wall-mounted luminaires (W) 8831W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 374··· ···04 8831W/E27 13 230··· ···10 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. **Lamp for external ignition. ≈kg W 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x HST 50-70** 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 8.4 9.6 8.4 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x HST 50-70** 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 9.0 10.2 9.0 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x HST 50-70** 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 6.7 7.9 6.7 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 4.1 4.1 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) Description Planted section ≈kg 2.8 8831··· 8831K··· 8831W··· 800 1200 582 08800 ¶ 170 ¶150 ¶ 170 ¶ 120 ¶ 170 TOC 22 214 00 Socket 370 Accessories 08800 Lamps 180 x 75 TOC 500 Reference ¶ 125 205 37 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ····························· 360 883··· series Pillars 6 5 M IP65 8831LS··· Pillars with wide-angle light distribution. Luminaire top made of aluminium and cast aluminum components, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Stand profile made of extruded aluminium, round cross-section, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Ground plate made of cast aluminium, anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Cover of lamp housing in translucent impact-resistant PMMA tube. Re-lamping possible after removing the luminaire top by loosening the stainless steel screws with an allen key. 38 Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced. Electrical connection with 3-pole terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. ···Ü··· with optional maintenance door at the back and integral junction box for one fuse up to 16 A. Feeding for two cables max. 5 x 6 mm². Degree of protection of junction box IP54. Control gear options ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Other versions available on request. TOC 22 215 00 ···02 ···02 1 x 36 (T26) 1 x 36 (T26) Socket ≈kg G13 G13 28.7 29.6 W Description Planted section for pillar ≈kg 13.6 8831LS··· 3300 Accessories 08800LS Lamps 08800 LS 370 Pillars (LS) without / with junction boxes (Ü) 8831LS/36 13 223··· 8831LS-Ü/36 13 224··· Control gear options ···K 180 x 75 TOC 800 Reference ¶ 320 ¶ 300 ¶ 240 ¶ 170 39 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ····························· 360 98··· series Thanks to its modular design, the 98··· series offers a broad range of luminaires with a characteristic design, photometrically optimised optics and efficient lamp configurations. Seven luminaire design variations with classic, simple or modern forms create the prerequisites for a harmonious integration into different architectural styles. Perfect solutions for various lighting tasks! 40 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Rotationally symmetrical cylindrical optics ZO 98··· luminaires with cylindrical optics allow increased mounting distances with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Direct glare is avoided by an effective screening of the lamps. Asymmetrical optics SA Mirror optics SA have the same design as the cylindrical optics. However, the computer-calculated specular reflectors, made of reflection-intensified aluminium, integrated into the cylindrical optics provide a particularly asymmetrical light distribution. 98··· luminaires equipped with SA optics are suitable for lighting subsidiary roads with increased mounting distances in an energyefficient manner. Lamella optics LO 98··· luminaires with lamella optics accentuate the architectural layout of pedestrian zones and subsidiary roads. Available with high-pressure lamps and compact fluorescent lamps, the lamella optic is more than just a design alternative to cylindrical optics. Lamella optics LA 98··· luminaires with lamella optics for asymmetrical light distribution are especially suitable for efficiently illuminating residential areas. The optical system, made of highly specular, anodised aluminium with conically designed lamellas and additional evolvent reflector, creates a narrow/wideangle light distribution for increased mounting distances. 41 98··· series Easy mounting and maintenance Easy mounting and maintenance Rapid luminaire mounting and easy maintenance are decisive factors when it comes to the minimisation of costs. The option to make functional checks in house leads to further cost savings. The electrical connection is considerably simplified thanks to the 3-pole plug connection module with strain relief system. Electrical block: tool-free installation and power adjustment Electrical blocks can be installed in or removed from the luminaire body without using tools. The electrical bonding is effected by means of a plug connection. Retrofitting luminaires to another configuration, e.g. in case of reduced traffic, is simplified by exchanging the electrical block or by switching to another high-pressure lamp power with the aid of an integrated switch. 42 Lock-in position Re-lamping is facilitated thanks to the lock-in position: unlock the luminaire, lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position and simply replace the lamp. It is not necessary to completely remove nor lay down the luminaire cover. TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Secure closure technology The closure technology of the 98··· luminaires prevents unauthorised access. The luminaire cover can be easily removed by means of the release bracket that is available as an accessory. The time-consuming loosening of screws or retention rings is a thing of the past. PMMA diffusers: stable and durable All diffusers are made of highly impactresistant PMMA. The high initial impact resistance of this transparent material is preserved for an almost unlimited time. The smooth surface is resistant to soiling and yellowing. High degree of protection IP65 The 98··· series luminaires are distinguished by their high resistance to corrosion and durability. Impact-resistant materials guarantee a long-term safe protection against the ingress of dust and moisture in accordance with IP65 degree of protection. 43 980··· series Cylindrical Luminaires 6 5 M ···QL··· a IP65 3-5 m 9801 LO··· 9801 SA···/ZO··· Decorative cylindrical luminaire for posttop mounting. Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Version ···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. ···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotational symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Cylindrical cover made of highly impactresistant PMMA, clear. Optical systems made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover into the locked position. 44 Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations on page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.146 m2. Other versions available on request. 9802 LA··· Lamps W Cylindrical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 9801LO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 739··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9801LO/100HSE··· 13 737··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9801LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 742··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9802LO/TCL18-24··· 13 777··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Cylindrical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9801LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 746··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9801LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 743··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Cylindrical lantern with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 9802LA/TCL18-24··· 49 407··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Cylindrical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 9801SA/50-70HSE-E···* 13 755··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9801SA/100HSE··· 13 753··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9801SA/TCT26/32/42··· 13 758··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Cylindrical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 9801SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 762··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9801SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 759··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Cylindrical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 9801ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 766··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9801ZO/100HSE··· 13 764··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 13 768··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9801ZO/55QL···1 9801ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 770··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Cylindrical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9801ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 774··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9801ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 771··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 Safety class I, including lamp. Socket 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 ≈ kg E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 7.6 7.7 5.9 6.0 E27 E40 7.7 8.5 2G11 6.0 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 7.6 7.7 5.9 E27 E40 7.7 8.5 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 7.6 7.7 7.1 5.9 E27 E40 7.7 8.5 980··· 237 506 Control gear options ···E ···K 690 TOC 85 Reference 76 45 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Accessories ····························· 58 Lamp data ····························· 360 981··· series Lanterns 6 5 M ···QL··· a IP65 3-5 m 9811 LO··· Decorative lanterns for post-top mounting. Version ···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. ···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotational symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Cylindrical cover made of highly impactresistant PMMA, clear. Optical systems made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position. 46 9811 SA···/ZO··· Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations on page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.174 m2. Other versions available on request. 9812 LA··· W Lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 9811LO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 784··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9811LO/100HSE··· 13 782··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9811LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 787··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9812LO/TCL18-24··· 13 816··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9811LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 791··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9811LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 788··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 9812LA/TCL18-24··· 49 408··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 9811SA/50-70HSE-E···* 13 795··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9811SA/100HSE··· 13 793··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9811SA/TCT26/32/42··· 13 798··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 9811SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 802··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9811SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 799··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 9811ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 806··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9811ZO/100HSE··· 13 804··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 13 808··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9811ZO/55QL···1 9811ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 810··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9811ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 814··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9811ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 811··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 Safety class I, including lamp. 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 Socket ≈ kg E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 9.9 10.0 8.2 9.7 E27 E40 10.0 10.8 2G11 8.3 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 9.9 10.0 8.2 E27 E40 10.0 10.8 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 9.9 10.0 9.3 8.2 E27 E40 10.0 10.8 981··· 770 98 Lamps 408 690 Control gear options ···E ···K 184 TOC 85 Reference 76 47 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Accessories ····························· 58 Lamp data ····························· 360 982··· series Indirect Lanterns 6 5 M ···QL··· a IP65 3-5 m 9821 LO··· Decorative indirect lantern for post-top mounting. Version ···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. ···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Joined by means of four aluminium rods. Pole top ¶ 7 6 mm. Cylindrical cover made of highly impactresistant PMMA, clear. Optical systems made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position. 48 9821 SA···/ZO··· Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.195 m2. Other versions available on request. 9822 LA··· W Indirect lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 9821LO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 824··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9821LO/100HSE··· 13 822··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9821LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 827··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9822LO/TCL18-24··· 13 857··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Indirect lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9821LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 831··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9821LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 828··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Indirect lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 9822LA/TCL18-24··· 45 058··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Indirect lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 9821SA/50-70HSE-E···* 13 835··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9821SA/100HSE··· 13 833··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9821SA/TCT26/32/42··· 13 838··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Indirect lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 9821SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 842··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9821SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 839··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Indirect lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 9821ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 846··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9821ZO/100HSE··· 13 844··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 13 848··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9821ZO/55QL···1 9821ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 851··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Indirect lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9821ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 855··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9821ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 852··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 Safety class I, including lamp. 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 Socket ≈ kg E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 11.4 11.5 9.8 9.8 E27 E40 11.5 12.3 2G11 9.8 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 11.4 11.5 9.8 E27 E40 11.5 12.3 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 11.4 11.5 10.8 9.8 E27 E40 11.5 12.3 982··· 770 165 Lamps 341 690 Control gear options ···E ···K 184 TOC 85 Reference 76 49 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Accessories ····························· 58 Lamp data ····························· 360 983··· series Conical Lanterns 6 5 M ···QL··· a IP65 3-5 m 9831 LO··· Decorative conical lantern for post-top mounting. Version ···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. ···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Joined by means of four decorative aluminium rods, black. Pole top ¶ 7 6 mm. Conical cover made of highly impactresistant PMMA, clear. Optical systems made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position. 50 9831 SA···/ZO··· Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.240 m2. Other versions available on request. 9832 LA··· W Conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 9831LO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 867··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9831LO/100HSE··· 13 865··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9831LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 870··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9832LO/TCL18-24··· 13 913··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9831LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 874··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9831LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 871··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Conical lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 9832LA/TCL18-24··· 49 409··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 9831SA/50-70HSE-E···* 13 890··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9831SA/100HSE··· 13 888··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9831SA/TCT26/32/42··· 13 893··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 9831SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 897··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9831SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 894··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 9831ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 901··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9831ZO/100HSE··· 13 899··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 13 903··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9831ZO/55QL···1 9831ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 906··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9831ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 910··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9831ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 907··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 Safety class I, including lamp. Socket 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 ≈ kg E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 9.7 9.8 8.0 8.1 E27 E40 9.8 10.6 2G11 8.1 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 9.7 9.8 8.0 E27 E40 9.8 10.6 E27 E40 9.7 9.8 9.1 8.0 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E40 9.8 10.6 983··· 740 406 Lamps 590 Control gear options ···E ···K 184 TOC 85 Reference 76 51 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Accessories ····························· 58 Lamp data ····························· 360 984··· series Spherical Lanterns 6 5 M ···QL··· a IP65 3-5 m 9841 LO··· 9841 SA···/ZO··· Decorative spherical lanterns for post-top mounting. Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Version ···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. ···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotational symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Spherical cover made of highly impactresistant PMMA, clear. Optical systems made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position. 52 Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.170 m2. Other versions available on request. 9842 LA··· W Spherical lantern with lamella optics (LO) 9841LO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 923··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9841LO/100HSE··· 13 921··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9841LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 926··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9842LO/TCL18-24··· 13 968··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Spherical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9841LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 930··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9841LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 927··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Spherical lantern with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 9842LA/TCL18-24··· 49 411··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Spherical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 9841SA/50-70HSE-E···* 13 946··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9841SA/100HSE··· 13 944··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9841SA/TCT26/32/42··· 13 949··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Spherical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 9841SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 953··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9841SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 950··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Spherical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 9841ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 957··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9841ZO/100HSE··· 13 955··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 13 959··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9841ZO/55QL···1 9841ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 962··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Spherical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9841ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 966··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9841ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 963··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 Safety class I, including lamp. Socket 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 ≈ kg E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 7.6 7.7 5.9 6.0 E27 E40 7.7 8.5 2G11 6.0 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 7.6 7.7 5.9 E27 E40 7.7 8.5 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 7.6 7.7 7.0 5.9 E27 E40 7.7 8.5 984··· 500 473 Lamps 657 Control gear options ···E ···K 184 TOC 85 Reference 76 53 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Accessories ····························· 58 Lamp data ····························· 360 985··· series Classic Lanterns 6 5 M ···QL··· a IP65 3-5 m 9851 LO··· Decorative classic lanterns for post-top mounting. Version ···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. ···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotational symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pole top ¶ 7 6 mm. Classic cover made of highly impactresistant PMMA, clear. Optical systems made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position. 54 9851 SA···/ZO··· Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.170 m2. Other versions available on request. 9852 LA··· Lamps W Classic lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 9851LO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 977··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9851LO/100HSE··· 13 975··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9851LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 980··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9852LO/TCL 18-24··· 14 022··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Classic lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9851LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 984··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9851LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 981··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Classic lantern with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 9852LA/TCL18-24··· 49 413··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Classic lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 9851SA/50-70HSE-E···* 14 000··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9851SA/100HSE··· 13 998··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9851SA/TCT26/32/42··· 14 003··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Classic lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 9851SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 14 007··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9851SA-LR/100HSE··· 14 004··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Classic lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 9851ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 14 011··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9851ZO/100HSE··· 14 009··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 14 013··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9851ZO/55QL···1 9851ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 14 015··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Classic lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9851ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 14 019··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9851ZO-LR/100HSE··· 14 016··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 Safety class I, including lamp. Socket 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 ≈ kg E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 8.0 8.1 6.3 6.4 E27 E40 8.1 8.9 2G11 6.4 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 8.0 8.1 6.3 E27 E40 8.1 8.9 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 8.0 8.1 7.4 6.3 E27 E40 8.1 8.9 985··· 654 402 586 Control gear options ···E ···K 184 TOC 85 Reference 76 55 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Accessories ····························· 58 Lamp data ····························· 360 986··· series Classic Conical Lanterns 6 5 M ···QL··· a IP65 3-5 m 9861 LO··· Decorative classic conical lantern for post-top mounting. Version ···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. ···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light distribution. ···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Conical cover made of highly impactresistant PMMA, clear. Optical systems made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position. 56 9861 SA···/ZO··· Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.218 m2. Other versions available on request. 9862 LA··· Socket 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 8.2 8.3 6.5 6.6 E27 E40 8.3 9.1 2G11 6.6 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 8.2 8.3 6.5 E27 E40 8.3 9.1 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 8.2 8.3 7.6 6.5 E27 E40 8.3 9.1 986··· 672 406 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 ≈ kg 590 Control gear Lamps options ···E ···K W Classic conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 9861LO/50-70HSE-E···* 14 034··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9861LO/100HSE··· 14 032··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9861LO/TCT26/32/42··· 14 038··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9862LO/TCL 18-24··· 14 080··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Classic conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9861LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 14 042··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9861LO-LR/100HSE··· 14 039··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Classic conical lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 9862LA/TCL18-24··· 49 415··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Classic conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 9861SA/50-70HSE-E···* 14 058··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9861SA/100HSE··· 14 056··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9861SA/TCT26/32/42··· 14 061··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Classic conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 9861SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 14 065··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9861SA-LR/100HSE··· 14 062··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 Classic conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 9861ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 14 069··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 9861ZO/100HSE··· 14 067··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 14 071··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9861ZO/55QL···1 9861ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 14 073··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 Classic conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 9861ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 14 077··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70 9861ZO-LR/100HSE··· 14 074··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 Safety class I, including lamp. 184 TOC 85 Reference 76 57 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Accessories ····························· 5 8 Lamp data ····························· 360 98··· series Accessories Reference 09800/2/76-II 09800/3/76-II TOC 22 236 00 22 237 00 Description Pole head, double Pole head, triple ≈ kg 10.0 15.0 Pole brackets for multiple arrangements made of galvanised steel tube, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powder-coated, weatherresistant. With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Safety class II. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Other colours available on request. Windage area and dimensions for complete arrangements see Table. 09800/2/··· Pole bracket 09800/2/76-II with luminaires 980··· 981··· 982··· 983··· 984··· 985··· 986··· 980··· 981··· 982··· 983··· 984··· 985··· 986··· 09800/3/76-II Windage area FW (m²) 0.419 0.483 0.525 0.615 0.475 0.475 0.571 0.561 0.657 0.720 0.855 0.645 0.645 0.789 A (mm) 1287 1820 1820 1790 1550 1704 1722 1287 1820 1820 1790 1550 1704 1722 09800/3/··· Reference 09800WB TOC 22 241 00 Description Wall mounting ≈ kg 6.3 Wall fixing for 1 luminaire made of galvanised steel tube, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Other colours available on request. With four fixing holes ¶ 1 0.5 mm. 09800 WB··· 09800/2/76-II 09800/3/76-II A 1050 A 58 A 237 184 85 24 200 76 76 09800WB 225 225 225 85 184 85 184 A 1050 76 550 TOC 22 235 00 Description Adapter ≈ kg 0.5 Reduction piece Made of die-cast aluminium to adapt luminaires to post-top poles with pole top ¶ 60 mm. 0980/60 Reference 09800 EB TOC 22 238 00 Description Release bracket ≈ kg 0.1 Release bracket For easy and quick operation of the spring-tensioned contact clips for 98··· series exterior luminaires. Lamps can be easily replaced: unlock luminaire, lift up the cover to the lock-in position and simply replace the lamp. 09800 EB Reference 09800LO-AS 09800SA-AS 09800ZO-AS TOC 22 239 00 22 240 00 22 242 00 Description Shielding for lamella optics ···LO··· Shielding for asymmetrical reflector ···SA··· Shielding for cylindrical optics ···ZO··· ≈ kg 0.2 0.2 0.2 Screen Screens can be retrofitted without using tools in order to reduce disturbing light emissions for neighbouring properties. There is a special, computer-optimised screen for each optical system ···ZO···, ···SA··· and ···LO···. 09800 LO-AS 59 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Reference 0980/60 988··· Secondary Reflector Luminaire Secondary reflector optics Luminaires with secondary reflector optics create brilliant lighting effects and with their particularly characteristic appearance are ideal for decorative lighting of pedestrian zones, squares and corporate outdoor areas. The secondary reflector illumination is achieved by means of a perfect interplay between the primary optics in the protected lamp housing and the facetted secondary reflector made of highly-specular coated PBT with a weather-resistant sealing. The light hits the secondary reflector surface and is reflected by the specially segmented surface in a uniform and glare-free manner. 0° 15° 30° Inclination settings of optical system The secondary reflector supported by two decorative support tubes, made of brushed stainless steel, can be mounted in three different inclination settings. This allows the creation of a symmetrical or asymmetrical luminous intensity distribution. The 98... series secondary reflector luminaires can therefore be adapted to the different photometric requirements of the given surroundings. 60 HIT HST HST-CRI Equipment options All electrical components, including the lamp holders, are included in the delivery and are connected in an electrical block, which can be replaced without tools facilitating mounting and maintenance. Electrical blocks for three different lamp technologies are available as an option. Lamp data ····························· 360 Secondary Reflector Luminaires 6 5 M IP65 3-5 m 9881··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···K Secondary reflector luminaires 9881/50-70HST···* 48 593··· ···02 9881LR/70HST··· 48 597··· ···02 9881/70HIT··· 48 596··· ···02 9881/150HIT··· 48 595··· ···04 9881/50HST -CRI··· 48 594··· ···02 9881/100HST-CRI··· 48 592··· ···02 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. Accessories 09800 EB 0988/60 TOC 22 238 00 47 993 00 Lamps Socket ≈ kg E27 E27 G12 G12 PG12-1 PG12-1 20.4 20.5 20.4 19.4 20.4 20.5 W 1 x HST 50-70 1 x HST 70 1 x HIT-CE 70 1 x HIT-CE 150 1 x HST-CRI 50 1 x HST-CRI 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 Description Release bracket Adapter Decorative secondary reflector luminaire for post-top mounting. Luminaire body made of cast aluminium, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, serves as supporting element for secondary reflector. Colour ‚White aluminium‘, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Fixed to 2 refined tubular supports made of brushed stainless steel. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Optical system consisting of primary reflector in protected lamp housing and secondary reflector. Facetted secondary reflector made of highly-specular coated PBT, weather-resistant sealing. ≈ kg 0.1 0.5 Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by opening the release bracket, to be ordered separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the lock-in position. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Electrical connection with 3-pole plug connection with strain relief system in the connection module. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Windage area FW = 0.444 m2. Other versions available on request. Reduction piece made of cast aluminium to adapt luminaires to post-top poles with pole top ¶ 60 mm. Electrical block with all electrical components, easily replaced without tools. Release brackets for easy and quick operation of spring-tensioned contact clips. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. 9881··· 998 496 Inclination settings of luminaire top 0°, 15°, 30°. This allows the creation of a symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. 30 230 306 490 876 85 Lamp housing with primary reflector and electrical block protected according to the degree of protection by means of a luminaire cover made of aluminium sheet and toughened safety glass. Degree of protection of lamp housing IP65. 775 184 Reference 76 61 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical 988··· series Saterna Its appearance stands out due to clean lines and purist forms. An uncompromising functional design, which integrates harmoniously in a wide variety of urban architectural styles without abandoning its own stylistic identity. City, architecture, life – effectively accentuated with Saterna. 62 Our post-top luminaires excel in complying with standards and providing aesthetic lighting wherever emphasis is placed on safety and design. TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Saterna relies on clean lines, not only in terms of design. The concept of this exterior luminaire family, with regard to application and performance, leaves no room for compromises – neither in aesthetic nor functional form. Saterna offers a design-oriented and high-performance lighting solution for streets, walkways and squares. The photometrically optimised systems, which shine out thanks to a wide range of components, provide optimum planning reliability for very diverse structural and architectural guidelines. Installation, maintenance and re-lamping are further proof of the distinct strength of Saterna. The luminaire is securely mounted using only one fixing screw. In addition, the lamp housing can also be accessed in just one step. Easy, quick and toolless The exterior luminaires of the Saterna product family are especially suitable for use in residential neighbourhoods, in parking areas and in prestigious entrance areas due to their excellent characteristics. An elegant variation that can also be integrated harmoniously, Saterna expands the planning of lighting solutions for outdoor areas. Opening the luminaire The sturdy clip allows you to change the lamp quickly without requiring any tools. Quick and easy – even with gloves on, it is possible to open the large clip. Safety class II – degree of protection IP66 Water and dust-proof – Saterna is optimally protected with a safety class II version for increased electrical safety and a high degree of protection (IP66) for the entire luminaire. 10° Inclination Additional flexibility is ensured by the option to select the luminaire‘s angle of inclination (0° or 10°) in the post-top fixture. 63 Saterna 961··· Post-top Luminaire with Flat Cover 6 5 M IP66 4-6 m 961··· 961··· + 0960/2/76 Decorative post-top luminaire with flat cover. Cable gland M20 as strain relief system. For cables up to 6 to 12 mm. Luminaire body made of cast aluminium, light-grey, similar to RAL 7035, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Electrical components mounted on a gear tray with safety class II design. Cover made of toughened safety glass sealed in cast frame, hinged for easy toolfree opening. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, adjustable. With asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Angle of inclination of luminaire selectable. Post-top mounting 0° + 10°. Re-lamping and maintenance is simple after opening the luminaire using the large and handy latch fastener without tools. Electrical connection features IP66 protection thanks to the 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm², easily accessible after removing the cover in safety class II without tools. 64 LR Luminaires with wattage reduction (LR). Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Windage area FW = 0.08 m2. Reduction piece made of aluminium for adaptation of luminaires to columns with pole top ¶ 60 mm. Pole brackets for multiple arrangements made of galvanised steel tube for columns with pole top ¶ 76 mm. Light-grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Other versions available on request. Control gear options ···E ···K Lamps 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-L 18/24 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HST 100 Description Adapter Pole head, double Pole head, triple 0960/2/76··· E27 E27 E40 PGZ12 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 11.0 11.0 11.6 10.6 10.3 10.4 E27 E27 E40 11.5 11.5 12.1 Windage area Fw (m2) ≈ kg 0.3 10.0 13.9 0,219 0,235 0960/3/76··· 961··· 700 667 55 225 76 76 195 100 200 200 76 300 109 350 TOC 51 206 00 51 482 00 51 483 00 ≈ kg W Post-top luminaires 9611/50-70HSE-E···* 49 802··· ···02 9611/50-70HST···* 49 800··· ···02 9611/100HST··· 49 805··· ···02 9611/60HIT-CE/OD··· 51 484··· ···04 9611/TCT26/32/42··· 49 807··· ···04 9612/TCL18-24··· 49 808··· ···04 Post-top luminaires with wattage reduction (LR). 9611LR/70HSE-E··· 49 803··· ···02 9611LR/70HST··· 49 801··· ···02 9611LR/100HST··· 49 806··· ···02 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. Accessories 0960/60 09600/2/76 09600/3/76 Socket 152 114 TOC 100 Reference 350 120 550 65 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ····························· 360 931··· series Side-bracket-mounted Lanterns 6 5 M IP65 4-6 m 931··· + 09310/1··· Decorative side-bracket-mounted luminaires. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Luminaire body made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, coated, weatherresistant. Windage area for complete arrangements, see Accessories table. Mounting to pole brackets or wall fixing. Diffuser made of highly impact-resistant PMMA, clear, fine-grained. Safe retention thanks to a stainless steel screw. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. Gear tray with plug connection, easy to remove. Electrical connection via 3-pole socket of the plug for wires up to 2.5 mm², including strain relief system. 931··· + 09310WB··· Pole bracket made of aluminium tube and die-cast components, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powder-coated, weatherresistant. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Connection module for double and triple arrangement, can be removed without tools. With 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Cabled. Wall fixing for 1 luminaire made of aluminium tube and die-cast components, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Wall plate with four fixing holes ¶ 10 mm. Other versions available on request. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···KK With inductive ballast, parallel-compensated, two circuits. 931··· + 09310/1··· 931··· + 09310WB··· 640 1017 430 733 76 66 275 100 430 855 60 855 640 1090 724 931··· + 09310/2··· TOC Control gear options ···E ···K Lamps ···KK Side-bracket-mounted luminaires 9311/50-70HSE-E···* 13 372··· ···02 9311/100-150HSE···* 13 371··· ···02 9311/TCT26/32/42··· 13 375··· ···04 9312/50-70HSE-E···* 13 381··· ···09 9312/TCL18-24··· 13 383··· ···04 Side-bracket-mounted luminaires with reduced power input (LR) 9311LR/70HSE-E··· 13 379··· ···02 9311LR/100HSE··· 13 376··· ···02 9311LR/150HSE··· 13 378··· ···02 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. W Accessories 09310/1/76 09310/2/76-II 09310/3/76-II 09310WB Windage area FW (m2) 0.239 0.534 0.613 TOC 22 221 00 29 302 00 29 303 00 29 304 00 Description Pole bracket, single Pole head, double Pole head, triple Wall mounting 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HSE 100/150 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x TC-L 18/24 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100/150 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HSE-E 70** 1 x HSE 100 1 x HSE 150 931··· + 09310/2··· Socket ≈ kg E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 2G11 9.5 11.2 7.8 11.1 8.0 E27 E40 E40 9.6 10.4 11.3 ≈ kg 6.2 14.5 19.8 6.2 931··· + 09310/3··· 640 430 855 60 100 100 430 60 640 640 640 76 76 2210 855 Reference 931··· + 09310/3··· 2210 67 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ····························· 360 7-107··· series Rodalux K 6 5 a IP43 3-5 m 7-1076··· + 8-1049SW-76 Decorative nostalgic side-bracket-mounted lanterns. Windage area for complete arrangements, see Accessories table. Luminaire body made of corrosion-resistant aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to RAL 9005, white interior, coated, weatherresistant. With tube threads G 3/8”. Pole brackets for one or two luminaires made of steel tube ¶ 25 mm, galvanised and jet black, similar to RAL 9005, coated, weather-resistant. With tube threads G 3/8”. Electrical connection via 3-pole terminal for connecting wire up to 6 mm², with strain relief system. Cabled. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Mounting on pole brackets (accessory) with tube threads G 3/8”. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear, structured (7-1076···) or opal (7-1074···). Optical system made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, with narrow/wideangle light distribution. Gear tray easy to remove. Electrical connection via 3-pole terminal for connecting wires up to 6 mm², with strain relief system. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. 68 Reduction piece made of galvanised steel tube to adapt luminaires to post-top poles with pole top ¶ 60 mm. Other versions available on request. 7-1074··· + 8-1049SW-76 7-1074··· + 8-1050SW-76 Control gear options ···E ···K Rodalux K with clear, structured diffuser and reflector 7-1076SW-154···* 15 975··· ···02 7-1076SW-26/32/42··· 15 981··· ···04 Rodalux K with opal diffuser 7-1074SW-154···* 15 985··· ···02 7-1074SW-26/32/42··· 15 991··· ···04 * Electronic control gear, variable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. Lamps Socket ≈ kg W 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 GX24q-3/q-4 5.0 2.7 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 GX24q-3/q-4 4.8 2.5 TOC Description Windage area FW (m2) 15 959 00 15 961 00 Post-top side-bracket, single Post-top side bracket, double 0.105 0.196 2.4 3.6 26 779 00 Reduction piece, for pole top ¶ 60 mm - 1.2 ≈ kg 7-107··· + 8-1050SW-76 500 275 25 430 25 500 140 80 300 500 300 7-107··· + 8-1049SW-76 430 Accessories Pole brackets 8-1049SW-76 8-1050SW-76 Adapter 8-8250-76/60 TOC 80 Reference 8-8250-76/60 410 76 76 69 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical Lamp data ····························· 360 908··· series The decorative light component of the 908··· series, which is emitted upwards, sets visible accents. Optionally available in single or multiple arrangement, this series shapes the landscape. The time-saving opening and closing of the luminaire without using tools by turning the lower diffuser are further advantages of this luminaire series. In subsidiary roads, pedestrian zones and parking areas, the post-top luminaires 908··· cut a fine figure. 70 Lamp data ····························· 360 Post-top Luminaires IP54 4-6 m 908··· Control gear Lamps options ···E ···K W Post-top luminaires with reflectors (S) and clear diffusers 9081S/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 268··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 9082S/TCL18-24-II··· 13 293··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Double-headed pole top luminaire (M2) with reflectors (S) and clear diffusers 9081M2-S/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 264··· ···02 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 9082M2-S/TCL18-24-II··· 13 288··· ···04 4 x TC-L 18/24 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 2G11 7.8 6.7 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 2G11 13.4 10.5 Description Reduction piece for post-top luminaires in single arrangement, for pole top ¶ 60 mm Decorative post-top luminaire with upward light output. Luminaire body made of cast aluminium with screwed-on post-top part, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powder-coated, weatherresistant. ···M2··· with mounted post-top part for double arrangement. With decorative, upward light output. Pole top ¶ 7 6 mm. ≈ kg ≈ kg 0.5 Diffuser made of highly impact-resistant PMMA, clear. Safe retention of lower diffuser with interior spring clips, without seal, removable without tools. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. Specular reflectors ···S··· made of highlyspecular, anodised aluminium. Windage area FW = 0.135 m2. ···M2··· FW = 0.254 m2. Connection module can be removed without tools. With 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. 0935/60 Reduction piece for post-top luminaires in single arrangement made of die-cast aluminium, for pole top ¶ 60 mm. Gear tray with plug connection, easy to remove. Other versions available on request. 908··· 908···M2··· 1030 560 9,5° 560 9,5° 100 TOC 22 223 00 Socket 325 Accessories 0935/60 TOC 100 Reference 908···M2··· 450 450 76 325 6 5 M 76 71 TRILUX – Decorative & Technical 908··· series LUMINAIRES RELIABLE AS T HE THAT N ARE D AS FACT IGHTS ARK. TRILUX - Technical TRILUX Luminaires – Technical TRILUX Luminaires – Technical Lumega 080 971··· series Lumega 700 080 972··· series Lumega 900 932···, 935···, 936··· 094 932··· series 74 098 935··· series 100 936··· series TRILUX – Technical 933···, 934··· 102 933··· series 979··· 102 934··· series 106 979··· series 877··· 108 877··· series 75 Perfect exterior lighting can be felt. That feeling is security. Even when natural light starts to vanish, the day is far from over for most people. TRILUX technical luminaires for streets and plazas ensure with sophisticated lighting technology and high quality of light that we are able to find our way at night just as easily as during the day. Be it on streets or in traffic areas or other public areas – TRILUX exterior lighting provides security wherever people are out and about, whilst merging seemlessly with the cityscape and placing the right accents when daylight reassumes its role as the light source. For instance the TRILUX series 932···, 935··· und 936···: Not only are photometric characteristics of these post-top or bracketmounted luminaires impressive. The design, which is an attention-getter on parking areas, local roads and inner-city motorways without being too flashy, is an important decision-making criteria. 76 TRILUX – Technical 77 Outstanding security, distinguished by a design award: the TRILUX Lumega. 78 TRILUX – Technical The exterior luminaire series TRILUX Lumega is characterised by a harmonious shape and complex lighting technology. The possible applications are just as diverse as the equipment variations of these post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires. Applications range from illumination of residential areas, outdoor work areas, streets and squares through to pedestrian crossings and cycle tracks and in areas around railway traffic, shipping and airports. Various overall heights, flexible mounting and ease of maintenance ensure a broad planning scope and make the TRILUX Lumega an optimum light solution for almost every area. Distinguished with the red dot award. 79 Lumega 700/900 The functional luminaires of the Lumega series are not only ideal for residential streets and roads. Thanks to its outstanding design and bi-coloured surface they can be easily integrated in many different types of urban architecture and landscaping. The computer-optimised, variable photometrics and reflectors allow for maximum spacing between poles and thus optimum efficiency. And anybody who has personally experienced the installation and servicing of Lumega luminaires knows just how easy it is. 80 TRILUX – Technical Two sizes Thanks to two sizes – Lumega 700 for pole heights of up to 8 m and Lumega 900 for pole heights of up to 12 m – this TRILUX series can be used with versitility. Lumega 700 for illuminating residential areas and outdoor work areas, while Lumega 900 is well suited for streets or squares. Two covers The TRILUX Lumega is available either with a domed diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA or with a flat cover ···SG··· made of non-laminated safety glass. Lumega luminaires with flat covers are especially suitable for areas with glare restrictions, e.g., around railway traffic, shipping and airports. Lumega variations are also available for installations of the DEUTSCHE BAHN AG. 81 Lumega 700/900 The Lumega optics are flexible: depending on the road width, light distribution overlap, required luminance or uniformity, the total luminaire luminous intensity distribution can be changed. Screening and scaling for the reflector enables the adjustment of the optics. Pedestrian crossings Pedestrian crossings must be illumig nated with vertical high-contrast lighting to ensure that people at or close to the crossing can be seen. With its special optics and asymmetrical light distribution, the TRILUX Lumega 9711 FÜR··· is especially suitable for such applications. 82 TRILUX – Technical Various lamp options Lumega can be equipped with HST, HSE, HIT and HIE high-pressure lamps and TC··· compact fluorescent lamps. Variable inclination Optimal light, also invaluable with changing street geometries, e.g. in crossing areas and at turning lanes. The luminaire inclination is adjustable in 5° steps. Cycle tracks Suitable for illuminating pathh e ways – especially bicycle paths – the Lumega 9711 R··· provides an extremely wide-angle distribution of light. The special reflector allows for the largest possible mounting distances of up to 50 metres. 83 Lumega 700/900 Installation and maintenance 25° Post-top mounting Lumega 700/900 is delivered as a post-top luminaire. Luminaire inclination 0° to 25°. Maintenance and lamp replacement Luminaire maintenance first of all means lamp replacement: a sturdy, large diffuser clip that can be easily opened even when wearing work gloves makes the IP66 lamp housing easily accessible. 84 The luminaire cover remains suspended – and thus does not interfere with maintenance. 15° TRILUX – Technical Bracket-mounted luminaire For use as bracket-mounted luminaire, all you need to do is loosen the stainless steel screw and turn the pole bracket to the required position. Reduction pieces are available for adaptation to the supports ¶ 42/48/60 mm. Luminaire inclination 0° to 15°. Connection housing and electrical block Two corrosion-resistant clips, a striking detail of the Lumega series, allow access to the IP66 connection housing of the luminaire. The electrical connection housing is easily accessible from above. The clip elements can be simply operated without using tools. The clip cap is lockable and secured against falling down. Ballast, compensation capacitor and other electrical components are integrated in an electrical block that can be removed without tools. Electrical plug connections and mechanical adjustments fix this serviceoriented unit. 85 Lumega 700 Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires 6 5 M IP66 5-8 m Lumega··· zwy A Lumega···SG··· 971··· Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire with domed, clear diffuser or with flat cover ···SG···. Electrical block with all electrical components, accessible from above and easily changed without tools. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, bi-coloured, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 and anthracite grey RAL 7016, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Connection terminal 3-pole for wires up to 2.5 mm². Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. To be lowered and suspended without tools. Flat cover ···SG··· made of non-laminated safety glass, sealed in die-cast frame. To be lowered and suspended without tools. DB Approved variations 9711SG/··· for installations of the Deutsche Bahn AG. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, adjustable. 9711R··· with extremely wide-angle light distribution for the illumination of pathways, especially cycle tracks. 9711FÜR··· with special optics for the illumination of pedestrian crossings. Inclination angle adjustable. Post-top luminaire 0° ...25°, bracket-mounted luminaire 0° ...15°. Connection housing can be opened without tools by means of large, easy-to-handle lever locks. 86 Cable screwing M20 as strain relief system. For cable diameter 6 mm to 12 mm. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E Luminaires with electronic control gear. ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. Windage area FW = 0.137 m2. ···SG··· FW = 0.116 m2. Reduction pieces made of stainless steel for pole tops ¶ 42/48/60 mm see page 92. Other versions available on request. 971···SG··· Accessories ····························· 90 Lamp data ····························· 360 Control gear options ···E ···K Lamps Socket ≈ kg PGZ12 E27 E40 E27 E27 E40 E40 PGZ12 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 15.2 12.2 12.8 12.2 12.6 13.3 13.8 12.7 11.1 11.6 E27 E40 E27 E40 E40 12.7 13.3 12.7 13.3 13.8 PGZ12 E27 E40 E27 E40 PGZ12 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 15.7 12.7 13.3 12.7 13.8 12.9 11.6 12.1 E27 E40 E27 E40 E40 13.2 13.8 13.2 13.8 14.3 W 1 x HIT-CE/OD 45 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HSE 100 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-L 18/24 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HSE-E 70** 1 x HSE 100 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 100 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/OD 45 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HSE 100 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-L 18/24 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HSE-E 70** 1 x HSE 100 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 100 1 x HST 150 971···SG··· 971··· 720 100 100 720 290 290 268 180 210 76 76 268 87 TRILUX – Technical Lumega 700 9711/45HIT-CE/OD··· 58 323··· ···04 9711/50-70HSE-E···* 13 619··· ···02 9711/100HSE··· 13 616··· ···02 9711/50-70HST···* 13 620··· ···02 9711R/50-70HST···* 13 644··· ···02 9711/100-150HST···* 13 615·· ···02 9711FÜR/100-150HST···* 13 625··· ···02 9711/60HIT-CE/OD··· 52 499··· ···04 9711/TCT26/32/42··· 15 243··· ···04 9712/TCL18-24··· 15 289··· ···04 Lumega 700 with wattage reduction (LR) 9711LR/70HSE-E··· 13 632··· ···02 9711LR/100HSE··· 13 626··· ···02 9711LR/70HST··· 13 633··· ···02 9711LR/100HST··· 13 627··· ···02 9711LR/150HST··· 13 629··· ···02 Lumega 700 with flat cover (SG) 9711SG/45HIT-CE/OD··· 58 327··· ···04 9711SG/50-70HSE-E···* 13 649··· ···02 9711SG/100HSE··· 13 646··· ···02 9711SG/50-70HST···* 13 650··· ···02 9711SG/100-150HST···* 13 645··· ···02 9711SG/60HIT-CE/OD··· 52 500··· ···04 9711SG/TCT26/32/42 13 653··· ···04 9712SG/TCL18-24··· 13 655··· ···04 Lumega 700 with flat cover (SG) and wattage reduction (LR) 9711LR-SG/70HSE-E··· 13 641··· ···02 9711LR-SG/100HSE··· 13 635··· ···02 9711LR-SG/70HST··· 13 642··· ···02 9711LR-SG/100HST··· 13 636··· ···02 9711LR-SG/150HST··· 13 638··· ···02 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 180 280 TOC 100 Reference Lumega 900 Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires 6 5 M IP66 8-12 m A Lumega···SG··· 972··· Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires with domed, clear diffuser or with flat cover ···SG···. Electrical block with all electrical components, accessible from above and easily changed without tools. Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, bi-coloured, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 and anthracite grey RAL 7016, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Connection terminal 3-pole for wires up to 2.5 mm². Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. For luminaires with 400 W lamps made of PC. To be lowered and suspended without tools. Cable screw M20 as strain relief system. For cable diameter 6 mm up to 12 mm. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Flat cover ···SG··· made of non-laminated safety glass, sealed in die-cast frame. To be lowered and suspended without tools. Control gear options ···E Luminaires with electronic control gear. ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···KK Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated, two circuits. DB approved variations 9721SG/··· for installations of the Deutsche Bahn AG. Windage area FW = 0.187 m2. ···SG··· FW = 0.169 m2. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium, adjustable. Other versions available on request. Inclination angle adjustable. Post-top luminaire 0° ···25°, bracket-mounted luminaire 0° ···15°. Connection housing can be opened without tools by means of large, easy-to-handle lever locks. 88 972···SG··· Accessories ····························· 90 Lamp data ····························· 360 Control gear options ···E ···K Lamps Socket ≈ kg E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 PGZ12 E27 E40 E27 E40 16.6 17.9 20.1 16.6 17.9 20.1 14.8 17.9 18.3 17.9 18.3 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 17.2 19.6 20.7 17.2 19.6 20.7 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 PGZ12 E27 E40 E27 E40 17.5 18.8 21.0 17.5 18.8 21.0 15.0 18.8 19.2 18.8 19.2 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 18.1 20.5 21.6 18.1 20.5 21.6 W 1 x HSE 150 1 x HSE 250 1 x HSE 400 1 x HST 150 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HSE 100 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HST 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 1 x HIE 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 1 x HSE 150 1 x HSE 250 1 x HSE 400 1 x HST 150 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HSE 150 1 x HSE 250 1 x HSE 400 1 x HST 150 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HSE 100 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HST 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 1 x HIE 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 1 x HSE 150 1 x HSE 250 1 x HSE 400 1 x HST 150 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 972··· 972···SG··· 910 100 100 910 350 210 350 76 210 231 76 323 323 89 TRILUX – Technical ···KK Lumega 900 9721/150HSE··· 13 657··· ···02 9721/250HSE··· 13 660··· ···02 9721/400HSE··· 13 663··· ···02 9721/150HST··· 13 658··· ···02 9721/250HST··· 13 661··· ···02 9721/400HST··· 13 664··· ···02 9721/140HIT-CE/OD··· 52 501··· ···04 9722/50-70HSE-E···* 13 693··· ···09 9722/100HSE··· 13 689··· ···09 9722/50-70HST···* 13 695··· ···09 9722/100HST··· 13 690··· ···09 Lumega 900 with wattage reduction (LR) 9721LR/150HSE··· 13 665··· ···02 9721LR/250HSE··· 13 668··· ···02 9721LR/400HSE··· 13 671··· ···02 9721LR/150HST··· 13 666··· ···02 9721LR/250HST··· 13 669··· ···02 9721LR/400HST··· 13 672··· ···02 Lumega 900 with flat cover (SG) 9721SG/150HSE··· 13 681··· ···02 9721SG/250HSE··· 13 684··· ···02 9721SG/400HSE··· 13 687··· ···02 9721SG/150HST··· 13 682··· ···02 9721SG/250HST··· 13 685··· ···02 9721SG/400HST··· 13 688··· ···02 9721SG/140HIT-CE/OD··· 52 502··· ···04 9722SG/50-70HSE-E···* 13 702··· ···09 9722SG/100HSE··· 13 698··· ···09 9722SG/50-70HST···* 13 703··· ···09 9722SG/100HST··· 13 699··· ···09 Lumega 900 with flat cover (SG) and wattage reduction (LR) 9721LR-SG/150HSE··· 13 673··· ···02 9721LR-SG/250HSE··· 13 676··· ···02 9721LR-SG/400HSE··· 13 679··· ···02 9721LR-SG/150HST··· 13 674··· ···02 9721LR-SG/250HST··· 13 677··· ···02 9721LR-SG/400HST··· 13 680··· ···02 * Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 340 TOC 130 Reference Lumega 700/900 Accessories Pole bracket for 2 luminaires made of galvanised steel tube. With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Safety class II. Lumega 700··· Lumega 900··· 09900/2/102 108 0990/2/102-108 09900/2/76 09900/2/76 76 400 130 130 227 15° 400 227 76 15° 76 2063/¶ 76 2094/¶102-108 2430/¶ 76 2460/¶ 102-108 102-108 890 920 Pole bracket for 3 luminaires made of galvanised steel tube. With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Safety class II. 099000/3/76 0990/3/102-108 / / 09900/3/76 Lumega 700··· 2063/¶ 76 2094/¶102-108 400 130 130 227 15° 400 227 76 76 15° 102-108 76 Lumega 900··· 2430/¶ 76 2460/¶102-108 820 790 Arm fixings made of die-cast aluminium for mounting to walls or building corners. With four fixing holes ¶ 10 mm. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Galvanised supports. An additional reduction piece 0970/42 is required for luminaire mounting. 190 100 200 140 100 140 0803EMB/100-42 0803EMB/100-42 160 120 130 93 104 138 31 200 0803WB/100-42 0803WB/100-42 155 42 42 1 88 10 0 11 90 88 Pole bracket for 4 luminaires made of galvanised steel tube. With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Safety class II. 009900/4/76 009900/4/76 009900/4/102-108 009900/4/102-108 227 130 130 400 76 Lumega 700··· TRILUX – Technical 22 76 76 15° 400 102-108 Lumega 900··· 2063/¶ 76 2094/¶102-108 2430/¶ 76 2460/¶ 102-108 890 920 Pole bracket for 4 luminaires in H arrangement made of galvanised steel tube. With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Safety class II. 009900/4/76 009900/4/102-108 09900 H 102-108 09900/H/76 400 130 227 130 227 76 76 15° 400 76 102-108 450 450 1250 900 900 Lumega 900··· 1190 Lumega 700··· 2063 2355 Accessories TOC Description 09900/2/76 09900/2/102-108 22 249 00 22 248 00 09900/3/76 09900/3/102-108 2443 2698 890 920 Inclination angle 15° 15° Windage area incl. luminaires FW (m²) 971··· 971···SG··· 972··· 972···SG··· 0.392 0.354 0.459 0.423 0.396 0.358 0.463 0.427 ≈ kg Pole head, double Pole head, double for pole top (mm) ¶ 76 ¶ 102-108 22 251 00 22 250 00 Pole head, triple Pole head, triple ¶ 76 ¶ 102-108 15° 15° 0.423 0.427 0.385 0.389 0.515 0.519 0.479 0.483 10.2 10.4 09900/4/76 09900/4/102-108 22 253 00 22 252 00 Pole bracket, 4-luminaire Pole bracket, 4-luminaire ¶ 76 ¶ 102-108 15° 15° 0.455 0.458 0.417 0.420 0.459 0.463 0.423 0.427 12.9 13.1 09900/H/76 09900/H/102-108 43 791 00 22 254 00 Pole bracket, 4-luminaire, H Pole bracket, 4-luminaire, H ¶ 76 ¶ 102-108 15° 15° 0.392 0.396 0.373 0.377 0.574 0.578 0.538 0.542 18.5 18.7 Accessories Arm fixings 0803WB/100-42 0803EMB/100-42 TOC Description Support Inclination angle ≈ kg 29 277 00 29 273 00 Wall mounting Corner and pole fixing ¶ 42 mm x 100 mm ¶ 42 mm x 100 mm 15° 15° 7.6 7.8 1.2 1.5 91 Lumega 700/900 Accessories 0970/··· Reduction pieces Made of stainless steel for adaptation of luminaires to poles with pole top ¶ 4 2/48/60 mm. Decorative pole heads for one or more exterior luminaires Lumega 700 (971···) or Lumega 900 (972···), made of welded, galvanised steel tube. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weatherresistant. Decorative pole head, double arrangement, 90° and triple arrangement, consisting of pole head and screw-on brackets. With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Including wiring from connection module to luminaire. For pole top ¶ 76 mm. Safety class II. Decorative wall fixing for an exterior luminaire Lumega 700 (971···) or Lumega 900 (972···), made of welded, galvanised steel tube. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Easy mounting to wall plate made of galvanised steel. Electrical connection in the socket of the plug with connection for wires up to 3 x 1.5 mm². Including wiring for luminaire. Safety class II. 09700DWB 09700DM/2/76/90°-II 767 60 60 76 76 750 20 20 130 60 76 1223 90 1223 2446 92 TRILUX – Technical Lumega 900 + 09700DM/1··· Lumega 900 + 09700DM/2···180°··· Accessories Reduction pieces 0970/42 0970/48 0970/60 TOC Description ≈ kg 22 232 00 22 233 00 22 234 00 Reduction piece for pole top ¶ 42 mm Reduction piece for pole top ¶ 48 mm Reduction piece for pole top ¶ 60 mm Accessories TOC Description Windage area incl. luminaires FW (m²) 971··· 971···SG··· 972··· 972···SG··· ≈ kg Pole brackets 09700DM/1/76-II 09700DM/2/76/90°-II 09700DM/2/76/180°-II 09700DM/3/76-II 09700DWB for pole tops (mm) 49 657 00 49 672 00 49 658 00 49 673 00 49 663 00 Decorative pole head, single Decorative pole head, double, 90° Decorative pole head, double, 180° Decorative pole head, triple Decorative wall mounting ¶ 76 ¶ 76 ¶ 76 ¶ 76 – 0.29 0.512 0.434 0.494 – 14.0 22.8 21.0 30.4 14.0 09700DM/2/76/180°-II 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.269 0.470 0.404 0.450 – 0.361 0.655 0.563 0.625 – 0.324 0.581 0.492 0.550 – 09700DM/3/76-II 767 60 60 76 76 767 20 20 130 130 76 76 2446 2446 76 93 932···, 935···, 936··· series When illuminating parking areas, local roads, motorways and inner-city roads, the photometric characteristics of the luminaires are of major importance, but also the design of the luminaire is a crucial decision criteria. 932···, 935··· and 936··· luminaires cut a fine figure everywhere. 936··· post-top luminaires, ¶ 610 mm, for mounting heights of 8 m – 12 m, e.g. for major streets, local roads, traffic areas, roundabouts and outdoor work areas. 935··· post-top luminaires, ¶ 470 mm, for mounting heights of 4 m – 8 m, e.g. for major streets, local roads, traffic areas, roundabouts and factory roads. 932··· post-top luminaires, ¶ 410 mm, for mounting heights of 4 m – 6 m, e.g. for feeder and subsidiary roads, cycle tracks, parking areas and pathways in parks. 94 Versatile equipment options are available in single- and twin-lamp versions. In addition, the optical systems allow a task-oriented illumination of different applications. Especially easy to maintain via the sealless locking system – without compromising the degree of protection. TRILUX – Technical The gear tray with sockets, ballasts and other system components can be easily removed. The electrical connection is effected by means of an easy plug connection. After the successful electrical connection, the connection module is inserted without using tools and is safely retained by stainless steel springs. 9321R··· and 9351R··· especially for footpaths and cycle tracks h e TRILUX has developed an extremely wide- angle optical system for the illumination of cycle tracks. With the largest possible mounting distances, not only cycle tracks but also pathways in parks and residential areas are illuminated economically and uniformly. 95 932··· series Post-top luminaires ¶ 410 mm 6 5 M IP54 zw 4-6 m 932··· Post-top luminaire with clear diffuser. Luminaire body made of cast aluminium with adapted post-top component, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pole top ¶ 7 6 mm. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. With interior spring clips. Without seal. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodiseda luminium. Connection module can be removed without tools. With 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Gear tray with plug connection, easy removal. 96 9321R··· with extremely wide-angle light distribution for the illumination of pathways, especially of cycle tracks. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Control gear options ···E Luminaires with electronic control gear. ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. Windage area FW = 0.086 m2. 0935/60 Reduction piece made of die-cast aluminium, for pole top ¶ 60 mm. Other versions available on request. 0935/60 Lamp data ····························· 360 Control gear options Accessories 0935/60 TOC 22 223 00 Socket ≈ kg W 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HST 50/70 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 2 x TC-L 18 1 x HSE-E 70** 1 x HST 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 E27 E27 GX24q-3/q-4 2G11 7.3 7.3 7.5 4.1 4.1 E27 E27 7.5 7.5 Description Reduction piece, for pole top ¶ 60 mm ≈ kg 0.5 932··· 515 9,5° 410 76 97 TRILUX – Technical ···E ···K Post-top luminaires ¶ 410 mm 9321G/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 389··· ···02 9321G/50-70HST-II···* 13 390··· ···02 9321R/50-70HST-II···* 13 403··· ···02 9321G/TCT26/32/42-II··· 13 396··· ···04 9322G/TCL18-II··· 13 408··· ···04 Post-top luminaires ¶ 410 mm with wattage reduction (LR) 9321G-LR/70HSE-E-II··· 13 399··· ···02 9321G-LR/70HST-II··· 13 400··· ···02 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. Lamps 215 TOC 100 Reference 935··· series Post-top luminaires ¶ 470 mm 6 5 M IP54 zw 4-8 m ···M2··· 5-8 m 935··· Post-top luminaire with clear diffuser in single or double arrangement. Luminaire body made of cast aluminium with adapted post-top component, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. ···M2··· Luminaire body made of cast aluminium with mounted post-top component for double arrangement, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pole top ¶ 76 mm. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. With interior spring clips. Without seal. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodiseda luminium. 9351R··· with extremely wide-angle light distribution for the illumination of pathways, especially of cycle tracks. Connection module can be removed without tools. With 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Gear tray with plug connection, easy removal. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. 98 Control gear options ···E Luminaires with electronic control gear. ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···KK Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated, two circuits. Windage area FW = 0.086 m2. ···M2··· FW = 0.193 m2. 0935/60 Reduction piece for post-top luminaires in single arrangement made of die-cast aluminium, for pole top ¶ 60 mm. (See page 99.) Other versions available on request. 935···M2··· Lamp data ····························· 360 Lamps TOC 22 223 00 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 E40 E27 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 2G11 10.3 10.5 10.3 10.3 11.3 9.2 12.6 12.6 8.7 E27 E40 E27 E40 E40 10.5 11.4 10.5 11.4 11.5 E27 E40 E27 E40 GX24q-3/q-4 E27 E27 2G11 19.0 19.4 19.0 21.0 16.8 23.6 23.6 15.8 E27 E40 E27 E40 E40 19.4 21.2 19.4 21.2 21.4 Description Reduction piece, for pole top ¶ 60 mm ≈ kg 0.5 935··· 935···M2··· 575 1060 9,5° 100 Accessories 0935/60 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 ≈ kg 470 76 9,5° 470 76 99 TRILUX – Technical ···E ···K ···KK W Post-top luminaires ¶ 470 mm 9351G/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 450··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 9351G/100HSE-II··· 13 446··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9351G/50-70HST-II···* 13 452··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 9351R/50-70HST-II···* 13 500··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 9351G/100-150HST-II···* 13 445··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 9351G/TCT26/32/42-II··· 13 461··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9352G/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 511··· ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 9352G/50-70HST-II···* 13 512··· ···09 2 x HST 50/70 9352G/TCL18-24-II··· 13 521··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 Post-top luminaires ¶ 470 mm with wattage reduction (LR) 9351G-LR/70HSE-E-II··· 13 475··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** 9351G-LR/100HSE-II··· 13 466··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9351G-LR/70HST-II··· 13 476··· ···02 1 x HST 70 9351G-LR/100HST-II··· 13 468··· ···02 1 x HST 100 9351G-LR/150HST-II··· 13 474··· ···02 1 x HST 150 Post-top luminaires ¶ 470 mm in double arrangement (M2) 9351G-M2/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 488··· ···02 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 9351G-M2/100HSE-II··· 13 485··· ···02 2 x HSE 100 9351G-M2/50-70HST-II···* 13 489··· ···02 2 x HST 50/70 9351G-M2/100-150HST-II···* 13 484··· ···02 2 x HST 100/150 9351G-M2/TCT26/32/42-II··· 13 498··· ···04 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 9352G-M2/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 529··· ···09 4 x HSE-E 50/70** 9352G-M2/50-70HST-II···* 13 530··· ···09 4 x HST 50/70 9352G-M2/TCL18-24-II··· 13 535··· ···04 4 x TC-L 18/24 Post-top luminaires ¶ 470 mm in double arrangement (M2), with wattage reduction (LR) 9351G-LR-M2/70HSE-E-II··· 13 482··· ···02 2 x HSE-E 70** 9351G-LR-M2/100HSE-II··· 13 478··· ···02 2 x HSE 100 9351G-LR-M2/70HST-II··· 13 483··· ···02 2 x HST 70 9351G-LR-M2/100HST-II··· 13 479··· ···02 2 x HST 100 9351G-LR-M2/150HST-II··· 13 481··· ···02 2 x HST 150 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. Socket 230 Control gear options 100 TOC 230 Reference 936··· series Post-top luminaires ¶ 610 mm 6 5 M IP44 ···M··· 8-10 m 8-12 m 936··· 936···M··· Post-top luminaire with clear diffuser in single or multiple arrangement. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. Luminaire body made of cast aluminium with adapted post-top component, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. ···M··· Luminaire body made of cast aluminium for mounting on post-top component for double or triple arrangement. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Post-top component to be ordered separately. Control gear options ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···KK Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated, two circuits. Pole top ¶ 7 6 mm. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. With interior spring clips. Without seal. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodiseda luminium. Connection module can be removed without tools. With 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Windage area FW = 0.183 m2. Multiple arrangement see Table. Post-top parts for multiple arrangement of 936···M luminaires made of cast aluminium, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Easy to mount. Connection module can be removed without tools. With 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. Pole top ¶ 102-108 mm. Other versions available on request. Gear tray with plug connection, easy removal. 936···M··· + 09360G/2··· 730 936···M··· + 09360G/3··· 9,5° 100 9,5° 610 610 610 76 310 1520 210 210 120 9,5° 310 1405 102-108 102-108 310 936··· Lamp data ····························· 360 Reference TOC Control gear options ···K ···KK 09360/76··· Lamps W Post-top luminaires ¶ 610 mm 9361G/100HSE-II 13 541··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9361G/150HSE-II 13 543··· ···02 1 x HSE 150 9361G/250HSE-II 13 547··· ···02 1 x HSE 250 9361G/100-150HST-II* 13 540··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 9361G/250HST-II 13 548··· ···02 1 x HST 250 9362G/50-70HSE-E-II* 13 592··· ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 9362G/100HSE-II 13 588··· ···09 2 x HSE 100 9362G/150HSE-II 13 590··· ···09 2 x HSE 150 9362G/50-70HST-II* 13 593··· ···09 2 x HST 50/70 9362G/100-150HST-II* 13 587··· ···09 2 x HST 100/150 Post-top luminaires ¶ 610 mm with wattage reduction (LR) 9361G-LR/100HSE-II 13 554··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9361G-LR/150HSE-II 13 556··· ···02 1 x HSE 150 9361G-LR/250HSE-II 13 561··· ···02 1 x HSE 250 9361G-LR/100HST-II 13 555··· ···02 1 x HST 100 9361G-LR/150HST-II 13 557··· ···02 1 x HST 150 9361G-LR/250HST-II 13 562··· ···02 1 x HST 250 Post-top luminaires ¶ 610 mm for multiple arrangement (M) 9361G-M/100HSE-II 13 565··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9361G-M/150HSE-II 13 566··· ···02 1 x HSE 150 9361G-M/250HSE-II 13 570··· ···02 1 x HSE 250 9361G-M/100-150HST-II* 13 564··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 9361G-M/250HST-II 13 571··· ···02 1 x HST 250 9362G-M/50-70HSE-E-II* 13 607··· ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 9362G-M/100HSE-II 13 603··· ···09 2 x HSE 100 9362G-M/150HSE-II 13 605··· ···09 2 x HSE 150 9362G-M/50-70HST-II * 13 608··· ···09 2 x HST 50/70 9362G-M/100-150HST-II * 13 602··· ···09 2 x HST 100/150 Post-top luminaires ¶ 610 mm for multiple arrangement (M), with wattage reduction (LR) 9361G-M-LR/100HSE-II 13 573··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9361G-M-LR/150HSE-II 13 575··· ···02 1 x HSE 150 9361G-M-LR/250HSE-II 13 580··· ···02 1 x HSE 250 9361G-M-LR/100HST-II 13 574··· ···02 1 x HST 100 9361G-M-LR/150HST-II 13 576··· ···02 1 x HST 150 9361G-M-LR/250HST-II 13 581··· ···02 1 x HST 250 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 1 x HIE / 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 150 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 1 x HIE / 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 150 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 Accessories TOC Description 09360G/2/102-108-II 09360G/3/102-108-II 09360/76 22 228 00 22 230 00 22 224 00 Pole bracket, double, for pole tops 102-108 mm Pole bracket, triple, for pole tops 102-108 mm Reduction piece for multiple arrangements, for pole top ¶ 76 mm Socket ≈ kg E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E27 E40 E40 E27 E40 14.4 15.6 15.8 15.1 15.8 15.3 15.8 19.7 15.3 19.7 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 15.3 15.3 17.8 15.3 15.3 17.8 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E27 E40 E40 E27 E40 11.9 13.1 13.3 12.6 13.3 12.8 13.3 17.2 12.8 17.2 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 12.8 12.8 15.3 12.8 12.8 15.3 Windage area FW (m2) incl. luminaires 0.345 0.367 - ≈ kg 3.1 4.9 3.5 101 TRILUX – Technical 09360G/2/··· 933···, 934··· series The photometric characteristics of luminaires are of main importance for the illumination of outdoor work areas, local roads, motorways, traffic areas and roundabouts. The luminaires create safety thanks to lighting quality, which is economically realised by the luminaires of this product group. 102 Two sizes for mounting heights between 4 m and 10 m create ideal lighting conditions in pedestrian zones, streets and squares. The luminaire body is made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester and is covered by a diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA. TRILUX – Technical Photometrics The reflectors, which are adapted to different lamps in terms of form and position, realise the wide-angle asymmetrical light distribution. 9331R··· especially for footpaths and cycle tracks h e TRILUX has developed an extremely wide- angle optical system for the illumination of cycle tracks. With the largest possible mounting distances, not only cycle tracks but also pathways in parks and residential areas are illuminated economically and uniformly. Mounting as post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire The luminaires can be easily mounted as a post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire by means of perforated knock-out openings. 103 933···, 934··· series Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires 6 5 M IP54 933··· zw 4-6 m 934··· 8-10 m 933··· Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire with clear diffuser. Luminaire body made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, weather-resistant. Pole top 933···, 934···/42: ¶ 76 mm for posttop mounting. As bracket-mounted luminaire for supports ¶ 42 mm x 100 mm. 934···/60: Pole top ¶ 76 mm for post-top mounting. As bracket-mounted luminaire for supports ¶ 60 mm x 100 mm. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. With interior spring-loaded latch. Without seal. 933··· + 0803WB··· Control gear options ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···KK Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated, two circuits. Windage area 933··· FW = 0.076 m2. 934··· FW = 0.149 m2. Arm fixings made of die-cast aluminium for mounting to walls or building corners. With four fixing holes ¶ 10 mm. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, weather-resistant. Galvanised supports. Other versions available on request. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium. Gear tray easy to remove. Connection terminal 2-/3-pole for wires up to 2.5 mm². Strain relief system. Degree of protection of connection housing IP23. LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. Explanations see page 354. 9331R··· with extremely wide-angle light distribution for the illumination of pathways, especially of cycle tracks. 0803EMB/100-42 0803WB/100-42 160 120 130 100 200 140 100 140 190 93 104 138 31 200 0803WB/100-42 155 42 42 88 0 11 0 11 104 88 Lamp data ····························· 360 Reference TOC Control gear options 934··· + 0803WB··· Lamps Socket ···K ···KK W Small post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires 9331/50-70HSE-E···* 13 410··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 9331R/50-70HST···* 13 416··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 Small post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire with wattage reduction (LR) 9331LR/70HSE-E··· 13 414··· ···02 1 x HSE-E 70 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports ¶ 42 mm 9341/100HSE/42··· 13 421··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9341/100-150HST/42···* 13 419··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 9342/50-70HSE-E/42···* 13 434··· ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 9342/100HSE/42··· 13 432··· ···09 2 x HSE 100 Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports ¶ 42 mm, with wattage reduction (LR) 9341LR/100HSE/42··· 13 426··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9341LR/100HST/42··· 13 428··· ···02 1 x HST 100 9341LR/150HST/42··· 13 430··· ···02 1 x HST 150 Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports ¶ 60 mm 9341/100HSE/60··· 13 422··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9341/100-150HST/60···* 13 420··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 9342/50-70HSE-E/60···* 13 435··· ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 9342/100HSE/60··· 13 433··· ···09 2 x HSE 100 Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports ¶ 60 mm, with wattage reduction (LR) 9341LR/100HSE/60··· 13 427··· ···02 1 x HSE 100 9341LR/100HST/60··· 13 429··· ···02 1 x HST 100 9341LR/150HST/60··· 13 431··· ···02 1 x HST 150 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. Accessories Arm fixings 0803WB/100-42 0803EMB/100-42 Adapter 0933/60 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 ≈ kg E27 E27 6.2 6.3 E27 6.3 E40 E40 E27 E40 6.3 7.1 8.0 8.2 E40 E40 E40 7.1 7.1 7.1 E40 E40 E27 E40 6.3 7.1 8.0 8.2 E40 E40 E40 7.1 7.1 7.1 TOC Description ≈ kg 29 277 00 29 273 00 Wall fixing, supports ¶ 42 mm x 100 mm, inclination angle 15° Corner and pole fixing, support ¶ 42 mm x 100 mm, inclination angle 15° 1.2 1.5 22 222 00 Reduction piece made of die-cast aluminum, for pole top ¶ 60 mm 0.5 934··· 500 8° 100 525 525 150 220 125 190 235 76 800 8° 300 125 190 100 300 8° 70 70 800 8° 42/60 42 500 270 235 150 220 933··· 270 76 105 TRILUX – Technical 934··· 979··· series Bracket-mounted luminaires for fluorescent lamps 6 5 a IP54 5-8 m 9792/18 Bracket-mounted luminaires for fluorescent lamps. Luminaire body made of deep-drawn aluminium, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Luminaire fixing by means of straps made of corrosion-resistant, galvanised steel, sealed to the pole. Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. Safe retention by means of weatherproof and ageing-resistant cradle latches made of stainless steel. Latches can be released without tools. Silicon sealing weatherproof and ageingresistant. Gear tray white, with plug connection. To be lowered and suspended without tools. 9792/36 Control gear options ···L Luminaires with low-loss inductive ballasts. ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···KK Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated, two circuits. Windage area FW = 0.087 m2 for ···/18 and ···/ ···TCL···. FW = 0.166 m2 for ···/36. FW = 0.222 m2 for ···/58. Wall fixing made of die-cast aluminium as accessory for mounting to walls or building corners. With four fixing holes ¶ 10 mm. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, weatherresistant. Galvanised supports. Other versions available on request. Electrical connection to a 5-pole socket of the plug with connection for wires up to 2.5 mm², including strain relief system. 0803WB/··· 0803EMB/··· 0803WB 160 120 130 104 138 93 0 11 106 155 88 0 11 200 ¶ 42 250 / ¶ 42 400 / ¶ 60 400 / 140 140 31 200 190 ¶ 42 250 // ¶ 42 400 ¶ 60 400 / 88 Lamp data ····························· 360 Control gear options ···L ···K Bracket-mounted luminaire, for supports ¶ 42 mm x 250 mm 9792/18 13 711··· ···02 9792/TCL18 13 717··· ···01 9792/TCL24 13 718··· Bracket-mounted luminaire, for supports ¶ 42 mm x 400 mm 9792/36 13 712··· Bracket-mounted luminaire, for supports ¶ 60 mm x 400 mm 9792/58 13 714··· - Lamps Socket ≈ kg ···KK W ···09 2 x T26 18 2 x TC-L 18 2 x TC-L 24 G13 2G11 2G11 4.5 4.6 4.6 ···09 2 x T26 36 G13 9.3 ···09 2 x T26 58 G13 12.1 TOC Description ≈ kg 29 278 00 29 279 00 29 280 00 for luminaires ···18, ····/TCL18, ···24. Supports ¶ 42 mm x 250 mm, inclination angle 15° for luminaires ···36, supports ¶ 42 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° for luminaires ···58, supports ¶ 60 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° 1.8 2.4 3.0 29 274 00 29 275 00 29 276 00 for luminaires ···18, ····/TCL18, ···24. Supports ¶ 42 mm x 250 mm, inclination angle 15° for luminaires ···36, supports ¶ 42 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° for luminaires ···58, supports ¶ 60 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° 2.1 2.7 3.3 9792/18 9792/TCL··· 130 42 250 750 200 9792/36 42 400 154 Accessories Wall fixings 0803WB/250-42 0803WB/400-42 0803WB/400-60 Corner and pole mounting 0803EMB/250-42 0803EMB/400-42 0803EMB/400-60 TOC 9792··· + 0803WB··· 1360 245 9792/58 60 400 154 Reference TRILUX – Technical 9792/58 1660 245 107 877··· series The 877··· suspended luminaires fit in the city environment without dominating it. The series is suitable for mounting to cradles from ¶ 8 mm to ¶ 12 mm. The luminaire body is adjustable to a wire inclination of up to 15° and consists of weatherproof aluminium. The diffuser is made of impact-resistant PMMA. The high initial impact resistance of this transparent material is almost completely preserved. The smooth surface is resistant to soiling and yellowing. Optical systems Each lamp is assigned its own optical system. Roadway lighting can be reduced by switching off a lamp without adversely effecting the lighting‘s uniformity. 108 Minimum maintenance effort The clear diffuser and gear tray can be lowered and suspended without tools. That lessens the maintenance effort considerably. 877··· series Lamp data ····························· 360 Suspended luminaires 6 5 M IP54 8-10 m TOC Control gear options ···K ···KK Suspended luminaires 8771/100-150HST-II···* 13 100··· ···02 8772/50-70HSE-E -II···* 13 105··· ···09 8772/100HSE-II··· 13 102··· ···09 8772/50-70HST-II···* 13 106··· ···09 8772/100-150HST-II···* 13 101··· ···09 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ** Lamp for external ignition. Lamps 1 x HST 100/150 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HSE 100 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HST 100/150 Gear tray can be lowered and suspended without tools. Luminaire body made of deep-drawn aluminium, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Connection terminal 3-pole for wires up to 2.5 mm². Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, clear. Can be lowered and suspended without tools. Safe retention thanks to stainless steel lever locks. Optical system made of highly-specular, anodised aluminium. ≈ kg E40 E27 E40 E27 E40 13.8 14.8 16.0 14.8 16.0 W Suspended luminaire for mounting to cradles. Wire suspension made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester for cradles from ¶ 8 mm to ¶ 12 mm. Can be turned axially and adjustable to wire inclination of up to 15°. Fixing screws made of stainless steel. Weatherproof and ageing-resistant. Socket 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 Cable gland Pg16 for cable diameter 10 mm to 14 mm as strain relief system. One felt gasket for possible through-wiring. Through-wiring set available upon request. Control gear options ···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···KK Luminaires with inductive ballast, parallel-compensated, two circuits. Windage area FW = 0.174 m2. 877··· 300 250 350 Reference 675 400 109 TRILUX – Technical 877··· THE BEST T THE DA IS THAT IT HELPS YOU DECIDE WHAT N TO SHI HING ABOUT RK EEDS NE. TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Lumena 122 863··· series Lumena 150 112 130 861··· series Lumena 400 130 862··· series Lumena 600 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Estadia Maxilux Optilux 146 866··· series Estadia 152 7-420··· series Maxilux 156 7-402··· series Optilux 113 Light for everything that should be accentuated at night. 114 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Architecture may be fascinating, but without light nobody would hardly notice. Consequently, TRILUX‘ spotlights and floodlights highlight everything that makes up a building, facade or landscaping. And even helps us to discover so much more: For instance, the facets of architecture that remain hidden even when it is illuminated. 115 Exceptional illumination of architecture: the TRILUX Lumena. The TRILUX Lumena series, which is available in two sizes, highlights architectural details, accentuates individual objects or bathes a complete facade in colourful light thanks to RGB LEDs. You see whatever was intended to be illuminated: A broad array of optical systems, screens and fixing components allows for individual adaptation to almost every application and every desire. And all that distinguished with the prestigious red dot design award. 116 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 117 High performance that you can see – on an arena and above the arena: the TRILUX Estadia. 118 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Optimum lighting is the basic prerequisite for delivering maximum performance. That‘s why the TRILUX Estadia is well suited for wherever exceptional visibility is a must. Be it for illuminating industrial work areas, stadiums or other sports facilities, the Estadia is versatile in terms of use, thanks to its four optical systems. Its main features: Ease of maintenance, good glare limitation and extremely high degree of reliability. 119 Focusing on sports and historic highlights: the TRILUX Maxilux. 120 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights What does a large sports stadium have in common with a historic structure? Both need the TRILUX Maxilux. To ensure an optimum appearance or a perfect mise en scène for players. The compact floodlight with rotationally symmetrical light distribution is especially suitable for television coverage-quality lighting of sports stadiums, for large building sites and high halls as well as for accent lighting of architectural highlights. 121 Lumena 150··· 122 Accent exterior lighting The goal: One luminaire that takes light to the point. A range of applications that meet the most individual demands thanks to its flexibility. And a lighting effect that grabs attention. TRILUX Lumena 150 focuses, accentuates and creates ambience – without compromising efficiency. Especially effective and efficient: the long-lasting LED lamps for white, blue, green or red light. Metal halide lamps, compact fluorescent lamps as well as low-voltage and mains-voltage halogen lamps offer additional scope for individualised application. By adjusting the spotlight‘s angle of inclination and rotation, it is possible to aim light where it is needed: optimal for illuminating buildings. And owing to its die-cast aluminium housing with the cover secured in a die-cast frame, the Lumena offers protection against dust and moisture (IP66). Reflector RE rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. CO Reflector RB rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution. CO CO C270 C9O C270 C270 C9O C9O C18O Lumena 150 sets almost no limits to creative lighting presentations: inviting, exciting, striking. The wide variety of configuration options due to high-quality optics forms the basis for a creative design scope. TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Reflector RT rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. C18O C18O CO CO C270 C270 C9O C9O C18O Reflector RE + grooved glass RG narrow-angle with oval light distribution. C18O Reflector RB + grooved glass RG wide-angle with oval light distribution. 123 Lumena 150 Compact Spotlight 6 5 a IP66 8631··· Compact spotlight for accent lighting. Spot-light housing made of die-cast aluminium, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Can be rotated and pivoted, pivoting range 135°, turning range 300°, with rotation guard. Control gear box as base element made of die-cast aluminum, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Thermally decoupled. Cover made of toughened safety glass sealed in die-cast frame and fixed with 4 stainless steel screws to the spotlight housing. Fixing screws arranged outside of the area of seal. Optical systems made from reflectionintensifying aluminium. LED version with high-quality UV and temperature-resistant optical lens systems. ···RT··· rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution. ···RE··· rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution. ···RB··· rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution. 124 Re-lamping after loosening and removing the cover. Cover is secured against falling by means of a stainless steel wire. LED version requires no re-lamping. Electrical connection via 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². With 2 cable glands M20 for wires up to 7 to 10 mm. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···ET With electronic transformer. Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. Windage area FW = 0.041 m2. Other versions available on request. 8631···/LED··· Accessories ··························· 128 Lamp data ····························· 360 Control gear options Socket ≈ kg ···K W ···02 ···02 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 12 x LED 3, white 12 x LED 3, blue 12 x LED 3, green 12 x LED 3, red G12 G12 G12 3.7 4.3 4.6 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 ···02 ···02 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 12 x LED 3, white 12 x LED 3, blue 12 x LED 3, green 12 x LED 3, red G12 G12 G12 B15d GY6,35 5.0 5.0 4.7 4.5 4.6 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 ···02 ···02 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x TC-T 13 1 x TC-T 18 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 12 x LED 3, white 12 x LED 3, blue 12 x LED 3, green 12 x LED 3, red G12 G12 G12 GX24q-1 GX24q-2 B15d GY6,35 5.0 5.0 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.5 4.6 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 8631··· 176 167 135° 102 183 210 300° 183 130 125 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights ···E ···ET Mains Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···RT···) 8631RT/35HIT··· 58 325··· 8631RT/70HIT··· 58 326··· 8631RT/150HIT··· 58 324··· ···04 8631RT/LED-W··· 56 819··· ···40 8631RT/LED-B··· 56 820··· ···40 8631RT/LED-G··· 56 821··· ···40 8631RT/LED-R··· 56 822··· ···40 Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···RE···) 8631RE/35HIT··· 50 171··· 8631RE/70HIT··· 50 173··· 8631RE/150HIT··· 50 175··· ···04 8631RE/60-100QT18 50 179··· ···10 8631RE/35-90QT12··· 50 181··· ···40 8631RE/LED-W··· 56 583··· ···40 8631RE/LED-B··· 56 584··· ···40 8631RE/LED-G··· 56 585··· ···40 8631RE/LED-R··· 56 586··· ···40 Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···RB···) 8631RB/35HIT··· 50 172··· 8631RB/70HIT··· 50 174··· 8631RB/150HIT··· 50 176··· ···04 8631RB/TCT13··· 50 177··· ···04 8631RB/TCT18··· 50 178··· ···04 8631RB/60-100QT18 50 180··· ···10 8631RB/35-90QT12··· 50 182··· ···40 8631RB/LED-W··· 56 587··· ···40 8631RB/LED-B··· 56 591··· ···40 8631RB/LED-G··· 56 588··· ···40 8631RB/LED-R··· 56 589··· ···40 - Lamps 320 TOC 130 Reference Lumena 150 Compact spotlight with bracket 6 5 a IP66 8631···A··· Compact spotlight with bracket for accent lighting. Spot-light housing made of die-cast aluminium, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Can be rotated and pivoted, pivoting range 200°, turning range 300°, with rotation guard. Bracket made of sturdy aluminium tubing, mounted. white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Pivoting range 180°. Control gear box as base element made of die-cast aluminum, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Thermally decoupled. 126 Cover made of toughened safety glass sealed in die-cast frame and fixed with 4 stainless steel screws to the spotlight housing. Fixing screws arranged outside of the area of seal. Optical systems made from reflectionintensifying aluminium. LED version with high-quality UV and temperature-resistant optical lens systems. ···RE··· rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle. ···RB··· rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle. Re-lamping after loosening and removing the cover. Cover is secured against falling by means of a stainless steel wire. LED version requires no re-lamping. Electrical connection via 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². With 2 cable glands M20 for wires up to 7 - 10 mm. Control gear options ···E With electronic control gear. ···ET With electronic transformer. Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. Windage area FW = 0.062 m2. Other versions available on request. Accessories ··························· 128 Lamp data ····························· 360 Control gear options Socket ≈ kg ···K W ···02 ···02 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 G12 G12 G12 B15d GY6,35 6.0 6.0 5.7 5.5 5.6 ···02 ···02 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x TC-T 13 1 x TC-T 18 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 12 x LED 3, white G12 G12 G12 GX24q-2 GX24q-2 B15d GY6,35 6.0 6.0 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.5 5.6 4.3 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 8631···A··· ¶ 167 176 115° 102 ···E ···ET Mains Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···RE···) 8631RE-A/35HIT··· 50 183··· 8631RE-A/70HIT··· 50 185··· 8631RE-A/150HIT··· 50 187··· ···04 8631RE-A/60-100QT18 50 191··· ···10 8631RE-A/35-90QT12··· 50 193··· ···40 Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···RB···) 8631RB-A/35HIT··· 50 184··· 8631RB-A/70HIT··· 50 186··· 8631RB-A/150HIT··· 50 188··· ···04 8631RB-A/TCT13··· 50 189··· ···04 8631RB-A/TCT18··· 50 190··· ···04 8631RB-A/60-100QT18 50 192··· ···10 8631RB-A/35-90QT12··· 50 194··· ···40 8631RB-A/LED-W··· 56 590··· ···40 - Lamps 1108 TOC 85° 300° 183 210 180° 183 130 Reference 130 127 Lumena 150 Accessories Reference 0863ES TOC 51 344 00 Description Earth rod Earth rod with base plate made of galvanised sheet steel, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Including fixing components made of stainless steel for mounting to the control gear box. 0863ES Reference TOC Description 0863F-blue* 51 345 00 Colour filter, blue 0863F-yellow* 51 348 00 Colour filter, yellow 0863F-green* 51 347 00 Colour filter, green 0863F-rot* 51 346 00 Colour filter, red * Not designed for use of LED and compact fluorescent lamps TC-T 18 W. Colour filter blue, red, green or yellow made of toughened safety glass. 0863F-··· Reference TOC Description 0863RG* 51 349 00 Grooved glass * Not designed for use of LED and compact fluorescent lamps TC-T 18 W. Grooved glass pane, made of toughened safety glass, for producing oval light distribution. 0863RG Reference 0863ZB TOC 51 350 00 Description Cylindrical screen Cylindrical screen made of galvanised sheet steel, anthracite-grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. To be fixed to the die-cast frame with 3 stainless steel screws. 0863ZB 128 Reference TOC Description 0863LB* 51 352 00 Cross-louvre shielding * Not designed for use of LED and compact fluorescent lamps TC-T 18 W. Cross-louvre shielding made of galvanised sheet steel, anthracite-grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. 0863LB Reference 0863G TOC 51 351 00 Description Protective mesh Protective mesh made of galvanised sheet steel, anthracite-grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. To be fixed to the die-cast frame with 2 stainless steel screws. TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 0863G Reference 0860MS TOC 51 343 00 Description Pole clamp Pole clamp made of stainless steel, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powdercoated, weather-resistant, for mounting the spotlight to the pole or tube. Clamping range ¶ 40-130 mm. Including stainless steel fixing materials. 0860MS Internal equipment can be easily integrated thanks to the bayonet fixing mechanism. 129 Lumena 400 and 600 Floodlights for streets and squares Light and slender appearance, sturdy and functional design – these are the typical characteristics of the Lumena floodlights. But not the only ones. Separate pole fixings for single or multiple floodlight arrangements predestine both sizes – Lumena 400 and Lumena 600 – for illuminating streets and squares. 130 The inclination angle of the floodlight is lockable in 5° steps by means of an angle scale thus creating extensive planning scope. The angle scale is covered by stylish polypropylene, anthracite grey diffusers. The appealing floodlight housing offers protection against the ingression of dust and humidity in accordance with IP66. The front pane can be lowered for installation and maintenance. TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Lumena 400 and 600 with asymmetrical medium wide-angle specular reflector „AM“ are used, e.g., for illuminating pedestrian zones and as multiple arrangement at squares and traffic areas. Lumena 400 and 600 with asymmetrical wide-angle specular reflector „AB“ are suited for use in residential streets and roads with average traffic, pedestrian zones and shopping streets. 131 Lumena 400/600 Floodlights for accentuation lighting The TRILUX Lumena – developed to highlight beautiful architectural structures with beautiful light: Architectural details are emphasised, buildings accentuated or even complete facades colourfully illuminated. The colourful planning scope that is facilitated thanks to the Lumena 400 equipped with LED lamps is especially interesting. Be it in white, blue, green or red – the attractiveness of architecture is enhanced effectively either way. A welcome secondary effect: LEDs hardly ever have to be changed thanks to their longevity and thus reduce follow-up costs. A sturdy floodlight housing with cover protects the luminaires effectively against ingress of dust and moisture and climatic influences. Lumena offers great planning scope The Lumena floodlights can be mounted diversely thanks to its intelligent design. 60° 105° 105° 60° 60° 105° 132 The four available optical systems ensure maximum freedom when it comes to use. CO C270 C90 C18O Reflector RE Rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. CO C27O TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights C90 C18O Reflector SE Symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. CO C270 C90 C18O Reflector SM Symmetrical medium wide-angle light distribution. CO C27O C90 C18O Reflector SB Symmetrical wide-angle light distribution. 133 Lumena 400/600 Floodlights for streets and squares 6 5 a IP66 861··· 3-5 m 862··· 5-8 m 8611··· + 0860/1/76 Floodlights for streets, squares and providing accentuation lighting. ···AB··· with asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution for illuminating streets and squares. ···AM··· with extremely asymmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution for illuminating squares and providing accentuation lighting. Floodlight housing made of die-cast aluminium, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Fixing bracket made of aluminium for mounting to horizontal surfaces, floors and also poles by means of the corresponding accessories. Angle scale to facilitate the inclination adjustment, lockable in 5° steps. Covered by polypropylene caps, anthracite grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. Protection pane made of toughened safety glass, sealed in cover frame, can be lowered and fixed to the floodlight housing by means of stainless steel screws. Optical system made of anodised aluminium. ···AB··· with asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. ···AM··· with extremely asymmetrical medium wide-angle light distribution, as wide beam floodlight with 50° (8611···) or 55° (8621···) vertical light distribution. 134 Electrical connection for two cables, each 3 x 2.5 mm². With two cable glands M20 for cable diameter 6 mm to 12 mm as strain relief system. One sealed cable gland. Control gear options Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. ···WZ··· Floodlight with integrated, intelligent start management system for instantaneous hot re-ignition of lamp after a power outage. Windage area Lumena 400 FW = 0.057 m2. Lumena 600 FW = 0.108 m2. Other versions available on request. 8621··· + 0860/1/76 Accessories ··························· 136 Lamp data ···························· 360 TOC Control gear options Lamps Socket 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.4 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E27 E40 E40 G12 G12 G12 RX7s RX7s RX7s-24 RX7s-24 R7s 7.4 8.2 8.3 6.9 7.2 7.8 7.3 7.7 7.9 8.3 5.8 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HST-DE 400 1 x HST-DE 400 E40 13.5 E40 Fc2 Fc2 E40 E40 Fc2 Fc2 Fc2 Fc2 R7s 18.5 14.5 15.4 14.7 16.9 14.5 15.4 16.7 17.6 11.5 8621··· + 0860/1/76 8611··· + 0860/1/76 298 290 216 624 446 130 130 340 340 556 393 145 130 166 203 202 202 ¶ 76 ¶ 76 135 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Mains ···K W Lumena 400, asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···AB···) 8611AB/50-70HST 47 639··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 Lumena 400, asymmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···AM···) 8611AM/50-70HST* 13 018··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 8611AM/100HST 13 011··· ···02 1 x HST 100 8611AM/150HST 13 014··· ···02 1 x HST 150 8611AM/35HIT 13 016··· ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 8611AM/70HIT 13 019··· ···02 1 x HIT 70 8611AM/150HIT 13 012··· ···02 1 x HIT 150 8611AM/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 020··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 8611AM-WZ/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 50 558··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 8611AM/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 013··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 8611AM-WZ/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 49 655··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 8611AM/500QT-DE 13 017··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 Lumena 600, asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···AB···) 8621AB/100-150HST* 47 640··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 Lumena 600, asymmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···AM···) 8621AM/600HST 49 440··· ···02 1 x HST 600 8621AM/250HST-DE 13 063··· ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 8621AM-WZ/250HST-DE 51 212··· ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 8621AM/250HIT/HST 13 060··· ···02 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 8621AM/400HIT/HST 13 064··· ···02 1 x HIT 400 8621AM/250HIT-DE 13 061··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 8621AM-WZ/250HIT-DE 51 211··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 8621AM/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 065··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 8621AM-WZ/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 51 213··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 8621AM/1000QT-DE 13 059··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. ≈ kg 406 Reference Lumena 400/600 Floodlights for streets and squares Accessories TOC Description 0860/1/76 22 203 00 Pole fixing, single Windage area FW (m2) incl. luminaires 8611··· 8621··· 0.109 0.176 ≈ kg 3.2 Pole fixing made of cast aluminium, with connection module that can be removed without tools, with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Single floodlight arrangement. White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant. For pole top ¶ 76 mm. Including fixing components for mounting the floodlight. 12,5 0860/1/76 130 340 80 Reference 76 50 0860/1/··· 202 Reference TOC Description 0860/2/76/90° 43 829 00 Pole fixing, double, 90° ≈ kg 4.2 340 80 12,5 0860/2/76/90° Lumena 400··· Lumena 600··· 130 76 50 Pole fixing made of cast aluminium, with connection module that can be removed without tools, with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Double floodlight arrangement (90°). White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant. For pole top ¶ 76 mm. Including fixing components for mounting the floodlights. Windage area FW (m2) incl. luminaires 8611··· 8621··· 0.178 0.305 0860/2/···/90° 1366 Reference TOC Description 0860/2/76/180° 22 204 00 Pole fixing, double, 180° Windage area FW (m2) incl. luminaires 8611··· 8621··· 0.187 0.321 ≈ kg 4.2 340 Lumena 400··· Lumena 600··· 80 12,5 0860/2/76/180° 130 Pole fixing made of cast aluminium, with connection module that can be removed without tools, with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Double floodlight arrangement (180°). White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant. For pole top ¶ 76 mm. Including fixing components for mounting the floodlights. 202 1767 76 76 50 0860/2/···/180° 1366 136 1767 311 Description 0860/3/76 12,5 Pole fixing made of cast aluminium, with connection module that can be removed without tools, with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Triple floodlight arrangement. White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant. For pole top ¶ 76 mm. Including fixing components for mounting the floodlights. 5.2 80 22 205 00 Pole fixing, triple ≈ kg 340 0860/3/76 Windage area FW (m2) incl. luminaires 8611··· 8621··· 0.198 0.370 130 TOC Lumena 400··· Lumena 600··· 76 50 Reference 0860/3/··· 1366 Description 80 0860/4/76 12,5 Pole fixing made of cast aluminium, with connection module that can be removed without tools, with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Star floodlight arrangement. White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weatherresistant. For pole top ¶ 76 mm. Including fixing components for mounting the floodlights. 6.2 Lumena 400··· Lumena 600··· 76 50 22 206 00 Pole fixing, star ≈ kg 340 0860/4/76 Windage area FW (m2) incl. luminaires 8611··· 8621··· 0.209 0.389 130 TOC 0860/4/··· 1366 1767 311 137 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Reference 290 1767 Lumena 400/600 Floodlights for streets and squares Accessories 08600DM/2/76/180° Decorative pole head for Lumena 400 (861···) or Lumena 600 (862···) floodlight, made of welded, galvanised steel tube. White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Decorative pole head, double arrangement, 90° and triple arrangement, consisting of pole head and screw-on brackets. With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Including wiring from connection module to floodlight and fixing components made of stainless steel for mounting the floodlight. For pole top ¶ 76 mm. Safety class I. 138 Decorative wall mount for one Lumena 400 (861···) or Lumena 600 (862···) floodlight made of welded, galvanised steel tube. White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powdercoated, weather-resistant. Easy mounting to wall plate made of galvanised steel. Electrical connection in the socket of the plug with connection for wires up to 3 x 1.5 mm². Including wiring for the floodlight and fixing components made of stainless steel for mounting the floodlight. Safety class I. Reference TOC Description 08600DM/1/76 08600DM/2/76/90° 08600DM/2/76/180° 08600DM/3/76 08600DWB 49 664 00 49 674 00 49 665 00 49 675 00 49 670 00 Decorative pole head, single Decorative pole head, double, 90° Decorative pole head, double, 180° Decorative pole head, triple Decorative wall mounting Windage area FW (m2) incl. luminaires 8611··· 8621··· 0.192 0.243 0.293 0.407 0.318 0.422 0.312 0.420 0.170 0.221 ≈ kg 12.1 18.8 17.2 24.5 12.1 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 08600DM/2/76··· 08600DM/1/76 20 750 42 130 60 76 210 90 1174 2348 210 42 767 20 2446 2446 139 Lumena 400 Floodlight for accentuation lighting 6 5 a IP66 8611···LED··· 8611 RE··· Floodlight with different light distribution characteristics. Floodlight housing made of die-cast aluminium, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Fixing bracket made of aluminium for mounting to horizontal surfaces, floors and also poles by means of corresponding accessories. Angle scale to facilitate the inclination adjustment, lockable in 5° steps. Covered by polypropylene caps, anthracite grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. Electrical connection for two cables, each 3 x 2.5 mm². With two cable glands M20 for cable diameter 6 mm to 12 mm as strain relief system. One sealed cable gland. Control gear options ···ET With electronic transformer. Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. Windage area FW = 0.057 m2. Other versions available on request. Protection pane made of toughened safety glass, sealed in cover frame, can be lowered and fixed to the floodlight housing by means of stainless steel screws. Optical system made of anodised aluminium. LED lamp with high-quality UV and temperature-resistant optical lens systems. ···RB··· rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution. ···RE··· rotationally symmetrical narrowangle light distribution. ···SE··· symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. ···SM··· symmetrical medium wide-angle light distribution. ···SB··· symmetrical wide-angle light distribution. 8611··· 217 145 216 140 72 290 145 216 140 72 130 130 446 393 290 446 393 8611 RE··· 20 x 12,5 140 12,5 20 x 12,5 20 x 12,5 12,5 20 x 12,5 Accessories ··························· 144 Lamp data ····························· 360 8611··· Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 G12 G12 G12 ≈ kg 7.7 7.3 7.6 8.2 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 E27 E40 E40 G12 G12 G12 RX7s RX7s-24 R7s 7.4 8.2 8.3 6.9 7.2 7.8 7.3 7.9 5.8 7.4 7.4 7.4 7.4 E27 E40 E40 G12 G12 G12 RX7s RX7s-24 R7s 7.4 8.2 8.3 6.9 7.2 7.8 7.3 7.9 5.8 E27 E40 E40 G12 G12 G12 RX7s RX7s-24 R7s 7.4 8.2 8.3 6.9 7.2 7.8 7.3 7.9 5.8 141 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights ···ET Mains ···K W Lumena 400, rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···RE···) 8611RE/50-70HST* 13 024··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 8611RE/35HIT 13 023··· ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 8611RE/70HIT 13 025··· ···02 1 x HIT 70 8611RE/150HIT 13 022··· ···02 1 x HIT 150 8611RE/LED-W 56 571··· ···40 32 x LED 3, white 8611RE/LED-B 56 572··· ···40 32 x LED 3, blue 8611RE/LED-G 56 573··· ···40 32 x LED 3, green 8611RE/LED-R 56 574··· ···40 32 x LED 3, red Lumena 400 LED, rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···RB···) 8611RB/LED-W 56 575··· ···40 32 x LED 3, white 8611RB/LED-B 56 576··· ···40 32 x LED 3, blue 8611RB/LED-G 56 577··· ···40 32 x LED 3, green 8611RB/LED-R 56 578··· ···40 32 x LED 3, red Lumena 400, symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···SE···) 8611SE/50-70HST* 13 044··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 8611SE/100HST 13 037··· ···02 1 x HST 100 8611SE/150HST 13 040··· ···02 1 x HST 150 8611SE/35HIT 13 042··· ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 8611SE/70HIT 13 045··· ···02 1 x HIT 70 8611SE/150HIT 13 038··· ···02 1 x HIT 150 8611SE/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 046··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 8611SE/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 039··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 8611SE/500QT-DE 13 043··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 8611SE/LED-W 56 579··· ···40 24 x LED 3, white 8611SE/LED-B 56 580··· ···40 24 x LED 3, blue 8611SE/LED-G 56 581··· ···40 24 x LED 3, green 8611SE/LED-R 56 582··· ···40 24 x LED 3, red Lumena 400, symmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···SM···) 8611SM/50-70HST* 13 055··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 8611SM/100HST 13 048··· ···02 1 x HST 100 8611SM/150HST 13 051··· ···02 1 x HST 150 8611SM/35HIT 13 053··· ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 8611SM/70HIT 13 056··· ···02 1 x HIT 70 8611SM/150HIT 13 049··· ···02 1 x HIT 150 8611SM/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 057··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 8611SM/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 050··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 8611SM/500QT-DE 13 054··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 Lumena 400, symmetrical wide angle light distribution (···SB···) 8611SB/50-70HST* 13 033··· ···02 1 x HST 50/70 8611SB/100HST 13 026··· ···02 1 x HST 100 8611SB/150HST 13 029··· ···02 1 x HST 150 8611SB/35HIT 13 031··· ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 8611SB/70HIT 13 034··· ···02 1 x HIT 70 8611SB/150HIT 13 027··· ···02 1 x HIT 150 8611SB/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 035··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 8611SB/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 028··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 8611SB/500QT-DE 13 032··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level Socket Lumena 600 Floodlight for accentuation lighting 6 5 a IP66 8621 RE··· Floodlight with different light distribution characteristics. Floodlight housing made of die-cast aluminium, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Fixing bracket made of aluminium for mounting to horizontal surfaces, floors and also poles by means of corresponding accessories. Angle scale to facilitate the inclination adjustment, lockable in 5° steps. Covered by polypropylene caps, anthracite grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. Protection pane made of toughened safety glass, sealed in cover frame, can be lowered and fixed to the floodlight housing by means of stainless steel screws. Optical system made of anodised aluminium. ···RE··· rotationally symmetrical narrowangle light distribution. ···SE··· symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. ···SM··· symmetrical medium wide-angle light distribution. ···SB··· symmetrical wide-angle light distribution. 142 8621··· Electrical connection for two cables, each 3 x 2.5 mm². With two cable glands M20 for cable diameter 6 mm to 12 mm as strain relief system. One sealed cable gland. Control gear options Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V mains current. ···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallel-compensated. Windage area FW = 0.108 m2. Other versions available on request. Accessories ··························· 144 Lamp data ····························· 360 Control gear options Lamps 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HST-DE 400 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HST-DE 400 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 400 1 x HST-DE 400 8621 RE··· ≈ kg E40 E40 E40 14.4 15.4 17.6 E40 Fc2 E40 E40 Fc2 Fc2 R7s 18.5 14.5 14.7 16.9 14.5 16.7 11.5 E40 Fc2 E40 E40 Fc2 Fc2 R7s 18.5 14.5 14.7 16.9 14.5 16.7 11.5 E40 Fc2 E40 E40 Fc2 Fc2 R7s 18.5 14.5 14.7 16.9 14.5 16.7 11.5 8621··· 373 406 203 203 624 556 406 166 298 180 20 x 12,5 ¶ 12,5 20 x 12,5 93 298 180 93 20x12,5 ¶ 12,5 20x12,5 143 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Mains ···K W Lumena 600, rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···RE···) 8621RE/100-150HST* 13 068··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 8621RE/250HIT/HST 13 069··· ···02 1 x HIT 250 8621RE/400HIT/HST 13 071··· ···02 1 x HIT 400 Lumena 600, symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···SE···) 8621SE/600HST 49 442··· ···02 1 x HST 600 8621SE/250HST-DE 13 086··· ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 8621SE/250HIT/HST 13 083··· ···02 1 x HIT 250 8621SE/400HIT/HST 13 087··· ···02 1 x HIT 400 8621SE/250HIT-DE 13 084··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 8621SE/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 088··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 8621SE/1000QT-DE 13 082··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 Lumena 600, symmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···SM···) 8621SM/600HST 49 443··· ···02 1 x HST 600 8621SM/250HST-DE 13 095··· ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 8621SM/250HIT/HST 13 092··· ···02 1 x HST 250 8621SM/400HIT/HST 13 096··· ···02 1 x HIT 400 8621SM/250HIT-DE 13 093··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 8621SM/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 097··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 8621SM/1000QT-DE 13 091··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 Lumena 600, symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···SB···) 8621SB/600HST 49 441··· ···02 1 x HST 600 8621SB/250HST-DE 13 077··· ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 8621SB/250HIT/HST 13 074··· ···02 1 x HIT 250 8621SB/400HIT/HST 13 078··· ···02 1 x HIT 400 8621SB/250HIT-DE 13 075··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 8621SB/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 079··· ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 8621SB/1000QT-DE 13 073··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 * Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. Socket 624 556 TOC 166 Reference Lumena 400/600 Accessories Reference 0861 ZR 0862 ZR TOC 22 202 00 22 213 00 Description Accessory frame, for Lumena 400 Accessory frame, for Lumena 600 ≈ kg 0.5 0.7 Accessory frame Made of die-cast aluminium, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant, for mounting on the cover frame of the floodlight. Including stainless steel fixing materials. Reference 0861 BLS 0862 BLS TOC 22 197 00 22 208 00 Description Anti-glare louvres rigid, for Lumena 400 Anti-glare louvres rigid, for Lumena 600 ≈ kg 0.5 0.6 Anti-glare louvres Anthracite grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant, rigid, for horizontal or vertical mounting to accessory frame 086···ZR. Including stainless steel fixing materials. Reference 0861 BK 0862 BK TOC 22 196 00 22 207 00 Description Anti-glare device, for Lumena 400 Anti-glare device, for Lumena 600 Anti-glare device Anthracite grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant, adjustable, for mounting up to max. 4 pieces to accessory frame 086···ZR. Including stainless steel fixing materials. 144 ≈ kg 0.4 0.6 Reference 0861 F-blue 0861 F-red 0861 F-green 0861 F-yellow TOC 22 198 00 22 201 00 22 200 00 22 199 00 Description Colour filter, blue, for Lumena 400 Colour filter, red, for Lumena 400 Colour filter, green, for Lumena 400 Colour filter, yellow, for Lumena 400 ≈ kg 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0862 F-blue 0862 F-red 0862 F-green 0862 F-yellow 22 209 00 22 212 00 22 211 00 22 210 00 Colour filter, blue, for Lumena 600 Colour filter, red, for Lumena 600 Colour filter, green, for Lumena 600 Colour filter, yellow, for Lumena 600 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Colour filter Blue, red, green or yellow for mounting to accessory frame 086···ZR. Including stainless steel fixing materials. Not combinable with 8611···LED···. Reference 0861 G 0862 G TOC 48 086 00 48 085 00 Description Protective mesh, for Lumena 400 Protective mesh, for Lumena 600 ≈ kg 0.3 0.4 Protective mesh Made of stainless steel for mounting to accessory frame 086···ZR, including holding angle made of galvanised sheet steel, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant and stainless steel fixing screws. TOC 51 343 00 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Reference 0860MS Description Pole clamp, for Lumena 400 Pole clamp Made of cast aluminium for mounting a 861··· floodlight to pole or tube. Clamping range ¶ 40-130 mm. Including stainless steel fixing materials. 145 Estadia The TRILUX Estadia is a wide beam floodlight with extremely asymmetrical light distribution especially for illuminating large areas such as sports facilities, squares and outdoor work areas. The inclined design not only provides a minimalist, sophisticated design, but also ensures minimised windage area, minimised light pollution and good glare limitation. 146 Maintenance All hands free to change a lamp: The back cover just hangs there, allowing maintenance personnel to focus on changing the lamps. Hot re-ignition A new, compact ignitor with intelligent ignition management system ensures instantaneous hot re-ignition of double-ended lamps – indispensable for lighting installations that must be ready to operate immediately after a power outage. Photometrics 4 different optical systems with various luminous intensity distributions and angles ensure optimum illumination of areas with light emissions area arranged horizontally. AB: asymmetrical wide-angle, vertical light distribution 65°. AM: asymmetrical medium wide-angle, vertical light distribution 65°. AT: asymmetrical wide-angle, vertical light distribution 65°. AN: asymmetrical close vicinity, vertical light distribution 40°. 147 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Sturdy aluminium design The sturdy floodlight housing made of aluminium sheet and cast aluminium components are suited for both suspended and upright mounting. The fixing bracket made of galvanised steel allows for continuously variable adjustment. Estadia Wide beam floodlight 6 5 a IP65 8661··· Wide beam floodlight with extremely asymmetrical light distribution characteristics. Floodlight housing made of welded aluminium sheet and cast-aluminium back cover, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Back cover secured using four stainless screws. With mounted fixture and reflector components. Including thermally decoupled ignitor tray made of cast aluminium. Cover made of toughened safety glass sealed in housing with silicon seal and secured in place using stainless steel clips. Optical systems made of reflection-intensifying, anodised aluminium for horizontal alignment as wide-beam light distribution. ···AB··· asymmetrical wide-angle, luminous intensity distribution 65°. ···AM··· asymmetrical medium wide-angle, luminous intensity distribution 65°. ···AT··· asymmetrically narrow angle, luminous intensity distribution 65°. ···AN··· asymmetrical close vicinity, luminous intensity distribution 40°. Fixing bracket made of galvanised steel, suited for upright and suspended mounting of the floodlight. Re-lamping after removal of back cover. Cover is mounted in such a way that it can be opened to a position allowing for maintenance. Electrical connection via a connector integrated in the ignition device compartment with 4-pole terminal for connecting wires up to 2.5 mm² and cable gland for cables up to 6-12 mm. Versions available either with or without ignitor and for instantaneous hot re-ignition (WZ). Others components required for operating the floodlight must be ordered separately and mounted, see Accessories. WZ versions with attached, intelligent ignition management system for instantaneous hot re-ignition of lamp after power outage. State-of-the-art microprocessor technology allows for flicker-free and lamp-preserving rapid lamp start of even hot lamps. Automatic safety cut-off and end-of-life detection prevent abnormal lamp operation and protect the components of the luminaire. Ignitor mounted on outside of back cover. The floodlight is connected to the ignitor via a 3-pole terminal of up to 4 mm². With cable gland M20 for cables up to 8-13 mm. Windage area FW = 0.187 m2. 148 8661···WZ··· Accessories ··························· 150 Lamp data ····························· 360 TOC without ignitor with ignitor Estadia, asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution (AB) 8661AB/600HST 51 699··· ···50 8661AB/1000HST/HIT 51 702··· ···50 8661AB/1000HIT-DE 51 712··· ···50 8661AB-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 716··· 8661AB/2000HIT-I 51 706··· ···50 8661AB/2000HIT 51 709··· ···50 8661AB/2000HIT-DE 51 720··· ···50 8661AB-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 724··· 8661AB/2000HIT-DE32 51 728··· ···50 Instantaneous hot ignition (WZ) Lamps 1 x HST 600 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 ···50 ···50 Estadia, asymmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (AT) 8661AT/600HST 51 700··· ···50 8661AT/1000HST/HIT 51 703··· ···50 8661AT/1000HIT-DE 51 713··· ···50 8661AT-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 717··· 8661AT/2000HIT-I 51 707··· ···50 8661AT/2000HIT 51 710··· ···50 8661AT/2000HIT-DE 51 721··· ···50 8661AT-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 725··· 8661AT/2000HIT-DE32 51 729··· ···50 1 x HST 600 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 ···50 ···50 ···50 ···50 - 1 x HIT 1000 E40 E40 Cable Cable E40 E40 Cable Cable Cable 18.5 18.5 19.0 22.3 18.0 18.7 19.0 22.3 19.0 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A 1 x HIT 1000 E40 E40 Cable Cable E40 E40 Cable Cable Cable 18.5 18.5 19.0 22.3 18.0 18.7 19.0 22.3 19.0 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A 1 x HIT 1000 E40 E40 Cable Cable E40 E40 Cable Cable Cable 18.5 18.5 19.0 22.3 18.0 18.7 19.0 22.3 19.0 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 1 x HIT 1000 E40 Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable 18.5 19.0 22.3 19.0 22.3 19.0 8661··· 8661···WZ··· 700 620 454 ¶ 14 722 ¶ 14 ¶ 23 ¶ 14 ¶ 23 ¶ 14 160 160 722 742 692 742 692 600 600 454 255 120 750 620 282 220 149 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 1 x HST 600 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 ···50 ···50 ···50 ···50 ≈ kg W Estadia, asymmetrical medium wide-angle light distribution (AM) 8661AM/600HST 51 698··· ···50 8661AM/1000HST/HIT 51 701··· ···50 8661AM/1000HIT-DE 51 711··· ···50 8661AM-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 715··· ···50 8661AM/2000HIT-I 51 705··· ···50 8661AM/2000HIT 51 708··· ···50 8661AM/2000HIT-DE 51 719··· ···50 8661AM-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 723··· ···50 8661AM/2000HIT-DE32 51 727··· ···50 Estadia, asymmetrical close vicinity (AN) 8661AN/1000HST/HIT 51 704··· 8661AN/1000HIT-DE 51 714··· 8661AN-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 718··· 8661AN/2000HIT-DE 51 722··· 8661AN-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 726··· 8661AN/2000HIT-DE32 51 730··· Socket 255 Reference Estadia System Accessories 0866AS Shield made of galvanised sheet steel, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Including stainless steel fixing screws. Accessories 0866AS TOC 51 677 00 Description Shields ≈ kg 1.7 Support made of galvanised steel for mounting floodlights. For pole top diameter 89-114 mm. Including fixing components for the floodlights. Accessories TW1/114 TW2/114 TW3-4/114 TOC 27 854 00 27 856 00 27 858 00 Description Support for 1 floodlight Support for 2 floodlights Support for 3-4 floodlights ≈ kg 3.0 12.0 19.0 TW3-4/114 TW2/114 1300 1200 1000 995 895 TW1/114 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 Pg16 Pg16 ¶ 89 -114 150 ¶ 89-114 M20 Pg16 ¶ 89 -114 M20 Lamp data ····························· 360 Accessories TOC Description for lamps Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/600HST B600HS 51 577 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400V 0860VE/600HS K 58 315 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/1000 HIT B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 6-3801-40 24 943 00 Capacitor 40 µF/230V 6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230V 0860VE/1000HI/HS K 58 316 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/1000 HST B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 2x 6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230V 0860VE/1000HI/HS K 58 316 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/2000 HIT/8.8A B 2000 HI 8,8A 49 422 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/8.8 A 6-3802-37 24 935 00 Capacitor 37 µF/400 V 0860VE/2000HI/8,8A/380V/400V/420V K 58 318 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/2000 HIT/10.3A B 2000 HI 10,3A 49 423 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/10.3 A 6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400V 0860VE/2000HI/10,3A/380V/400V/420V K 58 317 00 Supply unit, compensated 0860VE/600HS··· 1 x HST 600 10.0 0.6 11.0 1 x HIT 1000 13.0 0.2 0.3 15.2 1 x HST 1000 13.0 0.3 15.2 1 x HI··· 2000/8,8 A 16.0 0.5 20.1 1 x HI··· 2000/10,3 A 16.0 0.6 22.7 0860VE2000HI/8,8A··· 444 599 94 115 94 115 W 12 12 12 12 414 569 0860VE/1000HI/HS··· 0860VE/2000HI/10,3A··· 524 634 94 115 94 115 12 12 12 12 494 Description ···02 ···02 ···02 ···02 - Control gear box for 1 x HST 600 Control gear box for 1 x HI/HS 1000 Control gear box for 1 x HI 2000/10.3A Control gear box for 1 x HI 2000/8.8A Control gear box for 2 x HST 600 Control gear box for 2 x HI/HS 1000 Control gear box for 2 x HI 2000/10.3A Control gear box for 2 x HI 2000/8.8A Control gear box 0860GK···, optionally for one or two floodlights made of sheet steel, light-grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. With lockable door. Complete with all necessary control gear, prewired ready for connection. With two or three cable glands M20 for cables up to 6-12 mm. Mains-side connection terminal 5 x 6 mm², luminaire-side terminals 2 x 3 x 6 mm². Parallelcompensated. Safety class I, degree of protection IP65. ≈ kg W 1 x HST 600 1 x HST/HIT 1000 1 x HI··· 2000/10,3A 1 x HI··· 2000/8,8A 2 x HST 600 2 x HST/HIT 1000 2 x HI··· 2000/10,3A 2 x HI··· 2000/8,8A 14.7 18.1 25.4 25.4 29.3 36.7 51.3 51.3 0860GK/2/··· 210 380 340 0860GK/1/··· 210 300 260 560 ···09 ···09 ···09 ···09 for lamps 600 52 489··· 52 483··· 52 485··· 52 487··· 52 497··· 52 491··· 52 493··· 52 495··· Compensated ···K ···KK ···02 ···09 360 Control gear boxes 0860GK/1/600HST··· 0860GK/1/1000HI/HS··· 0860GK/1/2000HI/10,3A··· 0860GK/1/2000HI/8,8A··· 0860GK/2/600HST··· 0860GK/2/1000HI/HS··· 0860GK/2/2000HI/10,3A··· 0860GK/2/2000HI/8,8A··· TOC 400 Accessories 604 8,6 8,6 65 M20 40 M20 120 65 M20 55 55 M20 105 151 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Supply unit 0860VE··· for a floodlight including Neozed fuse 16 A and 8-pole screw-type terminal for wires up to 6 mm². With two cable glands M20 for cables up to 7-14 mm. Fixed via two boreholes 12 mm. Parallel-compensated. Safety class I, IP 65 protection rating. ≈ kg Maxilux Good light is an essential prerequisite for good performance. That applies especially to large sports facilities and multifunctional arenas: In many large-scale projects, the TRILUX Maxilux compact floodlights have proven themselves and their capabilities. And even wherever sports are not top priority, just a lot of light, e.g. at large-scale building sites and in high halls, the Maxilux floodlights are impressive as industrial lighting solutions. 152 Easy re-lamping The cover mounted on the back and with integrated socket carrier can be opened for maintenance purposes. Thus, the lamp housing is easily accessible and the re-lamping especially uncomplicated. Hot re-ignition Maxilux versions with instantaneous hot re-ignition (WZ) have a fully electronic ignition management system. State-of-the-art microprocessor technology allows for flicker-free and lamp-preserving rapid lamp start of even hot lamps. Automatic safety cut-off and end-of-life detection prevent abnormal lamp operation and protect the components of the luminaire. TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Four optical systems offer maximum planning scope Reflector T narrow-angle light distribution. Reflector TB narrow/wide-angle light distribution. C0 C0 C90 C90 C270 C270 C180 C180 Reflector B wide-angle light distribution. Reflector SB extremely wide-angle light distribution. C0 C0 C90 C90 C270 C270 C180 C180 153 Maxilux Compact Floodlight 6 5 a IP65 7-420··· Compact floodlight with pseudo rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Floodlight housing made of an anodised aluminium reflector and an anthracite base made of die-cast aluminium, additionally anodised. With flange-mounted, thermally decoupled ignitor tray and pressure equalisation vent. Cover made of 5 mm thick, thermally toughened safety glass, equipped with a silicon seal and held secure to the reflector part using non-rusting clips, a mesh cover is not necessary. Fixing bracket made of galvanised steel, continuously adjustable, suited for upright and suspended mounting of floodlight. Optical systems The aluminium reflector forms the rotationally symmetrical reflector, which has a highly-specular or semi-specular anodised inner surface. With internal highly-specular shield. Pseudo rotationally symmetrical light distribution. 154 T narrow-angle, reflector highly-specular. TB narrow/wide-angle, reflector highlyspecular. B wide-angle, reflector semi-specular. SB extremely wide-angle, reflector semispecular. Re-lamping is simple after loosening four captive stainless steel screws and opening the back cover with mounted fixture and reflector components. Electrical connection using enclosed, lockable connector with cable gland Pg13.5, with 4-pole terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². When opening the housing to change the lamp, the connector must be unplugged and the floodlight must be disconnected from power supply. Versions with ignitor, optionally for instantaneous hot re-ignition (WZ). Others components required for operating the floodlight must be ordered separately and mounted, see Accessories. WZ versions with attached, intelligent ignition management system for instantaneous hot re-ignition of lamp after power outage. State-of-the-art microprocessor technology allows for flicker-free and lamp-preserving rapid lamp start of even hot lamps. Automatic safety cut-off and end-of-life detection prevent abnormal lamp operation and protect the components of the luminaire. The floodlight is connected to the ignitor via a 3-pole terminal of up to 4 mm². With cable gland M20 for cables up to 8 - 13 mm. Windage area FW = 0.16 m2. Control gear box 0860GK···, either for one or two floodlights, made of sheet steel, lightgrey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. With lockable door. Complete with all necessary control gear, prewired ready for connection. With two or three cable glands M20 for cables up to 6-12 mm. Mains-side connection terminal 5 x 6 mm², luminaire-side terminals 2 x 3 x 6 mm². Parallel-compensated. Safety class I, degree of protection IP65. Supply unit 0860VE··· for one floodlight including Neozed fuse 16 A and 8-pole screw-type terminal 6 mm². With two cable glands M20 for cables up to 7-14 mm. Fixed via two boreholes 12 mm. Parallel-compensated. Safety class I, degree of protection IP65. Lamp data ····························· 360 Reference TOC with ignitor Maxilux, narrow-angle light distribution (T) 7-4201-1207 19 847··· 7-4201-1237 19 848··· Maxilux, narrow/wide-angle light distribution (TB) 7-4202-1207 19 849··· 7-4202-1237 19 850··· 7-4202-1238 19 851··· Maxilux, wide-angle light distribution (B) 7-4203-1207 15 827··· 7-4203-1237 19 842··· 7-4203-1238 19 843··· Maxilux, extremely wide-angle light distribution (SB) 7-4204-1207 19 844··· 7-4204-1237 19 845··· 7-4204-1238 19 846··· Accessories TOC Instantaneous hot reignition (WZ) Lamps Socket ≈ kg W ···50 ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable Cable 12.0 12.0 ···50 ···50 - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable Cable Cable 12.0 12.0 12.5 ···50 ···50 - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable Cable Cable 12.0 12.0 12.5 ···50 ···50 - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable Cable Cable 12.0 12.0 12.5 Description ≈ kg 1 x HI/HS 1000 1 x HI... 2000/10,3A 2 x HI/HS 1000 1 x HI... 2000/10,3A 18.1 25.4 36.7 51.3 1 x HIT-DE 1000 13.0 0.2 0.3 15.2 1 x HIT-DE 1000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 1 x HIT-DE 2000 16.0 0.6 0.5 22.7 0860VE/1000HI/HS··· 7-420··· 524 94 420 380 0860GK/2/··· 12 210 12 ¶ 440 wz 300 260 600 0860VE/2000HI/10,3A··· 360 94 400 634 560 210 115 380 340 0860GK/1/··· 494 8,6 8,6 12 12 65 604 295 115 M20 40 M20 120 65 M20 55 55 M20 105 18 x 80 60° 133 60 ¶12 ¶12 80 80 372 155 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Control gear boxes 0860GK/1/1000HI/HS K 52 483 02 Control gear box for 1xHI/HS 1000 0860GK/1/2000HI/10,3A K 52 485 02 Control gear box for 1xHI 2000/10.3 A 0860GK/2/1000HI/HS KK 52 491 09 Control gear box for 2xHI/HS 1000 0860GK/2/2000HI/10,3A KK 52 493 09 Control gear box for 2xHI 2000/10.3 A Individual components for pole installation for Maxilux···/1000 HIT-DE B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 6-3801-40 24 943 00 Capacitor 40 µF/230V 6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230V 0860VE/1000HI/HS K 58 316 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Maxilux···/2000 HIT-DE B 2000 HI 10,3A 49 423 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/10.3 A 6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400V 6-3802-37 24 935 00 Capacitor 37 µF/400V 0860VE/2000HI/10,3A/380V/400V/420V K 58 317 00 Supply unit, compensated for lamps W Optilux Linear Floodlight 6 5 a IP54 7-402··· Linear floodlight with symmetrical light distribution Floodlight housing made of high-quality anodised aluminium with pressure equalisation vent. Housing with angle scale to facilitate the inclination adjustment. Cover made of 5 mm thick, thermally toughened safety glass, secured in a galvanised steel frame with a silicon seal using nonrusting clips, a mesh cover is not necessary. Fixing bracket made of galvanised steel, continuously adjustable, suited for upright and suspended mounting of floodlight. Versions available either with or without ignitor. Other components required for the operation of the floodlight must be ordered separately and mounted, see Accessories. Control gear box 0860GK···, either for one or two floodlights made of sheet steel, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. With lockable cover. Complete with all necessary control gear, prewired ready for connection. With two or three cable glands M20 for cables up to 6–12 mm. Mains-side connection terminal 5 x 6 mm², luminaire-side terminals 2 x 3 x 6 mm². Parallel-compensated. Safety class I, degree of protection IP65. Optical system Floodlight housing made of anodised aluminium and forming the linear reflector. With additional, internal highly-specular cover for reducing the luminous intensity in the C90–C270 plane. Supply unit 0860VE··· for one floodlight including Neozed fuse 16 A and 8-pole screw-type terminal for wires up to 6 mm². With two cable glands M20 for cables up to 7–14 mm. Fixed via two boreholes 12 mm. Parallel-compensated. Safety class I, degree of protection IP65. B Symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution. T Symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution with additional, highly-specular reflectors. Supports TW··· made of galvanised steel, for mounting of 1, 2 or 3-4 floodlights. For pole top diameter 89-114 mm. Including fixing components for the floodlights. Re-lamping is simple tool-free process, just open and suspend the cover. Electrical connection via 3-pole terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². With cable gland Pg16. TW3-4/114 TW2/114 1300 1200 1000 995 895 TW1/114 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 Pg16 Pg16 ¶ 89 -114 156 ¶ 89-114 M20 Pg16 ¶ 89 -114 M20 Lamp data ····························· 360 Reference TOC Optilux, narrow-angle light distribution (T) 7-4022-1187 15 867··· 7-4022-1210 15 869··· 7-4022-1227 15 868··· Maxilux, wide-angle light distribution (B) 7-4021-1187 15 863··· 7-4021-1210 15 865··· 7-4021-1227 15 864··· with ignitor without ignitor Lamps ···50 ···50 ···50 - 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A ···50 ···50 ···50 - 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A Socket ≈ kg 1 x HIT 1000 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A E40 E40 E40 14.5 14.0 14.5 1 x HIT 1000 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A E40 E40 E40 14.5 14.0 14.5 W Accessories TOC ···KK ···09 for lamps W ≈ kg Control gear boxes 0860GK/1/1000HI/HS 0860GK/1/2000HI/10,3A 0860GK/1/2000HI/8,8A 0860GK/2/1000HI/HS 0860GK/2/2000HI/10,3A 0860GK/2/2000HI/8,8A ···K ···02 52 483··· 52 485··· 52 487··· 52 491··· 52 493··· 52 495··· ···02 ···02 ···02 - ···09 ···09 ···09 1 x HST/HIT 1000 1 x HI··· 2000/10,3 A 1 x HI··· 2000/8,8 A 2 x HST/HIT 1000 2 x HI··· 2000/10,3 A 2 x HI··· 2000/8,8 A 18.1 25.4 25.4 36.7 51.3 51.3 Accessories TOC Description 0860GK/1/··· 300 260 13.0 0.2 0.3 15.2 1 x HST 1000 13.0 0.3 15.2 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 16.0 0.5 20.1 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A 16.0 0.6 22.7 3.0 12.0 19.0 1.6 524 12 360 400 94 115 7-402··· 0860VE/2000HI/10,3A··· M20 40 12 494 8,6 M20 1 x HIT 1000 0860VE/1000HI/HS··· 210 65 ≈ kg 120 634 115 210 380 340 12 760 675 620 220 94 0860GK/2/··· 12 M20 55 94 12 M20 105 ¶ 23 60° 12 55 485 599 115 8,6 65 ZG 569 157 135 Pg16 560 0860VE2000HI/8,8A··· 003 600 604 60 ¶ 13 ¶ 13 80 80 642 157 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/1000 HIT B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 6-3801-40 24 943 00 Capacitor 40 µF/230V 6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230V 0860VE/1000HI/HS K 58 316 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/1000 HST B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 2 x 6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230V 0860VE/1000HI/HS K 58 316 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/2000 HIT-I B 2000 HI 8,8A 49 422 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/8.8 A 6-3802-37 24 935 00 Capacitor 37 µF/400V 0860VE/2000HI/8,8A/380V/400V/420V K 58 318 00 Supply unit, compensated Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/2000 HIT B 2000 HI 10,3A 49 423 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/10.3 A 6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400V 0860VE/2000HI/10,3A/380V/400V/420V K 58 317 00 Supply unit, compensated Supports for Optilux floodlights TW1/114 27 854 00 Support for 1 floodlight TW2/114 27 856 00 Support for 2 floodlights TW3-4/114 27 858 00 Support for 3 - 4 floodlights Anti-glare louvre 7-8223 22 982 00 BRV Optilux anti-glare louvre vertical for lamps W DURING THE A DECORATIV AT NI A DECORATIVE ILLUMIN DAY: E LUMINAIRE. GHT: ATOR. DZ – decorative DZ luminaires – decorative 180 LS 190 Laterne 192 RL 200 SR 204 Focus 210 Konus 212 Belisco 214 Reeds DZ luminaires – decorative 160 220 HS 224 Zauberflöte 232 DI 234 Segmentkugel 236 Varisto 238 DKS 240 Lichtboden 244 Lichtlinie DZ – decorative 161 248 Elle 254 Lionda 258 Ondo 260 Symbol 266 Uni 278 Sonnos 284 Pinzetta 288 Ontria DZ luminaires – decorative 162 292 Tube 296 VR 298 Potsdam 306 Emporium 312 Westminster A 316 Westminster 300 Palme DZ – decorative 163 When outdoor lighting needs to achieve especially decorative tasks, luminaires from DZ come into play. DZ has complemented the luminaire spectrum of TRILUX since 2007 with individual lighting solutions, especially in the areas of light columns and bollard luminaires. A wide spectrum of decorative luminaires offers creative flexibility and a high level of safety for lighting tasks, such as the setting of museums, park spaces, castles and other architectural highlights. After all, an especially prestigious building or environment demands especially prestigious lighting solutions, both during the day and at night. Experience fascinating outdoor luminaires from DZ on the following pages. 164 Distinctive outdoor lighting from DZ. DZ – decorative 165 Highlights of the town: the DZ LS, the VR and the Emporium. 166 DZ – decorative Each outdoor space demands a different lighting solution, but they must all have one thing in common: the best of everything. At DZ that also means the most stylish of everything. For example the DZ LS: a light column that forms a definite reference for orientation, akin to a landmark. Or the DZ VR, reminiscent of a classic lantern, but newly interpreted and transformed into a highly elegant form. And the DZ Emporium that combines modernity and tradition, allowing it to be used both for highly modern locations as well as heritage sites. 167 For us, outdoor lighting is always the creation of outdoor “lighting scenes”: the DZ Palme, the Elle and the Symbol. 168 Outdoor spaces can be illuminated – or consciously set in scene. With these DZ post-top luminaires, the staging of any lighting scene becomes a success. For example, the DZ Palme that emits its light into the night with an elegant swing. Or the DZ Elle and its purist, rectangular luminaire head that renders any green space, pedestrian zone or square attractive. And finally the DZ Symbol, mainly implemented as a street luminaire, with its matter-of-fact, geometrical style giving it an especially interesting design language that originates from the designer Peter Zegers, the founder of DZ Licht. DZ – decorative 169 170 Symbioses of objectivity and sensibility: the DZ SR and the HS. In addition to its function as an aid for orientation, outdoor lighting has a further important task: it must be perfectly adaptable, because it is always part of a whole. A good example of this concept is the DZ SR: as light column, bollard or wall luminaire, thanks to its elementary simplicity it blends in with any type of surrounding. Or the DZ HS: its simple and geometric form makes it a design element that you can‘t do without. DZ – decorative 171 172 Art with architecture: the DZ DI, the DKS and the Uni spotlight. With wall spotlights from DZ, building facades are transformed into works of art during hours of darkness. For example the DI, setting special accents with its sophisticated collar and both light emission apertures. Or the DKS: its maximum level of flexibility allows any form of light control and can thus target the emphasis onto specific architectural highlights. And then there‘s the Uni spotlight, here in the yoke bracket version, giving any facade an unmistakable appearance both during the day and at night. DZ – decorative 173 Can you walk over light? The DZ Lichtboden and Lichtlinie. 174 Whether as an orientation system for paths or for accenting architectural highlights, light coming from the ground really catches the eye. The Lichtboden and Lichtlinie serve to emphasise particular architectural effects with light, and with either white or coloured LEDs according to requirements. Wherever they are used, they always make sure that simple paths and squares are transformed into notable and highly attractive ones. DZ – decorative 175 Burning for architecture: the DZ Lionda. A luminaire that brings with it a perfect understanding of architecture. With its timeless form, its high level of aesthetics and not least with its pedigree: designed by the architect David Chipperfield. Whether as bollard, wall or post-top luminaire, Lionda is the perfect lighting solution for the effective and dependable illumination of architecture. Awarded the red dot design award. 176 DZ – decorative 177 Set uniquely inimitable accents. With DZ Konus, Reeds, Focus and Belisco. 178 The lighting of paths and green spaces can either be restrained or atmospheric, unobtrusive or conspicuous, but it always has to accomplish one thing: enthusiasm. In the case of the DZ Konus for example this is achieved with a purist design that results in a sophisticated and versatile lighting solution. Or with absolute originality, as with the Reeds garden lighting: filigree luminous rods enhancing all surroundings unobtrusively but effectively. Or with unique design from the renowned architect Sir Norman Foster: the DZ Focus. And finally with a special form of light created via indentations within a light cylinder, as with the DZ Belisco. DZ – decorative 179 LS Design: Peter Zegers 180 Firmly dedicated to purism. Simplicity and functionality are the cornerstones of this light column that with its triangular or square form appears to be firmly anchored to the ground. Wherever used, the LS··· light column sets appealing accents for outdoor applications. A wide selection of heights and the option to use the luminaire for wall applications makes it the perfect lighting solution for widely diverse outdoor areas. DZ – decorative The wall luminaire. The purist design of the light column leaves a perfect impression on walls. The glass design. The fine, formal structure of the glass is an optical highlight of the light column. The family philosophy. The basic form of the light column can be either triangular or square. But always geometrical – that's the unmistakable signature of the designer PeterZeger s. 181 LS Decorative light columns with square section 6 5 a IP44 LS 400 Q-FP··· Decorative light column with square section (···Q···). Supporting column of extruded aluminium with square section (···Q···), with continuously bitumised underground support (···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). Upper cover plate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting of ···FP··· version via fastening of flange plate to sufficiently firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Cover of lamp compartment of non-laminated safety glass with printed wire glass design and four-sided light emission. 182 Optical system of anodised aluminium with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. Versions with E27 or E40 socket with additional glare reduction of lamp. Relamping via release of two stainless steel screws and removal of upper cover plate. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area LS 400 Q··· FW = 0.76 m². LS 270 Q··· FW = 0.51 m². Underground support of steel, galvanised, for fixing of light column in substrate. Further versions on request. LS 270 Q-FP··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear options ···L LS 400, light column, square (Q), with underground support (E) LS 400 Q-E/1x70HIT···26 53 894··· ···01 LS 400 Q-E/1x150HIT···26 53 881··· ···01 LS 400 Q-E/1x70HST···26 53 903··· ···01 LS 400 Q-E/1x150HST···26 53 888··· ···01 LS 400, light column, square (Q), with flange plate (FP) LS 400 Q-FP/1x70HIT···26 53 930··· ···01 LS 400 Q-FP/1x150HIT···26 53 916··· ···01 LS 400 Q-FP/1x70HST···26 53 939··· ···01 LS 400 Q-FP/1x150HST···26 53 925··· ···01 LS 270, light column, square (Q), with underground support (E) LS 270 Q-E/1x70HIT···26 53 814··· ···01 LS 270 Q-E/1x150HIT···26 53 808··· ···01 LS 270 Q-E/1x70HST···26 53 820··· ···01 LS 270 Q-E/1x150HST···26 53 811··· ···01 LS 270, light column, square (Q), with flange plate (FP) LS 270 Q-FP/1x70HIT···26 53 833··· ···01 LS 270 Q-FP/1x150HIT···26 53 826··· ···01 LS 270 Q-FP/1x70HST···26 53 840··· ···01 LS 270 Q-FP/1x150HST···26 53 829··· ···01 TOC 56 424 00 Lamps Socket ≈ kg 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 64.2 64.8 64.2 64.8 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 59.4 60.0 59.4 60.0 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 47.5 48.1 47.5 48.1 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 43.0 43.6 43.0 43.6 W 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 Description Underground support for LS 400/270 Q FP, galvanised LS 400 Q-E··· ≈ kg 3.2 LS 400 Q-FP··· 190 190 DZ – decorative LS 270 Q-E··· LS 270 Q-FP··· 190 2700 2700 4000 4000 190 0804E-1 80 x 400 600 600 80 x 400 80 x 400 600 80 x 400 600 400 400 500 400 800 500 800 50 x 150 50 x 150 26 x 34 26 x 34 270 M24 300 270 300 Accessories 0804E-1 TOC 800 Reference 270 183 LS Decorative bollard and wall luminaires with square section 6 5 a IP44 LS 120 Q··· Decorative bollard or wall luminaire with square section (···Q···). Relamping via release of two stainless steel screws and removal of upper cover plate. Supporting column with LS 120 Q··· bollard luminaire of extruded aluminium section, square section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Upper cover plate of cast aluminium. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². ···W··· with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². Wall plate with ···W··· version of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting of LS 120··· bollard luminaire via integral flange plate for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Cover of lamp compartment of non-laminated safety glass with printed wire glass design and four-sided light emission. ···W··· wall luminaire closed on rear. Optical system of anodised aluminium with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. Versions with E27 socket with additional glare reduction of lamp. 184 Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast ···L+KT with inductive ballast and conventional transformer. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for fixing of bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. LS W-Q··· Lamp data ······························ 360 ···01 ···01 ···01 - 1 x HIT 70 1 x HST 70 1 x TC-L 36 ···01 ···01 ···45 - 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QR-LP51 35 1 x HIT 70 1 x TC-L 36 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 ≈ kg G12 E27 2G11 11.5 11.9 11.9 G12 + GU5,3 G12 2G11 9.4 8.5 8.9 Description Underground support for LS 120 Q, hot-dip galvanised ≈ kg 4.5 DZ – decorative LS 120 Q··· 150 0804E-2 LS W-Q··· 210 150 7 x 16 460 520 680 80 x 200 210 M8 149 7 x 10 10 x 18 110 185 110 TOC 56 421 00 W Socket 300 Accessories 0804E-2 Lamps 1200 LS 120, bollard luminaire, square (Q) LS 120 Q/1x70HIT···26 53 741··· LS 120 Q/1x70HST···26 53 750··· LS 120 Q/1xTCL36···26 53 757··· LS, wall-mounted luminaire (W), square (Q) LS W-Q/1x70HIT+1x35QR-LP···26 53 989··· LS W-Q/1x70HIT···26 53 995··· LS W-Q/1xTCL36···26 54 001··· Control gear options ···L ···L-KT 149 TOC 500 Reference 68 185 LS Decorative light columns with triangular section 6 5 a IP44 LS 400 D-FP··· Decorative light column with triangular section (···D···). Supporting column of extruded aluminium with triangular section (···D···), with continuously bitumised underground support (···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). Upper cover plate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting of ···FP··· version via fastening of flange plate to sufficiently firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Cover of lamp compartment of non-laminated safety glass with printed wire glass design and three-sided light emission. 186 Optical system of anodised aluminium with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. Versions with E27 or E40 socket with additional glare reduction of lamp. Relamping via release of three stainless steel screws and removal of upper cover plate. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area LS 400 D··· FW = 0.88 m². LS 270 D··· FW = 0.59 m². Underground support of steel, galvanised, for mounting of light column in substrate. Further versions on request. LS 270 D-FP··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear options ···L LS 400, light column, triangular (D), with underground support (E) LS 400 D-E/1x70HIT···26 53 895··· ···01 LS 400 D-E/1x150HIT···26 53 882··· ···01 LS 400 D-E/1x70HST···26 53 854··· ···01 LS 400 D-E/1x150HST···26 53 848··· ···01 LS 400, light column, triangular (D), with flange plate (FP) LS 400 D-FP/1x70HIT···26 53 931··· ···01 LS 400 D-FP/1x150HIT···26. 53 917··· ···01 LS 400 D-FP/1x70HST···26 53 870··· ···01 LS 400 D-FP/1x150HST···26 53 864··· ···01 LS 270, light column, triangular (D), with underground support (E) LS 270 D-E/1x70HIT···26 53 773··· ···01 LS 270 D-E/1x150HIT···26 53 766··· ···01 LS 270 D-E/1x70HST···26 53 780··· ···01 LS 270 D-E/1x150HST···26 53 770··· ···01 LS 270, light column, triangular (D), with flange plate (FP) LS 270 D-FP/1x70HIT···26 53 795··· ···01 LS 270 D-FP/1x150HIT···26 53 786··· ···01 LS 270 D-FP/1x70HST···26 53 802··· ···01 LS 270 D-FP/1x150HST···26 53 790··· ···01 TOC 56 424 00 Lamps Socket ≈ kg 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 54.0 54.6 54.0 54.6 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 49.0 49.6 49.0 49.6 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 38.0 38.6 38.0 38.6 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 G12 E27 E40 36.0 36.6 36.0 36.6 W 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT 70 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 Description Underground support for LS 400/270 D-FP, galvanised LS 400 D-E··· ≈ kg 32.0 LS 400 D-FP··· 220 220 DZ – decorative LS 270 D-E··· LS 270 D-FP··· 220 2700 2700 4000 4000 220 0804E-1 400 80 x 400 600 600 600 400 400 800 500 500 800 80 x 400 80 x 400 600 80 x 400 50 x 150 50 x 150 26 x 34 26 x 34 191 270 221 M24 191 270 221 Accessories 0804E-1 TOC 800 Reference 270 187 LS Decorative bollard and wall luminaires with triangular section 6 5 a IP44 LS 120 D··· Decorative bollard or wall luminaire with triangular section (···D···). Supporting column with 120 D··· bollard luminaire of extruded aluminium section, triangular section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Upper cover plate of cast aluminium. Wall plate with ···W··· version of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting of LS 120··· bollard luminaire via integral flange plate for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Mounting of ···W··· wall luminaire via mounting plate. Cover of lamp compartment of non-laminated safety glass with printed wire glass design and three-sided light emission. ···W··· wall luminaire closed on rear. Optical system of anodised aluminium with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. Versions with E27 socket with additional glare reduction of lamp. 188 Relamping via release of three stainless steel screws and removal of upper cover plate. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². ···W··· with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. ···L+KT with inductive ballast and conventionalt ransformer. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for fixing of bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. LS W-D··· Lamp data ······························ 360 ···01 ···01 ···01 - 1 x HIT 70 1 x HST 70 1 x TC-L 36 ···01 ···01 ···45 - 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT-12 50 1 x HIT 70 1 x TC-L 36 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 ≈ kg G12 E27 2G11 12.8 13.1 12.1 G12 + GY6,35 G12 2G11 10.4 9.5 9.9 Description Underground support for LS 120 D, hot-dip galvanised ≈ kg 6.0 DZ – decorative LS 120 D··· 220 0804E-3 LS W-D··· 280 191 7 x 16 460 680 80 x 200 520 290 7 x 10 10 M8 255 255 220 TOC 56 423 00 W Socket 110 Accessories 0804E-3 Lamps 291 LS 120, bollard luminaire, triangular (D) LS 120 D/1x70HIT···26 53 690··· LS 120 D/1x70HST···26 53 712··· LS 120 D/1xTCL36···26 53 718··· LS, wall-mounted luminaire (W), triangular (D) LS W-D/1x70HIT+1x50QT12···26 53 958··· LS W-D/1x70HIT···26 53 944··· LS W-D/1xTCL36···26 53 980··· Control gear options ···L ···L+KT 1200 TOC 500 Reference 68 227 189 Laterne Design: Peter Zegers Distinguished by the Design Center Stuttgart 190 The new interpretation of a classic. The Laterne luminaire from designer Peter Zegers shows what the timeless version of a classic outdoor luminaire can really look like. Reduced to the essence of a rectangle, it blends ideally into every surrounding without being obtrusive, whether bollard, light column or wall luminaire. Laterne Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative bollard luminaires, light columns or wall luminaires 6 5 a IP54 Laterne 120··· Reference TOC Laterne 35··· Control gear options Lamps ···L Mains W 58 474··· 55 820··· ···01 - ···10 Laterne W··· Socket ≈ kg 1 x TC-T 18 1 x E27 (max. 100) GX24d-2 E27 10.0 9.7 Lantern 120, bollard luminaire Laterne 120/1xTCT18···26 Laterne 120/E27 26 Lantern 35, pillar luminaire Laterne 35/1xTCT18···26 Laterne 35/E27 26 Lantern, wall luminaire (W) Laterne W/1xTCT18···26 Laterne W/E27 26 58 475··· 55 831··· ···01 - ···10 1 x TC-T 18 1 x E27 (max. 100) GX24d-2 E27 5.0 4.6 58 476··· 55 844··· ···01 - ···10 1 x TC-T 18 1 x E27 (max. 100) GX24d-2 E27 3.6 3.2 Accessories 0804E-2 TOC 56 421 00 Description Underground support for lantern 35/120, hot-dip galvanised Decorative bollard luminaire, light column or wall luminaire. Supporting column of extruded section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Wall luminaire (···W···) with mounting plate of cast aluminium. Fixing of bollard and light column via integral flange plate to solid surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Mounting of wall luminaire with mounting plate of cast aluminium. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm² (Laterne 120···). With Laterne 35··· and Laterne W··· with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. DZ – decorative Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). ≈ kg 4.5 Underground support of steel, galvanised, for installation of luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. Laterne 120··· 150 80 x 200 Laterne 35··· 210 Laterne W··· 146 210 149 110 187 10 x 18 120 146 10 x 18 149 149 210 M8 126 150 357 500 445 150 124 0804E-2 284 1200 Cover of lamp compartment of non-laminated safety glass with printed, polished wire glass design. Wall luminaire ···W··· closed at rear. 110 191 RL Design: Peter Zegers 192 For alleys of light. The RL, originating from an architectural competition, is designed as a light column, bollard luminaire or wall luminaire for emotional lighting of all styles, ranging from path lighting to accentuation of trees and facades. Various designs with differently oriented reflectors and light sources make the RL an optimal solution for nearly all lighting tasks. RL 500··· – the optics. A combination of three photometrically optimised reflector systems and light sources makes the RL 500··· a multifunctional talent for planning of light with the most diverse of applications. RL 500··· – the light effect. The rotationally symmetrical light distribution of the RL 500···, paired with two integral supplementary spots guarantees optimal illumination – whether for accentuation of trees and facades or for the lighting of paths. RL 450··· – the light rings. A distinct feature of this luminaire with rotationally symmetrical light emission: the blue, LED design light rings. DZ – decorative RL 280··· – a play of light. A light object with a highly unusual effect: equipped with RGB LEDs, the RL 280··· can automatically change colour. 193 RL 730/400 Decorative light pillars 6 5 a IP54 Decorative light column with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Supporting column with RL 400··· of extruded aluminium section with continuously bitumised underground support (···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). Supporting column with RL 730··· of galvanised steel with continuously bitumised underground support (···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover cylinder of highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent. RL 730··· with supplementary, backlit lower cylinder cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA, opal. Optical system in luminaire head of anodised aluminium with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Relamping via opening of luminaire head. With RL 730···, replacement of lower lamp via opening of inspection door. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm², behind a door. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage areas RL 730··· FW = 1.46 m². RL 400··· FW = 0.8 m². Underground support of steel, galvanised, for mounting of light column RL 400-FP··· in substrate. Further versions on request. RL 730-FP··· 194 RL 400-FP··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC RL 730, light column with underground support (E) RL 730-E/1x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 54 153··· RL 730-E/2x70HIT···26 54 155··· RL 730, light column with flange plate (FP) RL 730-FP/1x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 54 157··· RL 730-FP/2x70HIT···26 54 160··· RL 400, pillar with planted section (E) RL 400-E/1x150HIT···26 54 120··· RL 400-E/1x70HIT···26 54 123··· RL 400-E/1x70HSE-I···26 54 127··· RL 400, pillar with flange (FP) RL 400-FP/1x150HIT···26 54 135··· RL 400-FP/1x70HIT···26 54 138··· RL 400-FP/1x70HSE-I···26 54 141··· * Lamp with integral ignitor. Accessories TOC 0804E-1 56 424 00 Control gear options ···L Lamps Socket ≈ kg W ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 + 1 x HIT-CE 70 2 x HIT-CE 70 G12 G12 159.7 157.7 ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 + 1 x HIT-CE 70 2 x HIT-CE 70 G12 G12 176.0 174.0 ···01 ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 1 x HIT-CE 70 1 x HSE-I 70* G12 G12 E27 56.8 55.8 55.8 ···01 ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 1 x HIT-CE 70 1 x HSE-I 70* G12 G12 E27 57.0 56.0 56.0 Description Underground support for RL 400-FP, galvanised RL730-FP··· 200 200 RL 400-E··· 2300 2300 230 230 RL 730-E··· ≈ kg 32.0 RL 400-FP··· 200 1936 4000 2300 7300 2300 7300 4000 100 x 620 100 x 620 100 x 420 100 x 420 0804E-1 1211 85 x 300 500 600 550 600 800 550 85 x 300 1211 400 219 500 800 500 1000 400 50 x 150 26 x 34 M24 270 50 x 150 30 270 400 219 195 DZ – decorative 1936 325 325 200 RL 350/120/W Decorative light column, bollard and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP54 RL 350T-FP··· Decorative light column, bollard luminaire or wall luminaire with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with continuously bitumised underground support (···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). Wall plate with ···W··· version of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). 196 Mounting of RL 120··· bollard luminaire via integral flange plate for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Mounting of ···W··· wall luminaire with cast aluminium mounting plate. Cylinder cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent (RL 120···) or translucent (RL 350···). With ···W··· wall luminaire of highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent, with supplementary cover glasses of nonlaminated safety glass, fixed via cast aluminium rings. Optical system RL 350··· with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. RL 120··· rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution and additional decorative blue light emission upwards. RL W··· with wide angle light distribution above and below. With decorative perforated sheet concealment for illumination of cover cylinder. Relamping via opening of luminaire head. With RL-W··· wall luminaire after release of upper or lower cover ring. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area RL 350··· FW = 0.56 m². Underground support of steel, galvanised, for mounting of RL···FP··· luminaires in substrate. Further versions on request. Lamp data ······························ 360 RL 120··· Reference RL W··· TOC Control gear options Lamps ···L RL 350, light column with translucent enclosure (T) and underground support (E) RL 350T-E/1x58···26 54 110··· ···01 RL 350, light column with translucent enclosure (T) and flange plate (FP) RL 350T-FP/1x58···26 54 113··· ···01 RL 120, bollard luminaire with flange (FP) RL 120-FP/1x35HIT···26 54 107··· ···01 RL, wall luminaire (W) RL W/1x70HIT+1x150HIT···26 54 166··· ···01 RL W/2x70HIT···26 54 180··· ···01 Accessories 0804E-1 0804E-4 TOC 56 424 00 56 420 00 Socket ≈ kg 1 x T26 58 G13 26.9 1 x T26 58 G13 27.1 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 9.6 1 x HIT-CE 70 + 1 x HIT-CE 150 2 x HIT-CE 70 G12 G12 13.1 12.3 W Description Underground support for RL 350T-FP, galvanised Underground support for RL 120···, hot-dip galvanised RL 350T-E··· RL 350T-FP··· 3500 3500 1576 1576 150 DZ – decorative 150 0804E-1 ≈ kg 32.0 4.0 RL 120··· 100 400 190 80 x 300 416 0804E-4 80 x 300 800 1200 RL W··· 360 500 600 600 500 330 400 270 100 126 160 200 500 210 120° 26 x 34 50 x 150 270 8,5 x 20 60 M8 800 60° 9 126 197 RL 500/450/280 Decorative light columns with effect lighting 6 5 a IP54 RL 500-FP··· Decorative light column with rotationally symmetrical light distribution and effect lighting. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with continuously bitumised underground support (···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting with ···FP··· version via fastening of flange plate to sufficiently firm usurface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. RL 450-FP··· Cylinder cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA. RL 500··· transparent, upper light emission of borosilicate glass. RL 450··· upper part transparent, lower part translucent. RL 280··· translucent. Optical system RL 500··· with rotationally symmetrical light emission and two supplementary spotlight elements for object and facade illumination. RL 450··· with rotationally symmetrical light emission and supplementary LED decorative rings, blue. RL 280··· light object with coulor change for effect lighting with LEDs. Relamping via opening of luminaire head. 198 RL 280T-FP··· Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. ···ET with electronic transformer. ···L+ET with inductive ballast and electronic transformer. Windage area RL 500··· FW = 1.0 m². RL 450··· FW = 0.9 m². RL 280··· FW = 0.45 m². Underground support of steel, galvanised, for mounting of RL···FP··· light columns in substrate. Further versions on request. Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Control gear options ···L ···ET RL 500, pillar with planted section (E) RL 500-E/2x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 54 147··· ···01 RL 500, pillar with flange (FP) RL 500-FP/2x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 54 150··· ···01 RL 450, pillar with flange (FP) RL 450-FP/1x150HIT+4xLED-bl···26* 54 144··· RL 280, light column with translucent enclosure, with planted section (E) RL 280T-E/LED-RGB 9x1W···26* 55 913··· ···40 RL 280, light column with translucent enclosure, with flange plate (FP) RL 280T-FP/LED-RGB 9x1W···26* 55 915··· ···40 *EN 60598 compliant Accessories 0804E-1 TOC 56 424 00 Lamps Socket ≈ kg ···L+ET W - 2 x HIT 150 + 1 x HIT 70 G12 46.2 - 2 x HIT 150 + 1 x HIT 70 G12 44.6 ···43 1 x HIT 150 + 4 x LED, blue G12 66.5 - 9 x LED-RGB 1 W 21.0 - 9 x LED-RGB 1 W 19.4 Description Underground support for 280/450/500 FP, galvanised RL 500-FP··· ≈ kg 32.0 RL 500-E··· 200 RL 450-FP··· 243 243 200 393 325 741 741 200 1534 RL 280T-E··· 150 2800 2800 0804E-1 2000 2000 4500 5000 5000 150 400 85 x 300 85 x 300 800 85 x 300 80 x 300 160 160 600 600 600 80 x 300 400 400 270 800 1000 26 x 34 M24 500 500 400 26 x 34 50 x 150 270 26 x 34 270 50 x 150 270 199 DZ – decorative RL 280T-FP··· SR Design: Peter Zegers 200 Conspicuously inconspicuous. The SR transforms any environment, whether residential area or pathway, into an area of elegance. As light column, bollard or wall luminaire, thanks to its elementary simplicity it blends well in all spaces. Individual light distribution: By rotation of the luminaire housing, light distribution can be simply adjusted to create the required lighting effect. Shielding as an added plus. The SR bollard and wall luminaires additionally win over with an adjustable shielding of the luminaire head. DZ – decorative 201 SR Decorative light columns, bollard and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP55 Decorative light column, bollard and wall luminaire with one-sided shielding. Luminaire housing of aluminium and cast aluminium components, with one-sided shielding as design element. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with continuously bitumised underground support (···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). SR 120··· bollard luminaire with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting of SR 120··· bollard luminaire via integral flange plate for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Fixing of ···FP··· via fastening of flange plate to solid surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Mounting of ···W··· wall luminaire with aluminium mounting plate. Cover cylinder of highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent, with rotationally symmetrical light emission. One-sided shielding, for glare control of luminaire on one side. Adjustment of light emission direction via rotation of luminaire housing. ···W·-B··· wall luminaire with adjustable shielding. ···W·/··· wall luminaire with fixed, rear shielding. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm², with ···W··· with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm². Control gear options ···E with electronic ballast. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for mounting of luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. 202 SR 400-FP··· Lamp data ······························ 360 SR 120··· SR W1··· Reference TOC SR W2-B··· Control gear options Lamps Socket ≈ kg ···E W ···04 1 x TC-L 36 2G11 12.5 ···04 1 x T26 58 G13 21.5 ···04 1 x T26 58 G13 24.0 SR 120, bollard luminaire SR 120/1xTCL36···26 55 919··· SR 400, light column with underground support (E) SR 400-E/1x58···26 55 929··· SR 400, light column with flange (FP) SR 400-FP/1x58···26 55 934··· SR, wall luminaire (W) SR W1/1xTCL24···26 55 939··· SR W2/1xTCL40···26 55 949··· SR, wall luminaire (W) with adjustable shielding (B) SR W1-B/1xTCL24···26 55 944··· SR W2-B/1xTCL40···26 55 954··· ···04 ···04 1 x TC-L 24 1 x TC-L 40 2G11 2G11 4.9 6.5 ···04 ···04 1 x TC-L 24 1 x TC-L 40 2G11 2G11 5.1 7.2 Accessories 0804E-5 0804E-1 Description Underground support for SR 120, hot-dip galvanised Underground support for SR 400-FP, hot-dip galvanised SR 400-E··· SR 400-FP··· 158 1600 SR W2··· 4000 SR W1··· 652 8 324 480 158 0804E-1 8 184 184 700 90 432 90 SR 120··· 544 4000 DZ – decorative 1540 158 1600 ≈ kg 2.6 32.0 1540 TOC 56 422 00 56 424 00 1200 54 124 105 124 105 67 x 270 54 SR W2-B··· 290 67 x 270 600 800 100 67 x 270 90 600 0804E-5 422 480 400 SR W1-B··· 158 210 210 158 652 432 26 x 34 700 544 360° 50 x 150 480 324 100 150 360° 800 500 500 400 70 270 360° 360° 105 10 100 120° M24 8 54 360° 120° M6 105 270 8 54 70 203 Focus Design: Foster and Partners 204 Designed according to the philosophy of Sir Norman Foster. The luminaires from the Focus series are carefully matched in appearance. This opens the way for design possibilities not available until now. As such, the application spectrum of the Focus group is considerable. But whatever type and whatever application you choose, all Focus luminaires have one thing in common: a unique design originating from the house of Norman Foster. Four-fold design diversity. A bollard luminaire with many faces: Focus is available with four different luminaire heads. Flexibility and the joy of colour. A high level of rotation (around 350°) and tilt (-5° to +90°) characterise the luminaire heads of the bollard luminaires Focus 42···, ···57··· and ···97···. Colour filters as accessories create red, blue, yellow or green light. Simple mounting. Tool-free plug-in technology enables effortless anchoring of the luminaire to the baseplate with integral connection technology. DZ – decorative Sophisticated connection technology. The Focus 300 light column has a door to the connection compartment that is cut directly from the extruded section and is therefore inconspicuous. 205 Focus Decorative light columns and bollard luminaires 6 5 a IP65 Decorative light column or bollard luminaire with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Luminaire body of cast aluminium components and cover glass. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with decorative stripes. Focus 300··· light column with welded flange plate of cast aluminium. Baseplate with Focus 90···/···83··· of cast aluminium with integral connection technology. Mounting holes outside of sealed area. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting of bollard luminaire directly by fastening of baseplate to firm surface or with use of underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Mounting of Focus 300··· light column by fastening of flange plate to sufficiently firm surface. Cover glass with Focus 300··· light column and Focus 90··· bollard luminaire of highly impact-resistant PMMA, satinised or transparent (Focus 90 LO···). Cover glass with Focus 83··· of solid, polished crystal glass. Optical systems with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Focus 90 LO··· with lamella optics. Relamping with removal of upper cover. Electrical connection of bollard luminaire with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm² of baseplate. Tool-free connection via plug-in technology during erection of supporting column. Electrical connection of Focus 300··· light column with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm² behind flush-fitting door. With C-nut within supporting column for mounting of a junction box, to be ordered separately. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. ···E with electronic ballast. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for anchoring of Focus 90···/···83··· bollard luminaires in the substrate. Windage area Focus 300··· FW = 0.51 m2. Focus 90··· FW = 0.15 m2. Focus 83··· FW = 0.14 m2. Further versions on request. 206 Focus 300··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Focus 90 LO··· TOC Control gear options ···L Focus 300, pillar Focus 300/2x58···26 53 484··· ···01 Focus 90, bollard luminaire with lamella optics (LO) Focus 90 LO/1xTCD13···26 55 554··· Focus 90 LO/1x35HIT···26 53 502··· Focus 90, bollard luminaire with translucent light output (T) Focus 90T/1xTCD13···26 55 557··· Focus 90T/1x35HIT···26 53 505··· Focus 83, bollard luminaire with light output made of glass Focus 83/1x35HIT···26 53 498··· TOC 56 428 00 Lamps Socket ≈ kg ···E W - 2 x T26 58 G13 43.0 ···04 ···04 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x HIT-CE 35 G24q-1 G8,5 11.4 11.4 ···04 ···04 1 x TC-DEL 13 1 x HIT-CE 35 G24q-1 G8,5 11.4 11.4 ···04 1 x HIT-CE 35 G8,5 11.9 Description Underground support for Focus 90···/···83···, galvanised ≈ kg 3.0 Focus 300··· 170 3020 1565 DZ – decorative Focus 83··· 83 170 Focus 90T··· 170 400 Focus 90 LO··· 830 641 160 920 0804E-8 500 Accessories 0804E-8 Focus 83··· 920 Reference Focus 90T··· 266 M8 M6 170 170 170 60° 120° 120° 106 126 140 18 160 6,5 6,5 140 120° 6,5 140 140 207 Focus Decorative bollard luminaires with light emission head 6 5 a IP65 Focus 42··· Decorative bollard luminaire with rotatable and tiltable light emission head. Light emission head of cast aluminium, rotatable to 350°, tiltable from -5° to + 90° to the horizontal. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with decorative stripes. Baseplate of cast aluminium with integral connection technology. Mounting holes outside of sealed area. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Direct mounting of bollard luminaire via fastening of baseplate to firm surface or with use of an underground support or ground spike in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Cover glass of durable borosilicate, sealed within a cast-aluminium ring. Optical systems of anodised aluminium. Either with rotationally symmetrical wide angle ···RB···, narrow angle ···RE··· or very narrow angle ···RT··· light distribution. Relamping with release and removal of cover glass. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm² of the baseplate. Tool-free connection of bollard luminaire via plug-in connection during erection of supporting column. 208 Focus 57··· Control gear options ···E with electronic ballast. ···ET with electronic transformer. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Windage area Focus 42··· FW = 0.07 m2. Focus 57··· FW = 0.10 m2. Focus 97··· FW = 0.17 m2. Underground support of steel, for installation of bollard luminaires in the substrate. Ground spike of steel, for Focus 42··· and Focus5 7···. Colour filters for Focus ZF-··· in colours red, blue, green or yellow for optional installation in light emission head. Further versions on request. Focus 97··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps ···E ···ET Mains W Focus 42, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution (RB) Focus 42RB/1x100QT12 ···26 55 536··· ···40 1 x QT 12 100 Focus 42RB/1x75QT14···26 55 539··· ···10 1 x QT 14 75 Focus 42, pathway luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution (RE) Focus 42RE/1x100QT12···26 55 542··· ···40 1 x QT 12 100 Focus 42RE/1x75QT14···26 55 545··· ···10 1 x QT 14 75 Focus 42, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, deep beam (RT) Focus 42RT/1x100QT12···26 55 548··· ···40 1 x QT 12 100 Focus 42RT/1x75QT14···26 55 551··· ···10 1 x QT 14 75 Focus 57, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution (RB) Focus 57RB/1x70HIT···26 53 487··· ···04 1 x HIT 70 Focus 57, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution (RE) Focus 57RE/1x70HIT···26 53 490··· ···04 1 x HIT 70 Focus 57, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, deep beam (RT) Focus 57RT/1x70HIT···26 53 495··· ···04 1 x HIT 70 Focus 97, pathway luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution (RB) Focus 97RB/1x100QT12···26 55 561··· ···40 1 x QT 12 100 Focus 97RB/1x70HIT···26 53 508··· ···04 1 x HIT 70 Focus 97RB/1x75QT14···26 55 564··· ···10 1 x QT 14 75 Focus 97, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution (RE) Focus 97RE/1x100QT12···26 55 567··· ···40 1 x QT 12 100 Focus 97RE/1x70HIT···26 53 512··· ···04 1 x HIT 70 Focus 97RE/1x75QT14···26 55 570··· ···10 1 x QT 14 75 Focus 97, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, deep beam (RT) Focus 97RT/1x100QT12···26 55 573··· ···40 1 x QT 12 100 Focus 97RT/1x70HIT···26 53 515··· ···04 1 x HIT 70 Focus 97RT/1x75QT14···26 55 576··· ···10 1 x QT 14 75 Accessories 0804ES-2 0804E-8 Focus ZF-R Focus ZF-B Focus ZF-Y Focus ZF-G TOC 56 429 00 56 428 00 53 337 00 53 334 00 53 335 00 53 336 00 Socket ≈ kg GY6,35 G9 6.5 5.4 GY6,35 G9 6.5 5.4 GY6,35 G9 6.5 5.4 G8,5 8.2 G8,5 8.2 G8,5 8.2 GY6,35 G8,5 G9 13.9 13.4 12.5 GY6,35 G8,5 G9 13.9 13.4 12.5 GY6,35 G8,5 G9 13.9 13.4 12.5 Description Earth rod for Focus 42/57, hot-dip galvanised Hot-dip galvanised underground support Colour filter, red Colour filter, blue Colour filter, yellow Colour filter, green ≈ kg 0.9 3.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 DZ – decorative Focus 97··· 350° 5° Focus 42··· 160 350° 90° 350° 5° 352 570 410 500 5° 214 90° 160 170 120° 9 140 970 0804E-8 214 0804ES-2 214 90° Focus 57··· M8 M6 170 170 60° 106 126 140 6,5 6,5 6,5 140 120° 120° 120° 140 140 209 Konus Design: Christian von Stackelberg 210 Timeless elegance and technology. The Konus bollard luminaire designed by Christian von Stackelberg catches the eye with its timeless design. The purist design language blends optimally into almost all surroundings. Thanks to the rotationally symmetrical light distribution, the Konus becomes a sophisticated object within its setting. Konus Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative bollard luminaire 6 5 a IP65 Konus/··· Decorative bollard luminaire with rotationally symmetrical light distribution. Reference Luminaire canopy and baseplate of cast aluminium. Bollard luminaire Konus/1x150QT 32 26 Konus/1x35HIT···26 Konus/1x70HIT···26 Accessories 0804E-4 Supporting column of extruded aluminium section. Mounting of bollard luminaire via direct fastening of baseplate to solid underground or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. TOC Control gear options ···L Mains Lamps 53 627··· 53 630··· 53 632··· ···01 ···01 1 x QT32 150 1 x HIT-CE 35 1 x HIT-CE 70 TOC 56 420 00 Description Underground support for Konus, galvanised ···10 - Socket ≈ kg E27 G12 G12 11.8 13.2 13.6 W ≈ kg 4.0 Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Enclosure of highly impact-resistant, transparentP MMA. Optical system consists of primary and secondary reflector of anodised aluminium, with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. DZ – decorative Relamping with removal of luminaire canopy via secured bayonet catch. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Konus/··· Underground support of galvanised steel, for mounting of bollard luminaire in substrate. 355 Further versions on request. 0804E-4 500 1200 190 150 60° M8 100 126 160 120° 9 100 211 Belisco Design: Wilmotte et Associés 212 A play with perception. Thanks to three indentations in the cylinder of the luminaire, three light sources are perceived that come from an LED light source in the lower section of the luminaire. When the supporting column is rotated during mounting, the optical impression of a continuous cylinder results. These different methods of light emission together with its high protection rating make Belisco a light object suitable for especially effective outdoor lighting of parks and gardens – with a maximum of visual appeal. Belisco Decorative light object a IP65 Belisco··· Decorative light object with various light distribution patterns. Reference TOC Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with inner rotation cylinder of PA12. Belisco/LED-W 3x3W···26 55 463··· Control gear options ···ET ···40 Accessories 0804E-7 TOC 56 427 00 Description Hot-dip galvanised underground support Baseplate of cast aluminium, welded to supportingc olumn. Lamps ≈ kg W 3 x LED 3 W, white 9.2 ≈ kg 6.1 Installation via integral flange plate of cast aluminium, for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Optical system Cylinder with backlit surfaces. When the supporting column is rotated during mounting, the form of light emission can be modified. The impression of a continuous cylinder or a cylinder with indentations is created. DZ – decorative Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···ET with electronic transformer. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for installation of luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. Belisco 140 1250 0804E-7 500 280 310 120° 7 x 29 M6 260 120° 260 213 Reeds Design: Klaus Begasse 214 Garden lighting as if from a dream world. LED technology and the designer Klaus Begasse make it possible: Reeds, the completely new type of garden lighting. Seven fine luminous rods are fixed to a baseplate, swaying in the wind like reeds on a lake. LEDs are integrated at their upper ends that unobtrusively highlight each rod and therefore the surroundings as well. A presence accoladed with the reddot design award. The Reeds I. Seven glass-fibre rods each in two heights come together to form an atmospheric whole. The Reeds II. Reeds II, manufactured from highly impact-resistant PMMA, creates an especially varied impression, as each rod has a different height. Endless possibilities for combination. Whether as a single luminaire, or as a triple or 5-fold combination – the Reeds enable an extremely high level of creative freedom. DZ – decorative 215 Reeds I Decorative light objects M IP65 Reeds I/LED-W··· Decorative light object with white LEDs integrated in freely swinging glass-fibre rods. Luminaire base of cast aluminium with baseplate of stainless steel. Individual arrangement free-standing, or installed with fixing anchorage available separately. ···M··· pre-assembled and wired luminaire combination in group arrangement(···G···) or line arrangement (···L···), includes fixing anchorage. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Optical system 7 filigree, free-swinging glass-fibre rods with 1 white LED each per single luminaire for uniquely dynamic light effects. Electrical connection with 3 m connection cable and shaped mains plug. Control gear options ···ET with electronic transformer. Further versions on request. 216 Reeds I-M3G··· Reeds I-M3L··· Reeds I-M5L··· Reeds I-M5G··· Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps ≈ kg Reeds I/LED-W 7x0,085W···26 Reeds I-M3G/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 Reeds I-M3L/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 Reeds I-M5G/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 Reeds I-M5L/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 55 889··· 55 904··· 55 906··· 55 909··· 55 911··· ···ET ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 W 7 x LED 0.085 W, white 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 3.2 10.3 10.7 17.5 17.8 Accessories 0804SV/Reeds TOC 56 466 00 Description Safety fixture, stainless steel ≈ kg 0.2 DZ – decorative 215 510 414 295 1552 Reeds I-M5L··· 88 88 1552 88 50 1552 1552 Reeds I-M5G··· 1552 Reeds I-M3L··· Reeds I-M3G··· 88 Reeds I··· 549 920 455 645 419 20 x 7 150 9 241 413 150 223 9 241 413 215 1051 170 215 625 138 569 20 x 7 213 217 Reeds II Decorative light objects M IP65 Reeds II··· Decorative light object with white LEDs integrated in freely swinging glass-fibre rods. Luminaire base of cast aluminium with baseplate of stainless steel. Individual arrangement free-standing, or installed with fixing anchorage available separately. ···M··· pre-assembled and wired luminaire combination in group arrangement(···G···) or line arrangement ···L···, includes fixing anchorage. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Optical system 7 filigree, free-swinging glass-fibre rods with 1 white LED each per single luminaire for uniquely dynamic light effects. Electrical connection with 3 m connection cable and shaped mains plug. Control gear options ···ET with electronic transformer. Further versions on request. 218 Reeds II-M3G··· Reeds II-M3L··· Reeds II-M5G··· Reeds II-M5L··· Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps ≈ kg Reeds II/LED-W 7x0,085W···26 Reeds II-M3G/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 Reeds II-M3L/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 Reeds II-M5G/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 Reeds II-M5L/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 55 893··· 55 896··· 55 898··· 55 900··· 55 902··· ···ET ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 W 7 x LED 0.085 W, white 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 3.2 10.3 10.7 17.5 17.8 Accessories 0804SV/Reeds TOC 56 466 00 Description Safety fixture, stainless steel ≈ kg 0.2 DZ – decorative Reeds II-M5G··· 215 510 414 295 Reeds II-M5L··· 1539 1539 88 88 88 50 1539 1539 Reeds II-M3L··· 88 Reeds II-M3G··· 1539 Reeds II··· 549 920 455 645 150 241 9 170 20 x 7 419 413 150 223 9 241 413 215 1051 215 625 138 569 20 x 7 213 219 HS Design: Peter Zegers 220 Simple, but quite the opposite of boring. The designer Peter Zegers has a uniquely fine feeling for an unadorned, chaste design language that still proves to be exciting. In accordance with a strict, mathematical basic order, the wall and bollard luminaires of the HS series enrich any school of architecture. DZ – decorative Particularly convincing: the HS version with innovative LEDs. Long-life and almost maintenance-free – this luminaire is a dependable partner for every conceivable outdoor application. 221 HS Decorative bollard and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP54 Decorative bollard luminaire in single or double-head configurations (···M2···) and wall luminaire in three construction sizes. Luminaire housing of cast aluminium. Supporting column of HS 80··· bollard luminaire of extruded aluminium section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Protective grid of cast aluminium (HS II···, HS III···). Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect (colour code ···26) or grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 (colour code ···24), highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Fixing of HS 80··· bollard luminaire via integral flange plate to solid surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Fixing of wall luminaire with mounting plate of cast aluminium. HS 80···24 Cover glass of durable borosilicate (HS 80···, HS I···) or of non-laminated safety glass (HS II···, HS III···). HS 80-M2···26 Relamping following tool-free removal of cover glass with bayonet catch (HS 80···, HS I···) or after release of a safety screw and removal of luminaire housing from mounting plate (HS II···, HS III···). Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm². With HS 80··· with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 4 mm² on connection unit of the flange plate. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. ···ET with electronic transformer. ···KT with conventional transformer. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Underground support Underground support of steel, galvanised, for installation of HS 80··· bollard luminaire in substrate. HS 80··· HS 80-M2··· 110 110 300 200 175 200 Further versions on request. 50 0804E-5 800 800 50 500 100 150 150 120° 7 70 222 120° 120° M6 7 70 70 Lamp data ······························ 360 HS I···26 Socket ≈ kg ···ET ···KT Mains W - ···40 ···40 ···41 ···41 - ···10 ···10 - 1 x QPAR 50 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 3 x LED 1 W, white 1 x QPAR 50 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 3 x LED 1 W, white GZ10 GU5,3 - ···40 ···40 ···41 ···41 - ···10 ···10 - 2 x QPAR 50 2 x QR-CBC 51 50 6 x LED 1 W, white 2 x QPAR 50 2 x QR-CBC 51 50 6 x LED 1 W, white GZ10 GU5,3 - ···40 ···40 ···41 ···41 - ···10 ···10 - 1 x QPAR 50 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 3 x LED 1 W, white 1 x QPAR 50 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 3 x LED 1 W, white GZ10 GU5,3 ···01 ···01 - - - ···10 ···10 1 x TC-D 18 1 x QT-DE 100 1 x TC-D 18 1 x QT-DE 100 G24d-2 R7s G24d-2 R7s 2.3 1.8 2.3 1.8 ···01 ···01 ···01 ···01 - - - 1 x HIT-CE 70 2 x TC-D 18 1 x HIT-CE 70 2 x TC-D 18 G12 G24d-2 G12 G24d-2 6.7 5.6 6.7 5.6 6.4 5.2 4.6 6.4 5.2 4.6 GZ10 GU5,3 7.6 7.1 5.8 7.6 7.1 5.8 GZ10 GU5,3 1.2 1.9 1.2 1.2 1.9 1.2 GZ10 GU5,3 Description Underground support for HS 80, hot-dip galvanised ≈ kg 2.6 HS III··· 100 HS I··· HS II··· 194 158 220 129 185 370 245 9 x 6,5 125 8,5 x 12 90 137 12 x 6,5 9 x 6,5 137 22 250 100 12 x 6,5 23 210 210 145 220 110 189 TOC 56 422 00 Lamps ···L 200 Accessories 0804E-5 HS III···26 223 DZ – decorative HS 80, bollard luminaire HS 80/1x50QPAR 24 55 580··· HS 80/1x50QR-CB···24 55 593··· HS 80/LED-W 3x1W···24* 55 631··· HS 80/1x50QPAR 26 55 581··· HS 80/1x50QR-CB···26 55 595··· HS 80/LED-W 3x1W···26* 55 632··· HS 80, bollard luminaire, double-headed (M2) HS 80-M2/1x50QPAR 24 55 635··· HS 80-M2/1x50QR-CB···24 55 641··· HS 80-M2/LED-W 3x1W···24* 55 654··· HS 80-M2/1x50QPAR···26 55 636··· HS 80-M2/1x50QR-CB···26 55 642··· HS 80-M2/LED-W 3x1W···26* 55 655··· HS I, wall luminaire HS I/1x50QPAR 24 55 667··· HS I/1x50QR-CB···24 55 695··· HS I/LED-W 3x1W···24* 55 782··· HS I/1x50QPAR 26 55 670··· HS I/1x50QR-CB···26 55 701··· HS I/LED-W 3x1W···26* 55 785··· HS II, wall luminaire with protective mesh HS II/1xTCD18 L···24 53 525··· HS II/1x100QT-DE 24 55 791··· HS II/1xTCD18···26 53 527··· HS II/1x100QT-DE 26 55 794··· HS III, wall luminaire with protective mesh HS III/1x70HIT···24 53 564··· HS III/2xTCD18···24 53 592··· HS III/1x70HIT···26 53 565··· HS III/2xTCD18···26 53 595··· *EN60598 ompliant c Control gear options 110 TOC 159 Reference HS II···24 Zauberflöte Design: Ernesto Gismondi 224 A luminaire reminiscent of an opera stage. Available in various designs – but always inspired by the famous Mozart opera. Discreet, illuminated and graceful glass forms lend any outdoor application a unique sense of lighting. Special feature: the crystal glass of the Zauberflöte is satinised on the outside. DZ – decorative Unique diversity. Many versions make a wide spectrum of uses possible: the Zauberflöte is available as a ceiling surface-mounted, wall, light column and bollard luminaire, including supporting column. All versions have one thing in common: the opal, acid matt crystal glass. 225 Zauberflöte Decorative high bollard luminaires 6 5 a IP65 ZF 220 Königin··· Decorative light column luminaire for use in non-public areas. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code···26). Installation via integral flange plate, for direct mounting to firm underground or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Cover glass of opal crystal glass, acid matt, can be removed without tools. Relamping after removal of glass. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². Control gear options Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for installation of ZF 80··· bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. 226 ZF 220 Monostatos··· ZF 220 Pamina··· Lamp data ······························ 360 ZF 220 Papagena··· ZF 220 Sarastro··· Reference TOC ZF 220 Tamino··· Lamps Bollard luminaire including supporting column with flange plate ZF 220 Königin/E27 26 56 105··· ZF 220 Monostatos/E27 26 56 108··· ZF 220 Pamina/E27 26 56 112··· ZF 220 Papagena/E27 26 56 115··· ZF 220 Sarastro/E27 26 56 120··· ZF 220 Tamino/E27 26 56 124··· Control gear options Mains ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 Accessories 0804E-4 Description Underground support for ZF 220, galvanised TOC 56 420 00 Socket ≈ kg W E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 8.1 7.0 8.0 7.4 7.5 7.2 ≈ kg 4.0 DZ – decorative ZF 220 Königin··· ZF 220 Monostatos··· ZF 220 Papagena··· ZF 220 Sarastro··· 250 249 ZF 220 Tamino··· 215 250 100 2186 1926 2166 1926 2201 1926 2210 1926 100 100 100 2203 1926 100 100 2186 1926 250 0804E-4 ZF 220 Pamina··· 165 500 190 60° 120° 100 126 160 9 9 126 120° 9 9 126 201 120° 120° 9 126 201 201 120° 120° 9 126 201 201 201 M8 126 126 227 Zauberflöte Decorative light column and bollard luminaire 6 5 a IP65 ZF 45 Königin··· ZF 45 Monostatos··· ZF 45 Pamina··· Decorative light column or bollard luminaire for use in pedestrian areas. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Installation via integral flange plate, for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Cover glass of opal crystal glass, acid matt, can be removed without tools. Relamping after removal of glass. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². Control gear options Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for installation of ZF 80··· bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. ZF 45 Königin··· ZF 45 Monostatos··· ZF 45 Pamina··· ZF 45 Papagena··· ZF 45 Sarastro··· ZF 45 Tamino··· 165 215 155 120° 6,5 106 228 155 155 120° 6,5 473 155 120° 6,5 6,5 106 100 120° 120° 6,5 106 100 155 155 120° 6,5 106 100 196 100 456 196 100 436 196 471 196 480 196 100 249 250 300 456 196 250 106 106 Lamp data ······························ 360 ZF 80 Papagena··· ZF 80 Sarastro··· Reference TOC Light olumn ZF 45 Königin/E27 26 ZF 45 Monostatos/E27 26 ZF 45 Pamina/E27 26 ZF 45 Papagena/E27 26 ZF 45 Sarastro/E27 26 ZF 45 Tamino/E27 26 Bollard luminaire ZF 80 Königin/E27 26 ZF 80 Monostatos/E27 26 ZF 80 Pamina/E27 26 ZF 80 Papagena/E27 26 ZF 80 Sarastro/E27 26 ZF 80 Tamino/E27 26 c Accessories 0804E-8 ZF 80 Tamino··· Control gear options Mains Lamps Socket ≈ kg W 56 128··· 56 131··· 56 134··· 56 137··· 56 140··· 56 143··· ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 3.9 2.8 3.8 3.2 3.3 3.0 56 146··· 56 149··· 56 153··· 56 156··· 56 159··· 56 162··· ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 4.5 3.4 4.4 3.8 3.9 3.6 TOC 56 428 00 Description Underground support for ZF 80, hot-dip galvanised ≈ kg 3.0 DZ – decorative 0804E-8··· ZF 80 Königin··· ZF 80 Monostatos··· ZF 80 Pamina··· ZF 80 Papagena··· ZF 80 Sarastro··· ZF 80 Tamino··· 165 250 215 250 300 249 M8 M6 155 60° 6,5 120° 106 155 155 100 155 120° 120° 6,5 6,5 106 822 545 100 120° 6,5 106 806 545 100 120° 6,5 6,5 106 155 155 120° 106 126 140 100 806 545 100 785 545 100 820 545 500 830 545 160 106 106 229 Zauberflöte Decorative ceiling surface-mounted and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP65 ZF D Königin··· ZF D Monostatos··· ZF D Pamina··· Decorative ceiling or wall luminaire for use in private areas. Ceiling surface-mounted luminaire ···D··· with base element of cast aluminium for directmount ing. Wall luminaire ···W··· with bracket arm of cast aluminium and wall plate of stainless steel. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover glass of opal crystal glass, acid matt exterior, can be removed without tools. Relamping after removal of glass. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Further versions on request. 286 286 310 301 266 89 155 215 249 4 89 26 303 26 26 89 ZF D Tamino··· 155 250 4 4 ZF D Sarastro··· 155 165 4 230 155 300 250 ZF D Papagena··· 26 155 155 89 ZF D Pamina··· 26 ZF D Monostatos··· 26 ZF D Königin··· 4 4 89 89 Lamp data ······························ 360 ZF W Papagena··· ZF W Tamino··· Control gear options Mains Lamps Socket ≈ kg 56 166··· 56 169··· 56 172··· 56 175··· 56 178··· 56 181··· ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 3.2 2.1 3.1 2.5 2.6 2.3 56 185··· 56 189··· 56 192··· 56 195··· 56 198··· 56 201··· ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 ···10 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 1 x max. 60 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 4.1 3.1 4.1 3.5 3.5 3.2 W DZ – decorative ZF W Königin··· ZF W Monostatos··· ZF W Pamina··· 165 250 252 284 4,5 x 6 56 102 ZF W Sarastro··· 50 215 4,5 x 6 102 351 16 50 16 50 56 16 314 ZF W Tamino··· 249 334 250 4,5 x 6 102 252 325 56 4,5 x 6 102 16 ZF W Papagena··· 252 326 56 252 351 4,5 x 6 102 50 56 50 16 50 252 326 16 349 300 358 Ceiling surface-mounted luminaire ZF D Königin/E27 26 ZF D Monostatos/E27 26 ZF D Pamina/E27 26 ZF D Papagena/E27 26 ZF D Sarastro/E27 26 ZF D Tamino/E27 26 Wall luminaire ZF W Königin/E27 26 ZF W Monostatos/E27 26 ZF W Pamina/E27 26 ZF W Papagena/E27 26 ZF W Sarastro/E27 26 ZF W Tamino/E27 26 TOC 334 Reference ZF W Sarastro··· 252 309 56 4,5 x 6 102 231 DI Design: Peter Zegers 232 Direct-indirect lighting design. The wall luminaire from Peter Zegers catches the eye with interesting combinations, for example a simple elegance with lively playfulness. Or the body with a triangular base. Or direct with indirect light. Or, to put it succinctly: the perfect combination of form and function. DI Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative wall luminaires 6 5 a IP55 DI··· Reference TOC Control gear options DI/1x50QR111+1x70 HIT L 26 DI/1x70 HIT L+1x50QR111 26 DI/E27 2x75QPAR30 26 55 468··· 55 473··· 55 477··· ···L + KT ···45 ···45 - Mains ···10 Lamps below/above W 1 x QR111 50 / 1 x HIT-CE 70 1 x HIT-CE 70 / 1 x QR111 50 2 x QPAR 30 75 Socket ≈ kg G53 + G12 G12 + G53 E27 9.7 9.7 7.4 Decorative wall luminaire with upper and lower light emission. Luminaire housing of extruded aluminium section with mounting plate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Design element of chrome-plated brass sheet. Cover glasses of durable borosilicate, sealed with cast aluminium in canopy. DZ – decorative Light emission above and below. Version with QR111 lamp has adjustable light distribution characteristics. Relamping after removal of cover glasses. Electrical connection with 4-pole connection terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm². Lamps can be switched separately. Control gear options ···L + KT with inductive ballast (L) and conventional transformer (KT). Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Further versions on request. DI··· 255 6 x 12 124 147 450 126 120 253 147 37 233 Segmentkugel Design: Peter Zegers 234 Sensuality and stability. Like a moon let free upon the Earth – the Segmentkugel inspires dream-like interpretations, aided by its neutral design and a clear and harmonious form. Can be used as a ceiling or wall luminaire, emitting soft, uniform light for all areas. Segmentkugel Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative wall or ceiling luminaires 6 5 a IP44 Segmentkugel I··· Reference Segmentkugel I (quarter sphere) Segmentkugel I/1xTCD18···24 Segmentkugel II (hemisphere) Segmentkugel II/2xTCD18···24 Segmentkugel II··· TOC Control gear options ···L Lamps Socket ≈ kg 54 193··· ···01 1 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 1.9 54 199··· ···01 2 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 3.3 W Decorative wall or ceiling luminaire for indoors and outdoors. Wall plate and housing components of cast aluminium. Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···24). Enclosure of highly impact-resistant polycarbonate,opa l. Relamping after release of a safety pin and removal of enclosure. DZ – decorative Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Further versions on request. Segmentkugel II··· Segmentkugel I··· 180 160 87 226 308 308 42 180 6 6 235 Varisto Design: Peter Zegers 236 Simple and emotional. The Varisto ceiling luminaire catches the eye with a clarity of form and function. High quality surfaces and discreet illumination round off the sophisticated appearance. The recessed ceiling versions have additional variability for recess depth with an adjustable ring. Varisto Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative ceiling surface-mounted or recessed ceiling luminaires IP44 Varisto I···26 Lamps 55 410··· 55 412··· - ···50 ···50 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 GU5.3 GU5.3 0.5 0.5 55 425··· 55 427··· - ···50 ···50 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 GU5.3 GU5.3 0.4 0.4 55 438··· 55 440··· ···41 ···41 - 1 x QR-LP 51 50 1 x QR-LP 51 50 GU5.3 GU5.3 1.7 1.7 55 452··· 55 455··· ···41 ···41 - 1 x QR-LP 51 50 1 x QR-LP 51 50 GU5.3 GU5.3 1.6 1.6 Electrical connection with Varisto I with 2-pole connection terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm², with Varisto II with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 1 .5 mm². Control gear options ···KT with conventional transformer. ···50 requires further components for lamp operation. Further versions on request. Varisto II··· 84 115 Varisto I-D··· 84 115 120° 6 6 100 84 120° 6 6 60 Varisto II-D··· 181 84 11 Varisto I··· 10 Mounting as ceiling-mounted luminaire (···D···) or recessed ceiling luminaire with variable recess depth. With Varisto I, an external transformer to be ordered separately is required for operation of the lamp. ≈ kg 0.06 0.15 0.22 Electronic transformers (ET···) for low voltage halogen lamps • Mains voltage: 230-240 V, 50/60 Hz • Secondary voltage: 11.5 V, 12 V (ETX) • Secondary voltage connections: 1 (ETW), 2 (ETP), 3 (ETX) • Connection for looping through of mains voltage (ETP, ETX) • Connection terminals 1.5 mm² for cables with 3-8 mm diameter • Overheating protection • Overload protection and short-circuit protection • Dimmable with phase control dimming • Safety class II / degree of protection IP20 Relamping after tool-free removal of cover glass with bayonet catch. 10-160 Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 (colour code ···24) or anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect (colour code ···26), highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Cover glass of durable borosilicate. Rating 10-60 VA 20-105 VA 30-150 VA DZ – decorative Luminaire housing and ceiling panel of cast aluminium. Description Electronic transformer 230/12 V Electronic transformer 230/12 V Electronic transformer 230/12 V 181 Decorative ceiling surface-mounted or recessed ceiling luminaire for indoors and outdoors. ≈ kg W 11 TOC 23 581 00 43 193 00 43 194 00 Socket 72 Electrical equipment ETW 60 M05 ETP 105 C05 ETX 150 L05 Varisto II-D···24 Control gear options ···KT 10 Varisto I, ceiling recessed Varisto I/1x20QR-CB···24 Varisto I/1x20QR-CB···26 Varisto I, ceiling mounted (D) Varisto I-D/1x20QR-CB···24 Varisto I-D/1x20QR-CB···26 Varisto II, ceiling recessed Varisto II/1x50QR-LP···24 Varisto II/1x50QR-LP···26 Varisto II, ceiling mounted (D) Varisto II-D/1x50QR-LP···24 Varisto II-D/1x50QR-LP···26 TOC 72 Reference Varisto I-D···24 10-50 6 5 a 100 50 237 DKS Design: Peter Zegers 238 Flexibility has a name. With its minimalist form the DKS leverages a maximum of flexibility: rotatable, tiltable, pivotable – all methods of light control are possible, including rotation in the horizontal to 350° and folding downwards to 180°. In addition the use of decorative colour elements in the recess of the luminaire centre offers great flexibility for individualisation with colour. The DKS can be used as a ceiling or wall spotlight or with a ground spike in the garden. Suitable for LEDs. DKS Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative wall, ceiling or garden spotlight 6 5 a IP54 DKS ES···26 DKS···27 Decorative wall, ceiling or garden spotlight, can be panned and tilted. Reference Luminaire head of cast aluminium, rotatable to 350°, can be folded down to max. 180°. DKS DKS/1x50QT12···24 DKS/LED-W 4x1W···24* DKS/LED-W 9x1W···24* DKS/1x50QT12···26 DKS/LED-W 4x1W···26* DKS/LED-W 9x1W···26* DKS/1x50QT12···27 DKS/LED-W 4x1W···27* DKS/LED-W 9x1W···27* Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 (colour code ···26) or DB704 (colour code ···27) with metal effect, or grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 (colour code ···24), highly weatherresistant, powder-coated. Installation with flange plate as ceiling or wall luminaire, and with galvanised ground spike as a mobile garden spotlight. Cover glass of durable borosilicate, fixed via cast aluminium cover ring. Relamping after release of cover ring. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Coloured cover available as optional decorativeel ement. Control gear options ···ET Lamps Socket ≈ kg W 55 502 ··· 55 525 ··· 55 529 ··· 55 504 ··· 55 526 ··· 55 531 ··· 55 505 ··· 55 527 ··· 55 532 ··· ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 1 x QT 12ax 50 4 x LED 1 W 9 x LED 1 W 1 x QT 12ax 50 4 x LED 1 W 9 x LED 1 W 1 x QT 12ax 50 4 x LED 1 W 9 x LED 1 W GY6.35 4.1 3.2 3.4 4.1 3.2 3.4 4.1 3.2 3.4 DKS with ground stake (ES) DKS ES/1x50QT12···24 DKS ES/LED-W 4x1W···24* DKS ES/LED-W 9x1W···24* DKS ES/1x50QT12···26 DKS ES/LED-W 4x1W···26* DKS ES/LED-W 9x1W···26* DKS ES/1x50QT12···27 DKS ES/LED-W 4x1W···27* DKS ES/LED-W 9x1W···27* *EN60598 compliant 55 484 ··· 55 491 ··· 55 495 ··· 55 485 ··· 55 492 ··· 55 496 ··· 55 486 ··· 55 493 ··· 55 497 ··· ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 1 x QT 12ax 50 4 x LED 1 W 9 x LED 1 W 1 x QT 12ax 50 4 x LED 1 W 9 x LED 1 W 1 x QT 12ax 50 4 x LED 1 W 9 x LED 1 W GY6.35 Accessories DKS ZFB 24 DKS ZFB 26 DKS ZFB 27 TOC 53 318 00 53 319 00 53 320 00 Description Coloured cover, colour similar to RAL 9002 Coloured cover, colour similar to DB 703 Coloured cover, colour similar to DB 704 GY6.35 GY6.35 GY6.35 GY6.35 5.0 4.1 4.4 5.0 4.1 4.4 5.0 4.1 4.4 ≈ kg 0.1 0.1 0.1 Further versions on request. DKS··· 215 121 max.180° 120° max. 180° 350° 130 200 350° max.180° 157 121 75 150 215 75 72 DKS ES··· 5,5 157 120° 5,5 72 121 157 239 DZ – decorative Control gear options ···ET with electronic transformer. TOC DKS···24 Lichtboden Design: Peter Zegers 240 The light for today: omnipresent. The right light can come from anywhere: in this case from the ground. The ground recessed luminaire is a marker and guide, but more importantly a setter of accents when it comes to supporting a particular architectural effect. Equipped with white or coloured LEDs, easily combined, frameless and with a “NepStep” anti-slip surface, the Lichtboden gives paths and squares a really individual look. DZ – decorative Innovative surface. As a consequence of further development of the anti-slip property R12, the “NepStep” is now available, offering maximum safety for pedestrian areas, even when wet. Glass to glass. With the possibility of framelessly combining Lichtboden elements, large surfaces can be equipped with ease. 241 Lichtboden Decorative ground recessed luminaires M IP67 Lichtboden/LED-B···+ ···GH/300··· Decorative ground recessed luminaire for accent lighting, both walk-over and driveover. Housing of cast aluminium for installation of LED units to be ordered separately. Construction size 300 mm x 300 mm for one LED unit, 600 mm x 600 mm for four LED units. Including flush-fitting cover glass. Version ···0,5T··· for pressure load up to 500 kg, walk-over. Version ···5,0T··· for pressure load up to 5000 kg, drive-over capacity at walking pace. In areas with stress loads from accelerating, braking and turning movements of vehicles, the ground recessed luminaires must not be used. Housing with large drainage aperture. On-site, a foundation corresponding to the load with suitable drainage must be ensured. Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···24). Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass (construction size 300 x 300 mm) or laminated safety glass (construction size 600 x 600 mm). Underside with special foil for homogenous illumination of glass surface. With R12 anti-slipping. ···NS··· (NepStep) version with innovative surface technology for anti-slipping, resistance to wear and water displacement. 242 Lichtboden/LED-G··· + ···GH/300··· LED unit of highly impact-resistant PMMA with transparent light emission for installation in housing to be ordered separately. Complete with driver and 6 LEDs each, either in blue, green, orange, red or white. With connection cable fed outwards, with appropriate protection rating. Electrical connection via 3-pole EasyClick plug connection (IP68) for wires up to 2.5 mm2, included in delivery. Further connection accessories to be ordered separately simplify installation of several LED units. Control gear options ···ET with electronic transformer. Further versions on request. Lichtboden/LED-W··· + ···GH-NS/300··· Lichtboden/LED-O··· + ···GH/600··· Lichtboden/LED-R··· + ···GH/600··· Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps LED units Lichtboden/LED-B 6x1W Einsatz Lichtboden/LED-G 6x1W Einsatz Lichtboden/LED-O 6x1W Einsatz Lichtboden/LED-R 6x1W Einsatz Lichtboden/LED-W 6x1W Einsatz 55 853 ··· 55 854 ··· 55 855 ··· 55 856 ··· 55 857 ··· ···ET ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 ···40 W 6 x LED 1 W, blue 6 x LED 1 W, green 6 x LED 1 W, orange 6 x LED 1 W, red 6 x LED 1 W, white TOC Description ≈ kg 56 467 00 56 468 00 56 470 00 56 471 00 56 918 00 56 921 00 Housing for one LED unit, RAL 9002 Housing for one LED unit, RAL 9002 Housing for four LED units, RAL 9002 Housing for four LED units, RAL 9002 Housing for one LED unit, NepStep RAL 9002 Housing for one LED unit, NepStep RAL 9002 5.7 7.4 26.8 46.7 5.7 7.4 56 473 00 56 472 00 56 474 00 Terminal block (1 x input 3 x output) Sealing plug for terminal block Extension cable, 4.0 m 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 DZ – decorative Lichtboden···600··· 300 5,0 t 211 123 0,5 t 234 5,0 t 6 0,5 t 13 Lichtboden···300··· 116 Accessories Housing Lichtboden GH/300x300/0,5T 24 Lichtboden GH/300x300/5,0T 24 Lichtboden GH/600x600/0,5T 24 Lichtboden GH/600x600/5,0T 24 Lichtboden GH-NS/300x300/0,5T 24 Lichtboden GH-NS/300x300/5,0T 24 Connection accessories ZVB Verteilerblock ZVS Verschlussstück ZAL/4000 ≈ kg 300 600 600 180 480 243 Lichtlinie Design: Peter Zegers 244 Aesthetics all the way. The further development of the Lichtboden concept can be used either in the ground or as a wall luminaire for illumination of buildings and facades. As a ground recessed luminaire it sets white or coloured accents for paths and squares, whereby a special light control foil ensures homogenous illumination of the glass surface. DZ – decorative The ···RT··· Lichtlinie. Reflector optics and white LEDs enable highly impressive facade illumination. Nomen est Omen. When recessed in the ground, the optical impression of a continuous light line is created. The W Lichtlinie. As a wall luminaire with white LEDs, the W··· Lichtlinie bathes buildings and facades in perfect light. 245 Lichtlinie Decorative ground recessed luminaires and wall luminaires M IP67 Lichtlinie 1200···B Decorative ground recessed luminaire and wall luminaire for facade and effect lighting. Ground recessed luminaire housing of extruded aluminium section with screwfastened end pieces of cast aluminium. With flush-fitting cover glass and integral LED unit. For pressure loads up to 2000 kg, driveover capacity at walking pace. In areas with stress loads from accelerating, braking and turning movements of vehicles, the ground recessed luminaires must not be used. On-site, a foundation corresponding to the load with suitable drainage must be ensured. ···W··· wall luminaires of aluminium, tiltable. With integral LED unit. Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···24). Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, transparent. Underside with special foil for homogenous illumination of glass surface. With R12 anti-slipping. ···RT··· and ···W··· versions without special foil and antislip technology. Cover glass removable on-site with suction holder. LED unit of highly impact-resistant, transparent polycarbonate. With corresponding number of LEDs and driver. With connection cable fed outwards. 246 Lichtlinie 1200···G Optical system with ···RT··· and ···W··· versions of high quality UV and thermally resistant optical lens systems with narrow angle light distribution for façade illumination. Electrical connection via 3-pole EasyClick plug connection (IP68) for wires up to 2.5 mm². Further connection accessories to be ordered separately simplify installation of several luminaires. Control gear options ···ET with electronic transformer. Further versions on request. Lichtlinie 1200···O Lichtlinie 600···R Reference Lichtlinie 600RT··· TOC Control gear options Lichtlinie W··· Lamps ≈ kg ···ET W Light line 1200, end luminaire Lichtlinie 1200/LED-B 12x1W···24 55 858··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, blue Lichtlinie 1200/LED-G 12x1W···24 55 859··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, green Lichtlinie 1200/LED-O 12x1W···24 55 860··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, orange Lichtlinie 1200/LED-R 12x1W···24 55 861··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, red Lichtlinie 1200/LED-W 12x1W···24 55 862··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, white Light line 1200, middle luminaire Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-B 12x1W···24 55 864··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, blue Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-G 12x1W···24 55 865··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, green Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-O 12x1W···24 55 866··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, orange Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-R 12x1W···24 55 867··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, red Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-W 12x1W···24 55 868··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, white Light line 600, end luminaire Lichtlinie 600/LED-B 6x1W···24 55 870··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, blue Lichtlinie 600/LED-G 6x1W···24 55 871··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, green Lichtlinie 600/LED-O 6x1W···24 55 872··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, orange Lichtlinie 600/LED-R 6x1W···24 55 873··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, rot Lichtlinie 600/LED-W 6x1W···24 55 874··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, white Light line 600, middle luminaire Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-B 6x1W···24 55 875··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, blue Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-G 6x1W···24 55 876··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, green Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-O 6x1W···24 55 877··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, orange Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-R 6x1W···24 55 878··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, red Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-W 6x1W···24 55 879··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, white Light line 1200, for facade illumination with rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle optical systems (RT) Lichtlinie 1200RT/LED-W 24x1W···24 55 869··· ···40 24 x LED 1 W, white Light line 600, for facade illumination with rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle optical systems (RT) Lichtlinie 600RT/LED-W 16x1W···24 55 880··· ···40 16 x LED 1 W, white Light line, wall-mounted luminaire (W) Lichtlinie W/LED-W 24x1W···24 55 881··· ···40 24 x LED 1 W, white Lichtlinie 1200··· 140 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 13.6 7.0 5.7 Description Terminal block (1 x input 3 x output) Sealing plug for terminal block Extension cable, 4.0 m Lichtlinie 600··· 1200 80 ≈ kg 0.1 0.1 0.1 Lichtlinie W··· 79 600 140 800 max. 30° max. 10° 90 112 112 80 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 25 x 9 65 1040 79 TOC 56 473 00 56 472 00 56 474 00 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 247 DZ – decorative Connection accessories ZVB Verteilerblock ZVS Verschlussstück ZAL/4000 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 Elle Design: Klaus Begasse 248 The consummation of a rectangle. Whether for public green spaces, squares or for pedestrian zones, the Elle makes an impression with flexibility, an adjustable tilt angle and low energy consumption. Its balanced and homogenous design also impresses the experts: awarded the red dot design award. The future is called LED. The LED version of Elle with its optically matched and replaceable, individual LED lenses is particularly fitting for the future. The perfect effect – the projecting cover disc creates a decorative, lateral light component. Two-fold elegance – the post-top luminaire with double-headed configuration. DZ – decorative The wall luminaire. Even without a mast an award-winning design highlight: the Elle W···. 249 Elle Decorative post-top luminaires 6 5 a IP65 5m Elle I/··· Decorative post-top luminaire in single of double-headed configuration with adjustable luminaire head. Luminaire housing of extruded aluminium section and cast aluminium-components. ···M2··· post mounting element with doubleheaded configuration. Post mounting element of aluminium with cast aluminium components. Tilt angle of luminaire housing adjustable to 0°/10°/20°/30° or 90°. Colour of luminaire housing anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, post mounting element similar to DB704, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···F8). Post spigot ¶ 7 6 mm. Mounting with insertion of a post mounting element into column and fixing on-site with grub screws to be inserted into post. Flat cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA, satinised, ···LED··· version with cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent, fringe with black screen printing. Optical system of anodised aluminium. LED version with high quality UV and temperature-resistant optical lens system. 250 Relamping with tool-free removal of cover. No relamping required with LED version. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···E with electronic ballast. ···ET with electronic transformer. Windage area Elle I··· FW = 0.06 m2. Elle I-M2··· FW = 0.11 m2. Elle II··· FW = 0.07 m2. Elle II-M2··· FW = 0.13 m2. Further versions and designed posts on request. Elle I-M2··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Elle II/LED··· Elle II-M2/LED··· Reference TOC Elle I, pole top luminaire Elle I/2xTCL24···F8 Elle II, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2) Elle I-M2/2xTCL24···F8 Elle II, pole top luminaire Elle II/LED-W 25x1W···F8* Elle II/2xTCL55···F8 Elle II, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2) Elle II-M2/LED-W 25x1W···F8* Elle II-M2/2xTCL55···F8 *EN 60598 compliant Control gear options Lamps Socket ≈ kg ···E ···ET W 53 417··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 8.2 53 429··· ···04 - 4 x TC-L 24 2G11 14.6 55 533··· 53 423··· ···04 ···40 - 25 x LED 1 W, white 2 x TC-L 55 2G11 12.5 10.2 55 534··· 53 427··· ···04 ···40 - 50 x LED 1 W, white 4 x TC-L 55 2G11 21.1 19.1 DZ – decorative Elle I··· Elle I-M2··· Elle II··· 0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 0°/10°/20°/30°/90° Elle II-M2··· 0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 360 75 345 610 140 140 345 610 76 76 76 735 1170 1470 360 650 75 75 76 360 345 460 140 460 140 345 75 360 251 Elle Decorative bollard and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP65 Elle I 120··· Decorative bollard or wall luminaire with adjustable luminaire head. Luminaire housing of extruded aluminium section and cast aluminium components. Supporting column with Elle I 120··· bollard luminaire of extruded aluminium section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Wall mounting with Elle I W··· of aluminium. Colour of luminaire housing anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, luminaire post top and wall connection, colour similar to DB704, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···F8). Tilt angle of luminaire housing adjustable to 0°/10°/20°/30° or 90°. Flat cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA, satinised. Mounting of bollard luminaire via integral flange plate for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Mounting of wall luminaire with wall connection of aluminium. Optical system of anodised aluminium. 252 Relamping after tool-free removal of cover. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···E with electronic ballast. Underground support of galvanised steel, for mounting of Elle I 120··· bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. Elle I W··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps ···E W Socket ≈ kg Elle I 120, bollard luminaire Elle I 120/1xTCF36···F8 Elle I 120/2xTCL24···F8 Elle I wall luminaire (W) Elle I W/1xTCF36···F8 Elle I W/2xTCL24···F8 53 407··· 53 408··· ···04 ···04 1 x TC-F 36 2 x TC-L 24 2G10 2G11 13.4 13.4 53 413··· 53 415··· ···04 ···04 1 x TC-F 36 2 x TC-L 24 2G10 2G11 7.9 7.9 Accessories 0804E-8 TOC 56 428 00 Description Underground support for Elle I 120···, galvanised ≈ kg 3.0 DZ – decorative Elle I 120··· Elle I W··· 0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 120 360 460 75 75 9 460 1200 0804E-8 160 90 360 76 500 550 201 710 M8 M6 9 60° 120° 106 126 140 126 253 Lionda Design: David Chipperfield 254 An award-winning design. From architects for architects. The Lionda: created from a lively dialogue between the architect David Chipperfield and the DZ design team and awarded the reddot award. The luminaire was designed for the lighting of paths, green spaces and prestigious areas. It convinces not only with a discreet, unobtrusive design but also with a high level of dependability and a wide product spectrum: the Lionda is available as a bollard, wall or post-top luminaire. All versions have one thing in common: perfect aesthetics and simple maintenance. The bollard luminaire. The Lionda 90 is suitable predominantly for the illumination of paths. The large post-top luminaire. The classic version of the Lionda catches the eye with its timeless elegance. Simple maintenance. The quick-release catch of the post-top luminaire allows simple opening of the luminaire head. DZ – decorative The wall luminaire. With the wall adapter available as an accessory, the Lionda can also be mounted to facades. 255 Lionda Decorative post-top and bollard luminaires 6 5 a IP65 4-6 m Lionda/··· + 0801MGZ108··· Decorative post-top and bollard luminaire. With adapter for wall mounting. Luminaire housing of cast aluminium. Supporting column with Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire of extruded aluminium section with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. Post spigot ¶ 76 mm for post-top luminaire. Wall adapter ZAW of cast aluminium enables wall mounting of post-top luminaire. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover of flat, non-laminated safety glass with black screen-printing, sealed in luminairehous ing. Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire with swingdown cast aluminium ring. Installation of Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire via integral flange plate for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Optical system of thermally high-tensile plastic with high quality surface coating. With asymmetric, wide angle light distribution. With Lionda 90···, specular reflector of anodised aluminium. 256 Lionda/··· + Lionda ZAW 26 Relamping with Lionda/··· post-top luminaire after pressing a rotary catch and hinging upwards of luminaire canopy. With Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire after releasing of two stainless steel screws and hinging down of cast aluminium ring. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Post-top luminaire with connected, 6.5 m long cable. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. ···E with electronic ballast. Windage area Lionda/··· FW = 0.07 m². Post of aluminium in matching design as an accessory. Mounting height 4 m. Either with continuous, bitumised underground support or with ···FP··· flange plate, coated in luminaire colour. Underground support of galvanised steel, for mounting of Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. Lionda 90··· Lamp data ······························ 360 TOC Control gear options ···L ···E Lamps W Lionda Lionda/1x70HIT/HST···26 Lionda/1x150HIT/HST···26 Lionda/1x250HIT/HST···26 Lionda/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 Lionda 90, bollard luminaire Lionda 90/1x20HIT···26 Lionda 90/1x35HIT··· 26 56 658··· 54 209··· 54 212··· 54 206··· ···01 ···01 ···01 - ···04 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 56 597··· 56 599··· - ···04 ···04 1 x HIT 20 1 x HIT 35 Accessories Lionda ZAW 26 0801MGZ108/40-76 26 0801MGZ108-FP/40-76 26 0804E-5 TOC 53 344 00 56 477 00 56 480 00 56 422 00 Description Wall adapter Aluminium post with underground support, length 4 m Aluminium post with flange plate, length 4 m Underground support, galvanised, for Lionda 90 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 1 x HST 250 Socket ≈ kg E27 E40 E40 PGZ12 8.4 9.7 11.3 9.1 PGJ5 PGJ5 8.7 8.7 ≈ kg 1.4 23.9 22.7 2.6 DZ – decorative Lionda 90··· 232 76 176 0804E-5 Lionda/··· 60 920 100 514 108 148 76 60 7 130 130 170 120 500 Lionda ZAW 26 80 Reference 112 70 94 120° M6 400 150 120° 7 70 257 Ondo Design: SSP Schmitz Schiminski Partner 258 The light of tomorrow. Whether design, function or technology – the Ondo is futureproof in every way. Ten individual LEDs are accommodated in the circular luminaire body for illumination of elegant urban architecture. Discreet design was seldom so prevalent. Ondo Decorative post-top luminaire a IP54 4-6 m Ondo··· Decorative post-top luminaire with LED technology. Reference TOC Luminaire housing of aluminium. Ondo/LED-W 10x3W···F8* *EN60598 compliant 55 884··· Control gear options ···ET ···40 Lamps ≈ kg W 10 x LED 3 W, white 14.5 Post extension of aluminium. Post adapter of cast aluminium. Post spigot ¶ 7 6 mm. Colour of post extension anthracite, similar to DB703, luminaire housing DB704, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···F8). Cover glass of highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent. DZ – decorative Mounting via insertion of post mounting element into column and fixing via grub screws to be fastened into the column on-site. Optical system of high quality UV and temperature-resistant optical lenses per LED. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Ondo··· Control gear options ···ET with electronic transformer. 640 110 Further versions and designed posts on request. 93 Windage area FW = 0.125 m2. 76 76 110 660 259 Symbol Design: Peter Zegers 260 A luminaire based upon geometric principles. The Symbol – a prime example of the unique design language of Peter Zegers. With its matter-of-fact, geometrical style it enhances its surroundings as an arm luminaire or wall luminaire. The function of the Symbol is primarily utilised as a street luminaire. DZ – decorative The construction sizes. Two luminaire housing sizes are available. The configurations. Either single-headed or double-headed configurations expand applications for the symbol. The wall luminaire. The Symbol is a real eye pleaser for walls and facades. 261 Symbol I Decorative post-top and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP44 Symbol I 450/··· Symbol I 450-M2··· Decorative post-top luminaire including column with single or double-head configuration (M2) and wall luminaire. Relamping after release of two rotary catches and folding down of cast aluminium frame. Luminaire housing and post connection of cast aluminium. Wall luminaire ···W··· with welded wall plate of cast aluminium Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm² in the area of the post cap, without wiring. Electrical connection of wall luminaire ···W··· with 3-pole plug-in connection for wires up to 2.5 mm² in luminaire housing. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Post of galvanised steel, cylindrical, with bitumised underground support. Post cap of cast aluminium, colour similar to RAL9006, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Post with C-rail in the door area for mounting of a junction box to be ordered separately. Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, sealed in cast aluminium frame. Optical system of anodised aluminium with asymmetric wide angle light distribution. 262 Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area FW = 0.65 m². ···M2··· FW = 0.76 m². Further versions on request. Symbol I W··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear options Lamps ···L W Symbol I 450, pole top luminaire, including pole with underground support Symbol I 450/1x70HIE···26 54 242··· ···01 1 x HIE 70 Symbol I 450/1x100HIE···26 54 217··· ···01 1 x HIE 100 Symbol I 450/1x150HIE···26 54 225··· ···01 1 x HIE 150 Symbol I 450/1x70HSE-E···26 54 246··· ···01 1 x HSE-E 70 Symbol I 450/1x150HSE···26 54 231··· ···01 1 x HSE 150 Symbol I 450/2xTCL36···26 54 273··· ···01 2 x TC-L 36 Symbol I 450, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2), including pole with underground support Symbol I 450-M2/1x70HIE···26 54 302··· ···01 2 x HIE 70 Symbol I 450-M2/1x100HIE···26 54 285··· ···01 2 x HIE 100 Symbol I 450-M2/1x150HIE···26 54 290··· ···01 2 x HIE 150 Symbol I 450-M2/1x70HSE-E···26 54 305··· ···01 2 x HSE-E 70 Symbol I 450-M2/1x150HSE···26 54 295··· ···01 2 x HSE 150 Symbol I 450-M2/2xTCL36···26 54 323··· ···01 4 x TC-L 36 Symbol I, wall luminaire (W) Symbol I W/1x70HIE···26 54 359··· ···01 1 x HIE 70 Symbol I W/1x100HIE···26 54 330··· ···01 1 x HIE 100 Symbol I W/1x150HIE···26 54 342··· ···01 1 x HIE 150 Symbol I W/1x70HSE-E···26 54 362··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70 Symbol I W/1x150HSE···26 54 349··· ···01 1 x HSE 150 Symbol I W/2xTCL36···26 54 407··· ···01 2 x TC-L 36 Socket ≈ kg E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 2G11 71.4 72.0 72.0 71.4 72.0 72.4 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 2G11 84.2 85.4 85.4 84.2 85.4 86.2 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 2G11 13.4 14.0 14.0 13.4 14.0 14.0 Symbol I 450-M2··· Symbol I 450··· 108 245 245 108 670 670 5040 4400 5040 4400 DZ – decorative 85 x 400 600 600 500 500 85 x 400 1000 1000 Symbol I W··· 50 x 150 14 670 300 300 300 96 800 257 180 50 x 150 130 TOC 245 Reference 850 1700 263 Symbol II Decorative post-top luminaires 6 5 a IP44 Symbol II 710/··· Decorative post-top luminaire including column with single or double-headed configuration (M2). Relamping after release of two rotary catches and folding down of cast aluminium frame. Luminaire housing and post connection of cast aluminium. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm² in the area of the post cap. Without wiring. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Post of galvanised steel, cylindrical offset, with bitumised underground support. Post cap of cast aluminium, colour similar to RAL9006, highly weather-resistant, powdercoated. Post with C-rail in the door area for mounting of a junction box to be ordered separately. Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, sealed in cast aluminium frame. Optical system of anodised aluminium with asymmetric wide angle light distribution. 264 Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area FW = 1.1 m². ···M2··· FW = 1.27 m². Further versions on request. Symbol II 710-M2··· Lamp data ······························ 360 TOC Control gear options Lamps Socket ···L W Symbol II 710, pole top luminaire including pole with underground support Symbol II 710/1x250HIE···26 54 432··· ···01 1 x HIE 250 Symbol II 710/1x150HSE···26 54 424··· ···01 1 x HSE 150 Symbol II 710/1x250HSE···26 54 446··· ···01 1 x HSE 250 Symbol II 710/2x70HSE-I···26* 54 459··· ···01 2 x HSE-I 70 Symbol II 710, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2), including pole with underground support Symbol II 710-M2/1x250HIE···26 54 467··· ···01 2 x HIE 250 Symbol II 710-M2/1x150HSE···26 54 463··· ···01 2 x HSE 150 Symbol II 710-M2/1x250HSE···26 54 483··· ···01 2 x HSE 250 Symbol II 710-M2/2x70HSE-I···26* 54 498··· ···01 4 x HSE-I 70 * Lamp with integrated ignitor. Symbol II 710··· ≈ kg E40 E40 E40 E27 141.8 141.8 141.8 141.8 E40 E40 E40 E27 165.3 165.3 165.3 165.3 Symbol II 710-M2··· 108 310 310 108 840 7740 5600 100 x 400 500 1200 50 x 150 50 x 150 159 159 350 1200 500 600 600 1500 100 x 400 DZ – decorative 1500 7740 5600 840 350 Reference 1080 2160 265 Uni Design: Peter Zegers 266 Consistent in its design language and with a high level of diversity. Square and triangle geometries dictate its form, absolute dependability and precision its functionality. The Uni spotlight with its characteristic protective grid is available as a post-top, bracket arm, bollard and wall luminaire. Its reduction of form means that it can blend harmoniously into all surroundings. DZ – decorative Down to earth and simple. The Uni D··· wall luminaire creates optimal light for seeing with its sober form, for all outdoor applications. Triangular and square. The Uni 120 D··· bollard luminaire is intended primarily for perfect illumination of paths. Available with transparent glass cover or spread glass cover. Spread glass and transparent glass. The Uni spotlight is available either with transparent glass cover or spread glass cover (Uni···GS···). The non-laminated safety glass sealed in the frame permanently guarantees IP55 protection. 267 Uni Decorative post-top and bracket arm luminaires 6 5 a IP55 Uni 350··· Luminaire housing and post connection of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Post with Uni 350··· of galvanised steel, cylindrical, with bitumised underground support included. Post cap of cast aluminium, colour similar to RAL 9006, highly weatherresistant, powder-coated. Post with C-rail in the door area for mounting of a junction box to be ordered separately. Post spigot ¶ 76 mm with post-top luminaires. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm² in area of post cap or post mounting element, without wiring. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area Uni··· Uni···M2··· Uni 350··· Uni 350···M2··· FW = 0.07 m². FW = 0.12 m². FW = 0.51 m². FW = 0.58 m². Further versions on request. Uni 350··· Uni 350 M2··· 230 Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, transparent, or spread glass (···GS···). Cover glass in cast aluminium frame with sealed protective grid. 230 Decorative post-top luminaire or bracket arm luminaire with single or double-headed configuration (M2). Uni 350 M2··· 420 420 Optical system of anodised aluminium with wide angle light distribution. 108 108 4000 3400 4000 3400 Relamping via release of four Allen screws and removal of cast aluminium frame. 500 50 x 150 680 268 300 800 50 x 150 300 800 500 600 85 x 400 600 85 x 400 1360 Lamp data ······························ 360 Uni GS··· Reference Uni GS-M2··· TOC Control gear options ···L Lamps Socket ≈ kg W Uni, pole top luminaire with clear glass Uni/3xTCD26···26 55 333··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 Uni/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 322··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 Uni, pole top luminaire with clear glass, double-headed (M2) Uni M2/3xTCD26···26 55 366··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 Uni, pole top luminaire with facetted glass (GS) Uni GS/3xTCD26···26 55 349··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 Uni GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 338··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 Uni, pole top luminaire with facetted glass (GS), double-headed (M2) Uni GS-M2/3xTCD26···26 55 358··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire with clear glass, including pole with underground support Uni 350/1x70HSE-I···26 54 705··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 Uni 350/1x100HST···26 54 692··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 Uni 350/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 700··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s Uni 350/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 696··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 Uni 350/3xTCD26···26 54 716··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) with clear glass, including pole with underground support Uni 350 M2/1x70HSE-I···26 54 680··· ···01 2 x HSE-I 70* E27 Uni 350 M2/1x100HST···26 54 671··· ···01 2 x HST 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 Uni 350 M2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 677··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE 70 2 x HST-DE 70 RX7s Uni 350 M2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 674··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE-CE 150 2 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 Uni 350 M2/3xTCD26···26 54 688··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire with facetted glass (GS), including pole with underground support Uni 350 GS/1x70HSE-I···26 54 623··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 Uni 350 GS/1x100HST···26 54 609··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 Uni 350 GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 619··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s Uni 350 GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 612··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 Uni 350 GS/3xTCD26···26 54 638··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) with facetted glass (GS), including pole with underground support Uni 350 GS-M2/1x70HSE-I···26 54 657··· ···01 2 x HSE-I 70* E27 Uni 350 GS-M2/1x100HST···26 54 644··· ···01 2 x HST-DE 100 2 x HIT-DE-CE 100 E40 Uni 350 GS-M2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 653··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE 70 2 x HST-DE 70 RX7s Uni 350 GS-M2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 647··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE-CE 150 2 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 Uni 350 GS-M2/3xTCD26···26 54 667··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 *Lamp with integral ignitor. 17.4 9.6 9.4 17.4 56.2 57.5 56.5 57.5 57.0 64.5 67.0 66.0 67.0 66.5 56.2 57.5 56.5 57.5 57.0 64.5 67.0 66.0 67.0 66.5 Uni M2··· 407 714 300 76 300 120 300 210 100 120 300 210 100 76 269 DZ – decorative Uni··· 9.6 9.4 Uni 120 Decorative bollard luminaires 6 5 a IP55 Uni 120 D-GS··· Decorative bollard luminaire with protective grid. Luminaire housing of cast aluminium. Supporting column of extruded aluminium section with welded cover and baseplate of cast aluminium. With inspection door. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, transparent, or of spread glass (···GS···). Cover glass in cast aluminium frame with sealed protective grid. Mounting via integral flange plate, for direct mounting to firm surface or with use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. 270 Relamping via release of four stainless steel Allen screws and removal of cast aluminium frame. Optical system of anodised aluminium. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm² in area of the inspection door. Control gear options Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Underground support of galvanised steel, for mounting of bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions on request. Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear options Mains Uni 120, bollard luminaire, triangular (D), with clear glass or facetted glass (GS) Uni 120 D/E27 1x100/150QT32···26 55 961··· ···10 Uni 120 D-GS/E27 1x100/150QT32···26 55 974··· ···10 ≈ kg E27 E27 12.1 12.1 W 1 x QT32 max. 150 1 x QT32 max. 150 Description Underground support for Uni 120 D, hot-dip galvanised ≈ kg 4.5 DZ – decorative Uni 120··· 370 220 220 220 0804E-2 150 210 90 x 210 445 TOC 56 421 00 Socket 210 110 Accessories 0804E-2 Lamps 1200 TOC 500 Reference M8 149 149 10 x 18 271 Uni Decorative luminaire with yoke bracket 6 5 a IP55 Uni B1-GS··· Decorative luminaire with yoke bracket in two construction sizes, with protective grid for wall or ceiling mounting. Luminaire housing and mounting bracket of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover glass of flat, non-laminated safety glass, transparent or of spread glass (···GS···). Cover glass in cast aluminium frame with sealed protective grid. Mounting via tiltable mounting bracket for direct wall or ceiling mounting. Relamping via release of four stainless steel Allen screws and removal of cast aluminium frame. Optical system of anodised aluminium. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm² within luminaire housing. 272 Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Underground support of galvanised steel, for mounting of luminaire with yoke bracket ···B1··· in substrate. Anthracite colour, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weatherresistant, powder-coated. Post adapter of cast aluminium, for mounting of luminaire with yoke bracket ···B2··· to posts with 76 mm mast spigot. Anthracite colour, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Further versions on request. Uni B2-GS··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear Lamps options ···L Mains W Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 1 (B1), with clear glass Uni B1/1x300QT-DE···26 56 012··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 300 Uni B1/2xTCD13···26 54 821··· ···01 2 x TC-D 13 Uni B1/2xTCD18···26 54 835··· ···01 2 x TC-D 18 Uni B1/E27 1x100/150QT32···26 56 023··· ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 1 (B1), with facetted glass (GS) Uni B1-GS/1x300QT-DE···26 56 064··· ···10 1 x QT-DE 300 Uni B1-GS/2xTCD13···26 54 975··· ···01 2 x TC-D 13 Uni B1-GS/2xTCD18···26 54 991··· ···01 2 x TC-D 18 Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 2 (B2), with clear glass Uni B2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 115··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE 70 Uni B2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 097··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 Uni B2/3xTCD26···26 55 128··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 2 (B2), with facetted glass (GS) Uni B2-GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 227··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 Uni B2-GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 209··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 Uni B2-GS/3xTCD26···26 55 237··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 TOC 58 307 00 56 537 00 Socket ≈ kg R7s G24d-1 G24d-2 E27 3.5 4.2 4.2 3.3 R7s G24d-1 G24d-2 3.5 4.2 4.2 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s RX7s-24 G24d-3 8.7 9.7 9.4 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s RX7s-24 G24d-3 8.7 9.7 9.4 Description Ground stake for Uni B1, DB703 Post adapter for Uni B2, DB703 ≈ kg 1.1 2.3 DZ – decorative Uni B2-ZMA/76 26 90 Uni B1··· Uni B2··· 488 255 9 419 160 300 120 255 PG11 Pg11 6,5 311 76 349 230 377 167 40 140 44 349 0804ES-1 26 208 Accessories 0804ES-1 26 Uni B2-ZMA/76 26 TOC 395 Reference 60 273 Uni Decorative luminaires with yoke bracket 6 5 a IP55 Uni D1-W-GS··· Decorative wall luminaire with protective grid in various construction sizes. Luminaire housing and mounting plate of cast aluminium. Uni D1···, Uni D2··· for oblique light distribution. Uni D4···, Uni D5··· for light emission parallel to ground. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, transparent, or of spread glass (···GS···). Cover glass in cast aluminium frame with sealed protective grid. 274 Relamping via release of four stainless steel Allen screws and removal of cast aluminium frame. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 1,5 mm² in connection compartment. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Further versions on request. Uni D2-W-GS··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Uni D4-W-GS··· Lamps Socket ≈ kg ···01 ···01 - ···10 2 x TC-D 13 2 x TC-D 18 1 x QT32 max. 150 G24d-1 G24d-2 E27 4.6 4.6 3.4 ···01 ···01 - ···10 2 x TC-D 13 2 x TC-D 18 1 x QT32 max. 150 G24d-1 G24d-2 E27 4.6 4.6 3.4 ···01 ···01 ···01 ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HSE-I 70* 3 x TC-D 26 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s RX7s-24 E27 G24d-3 9.0 10.0 8.8 9.6 ···01 ···01 ···01 ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HSE-I 70* 3 x TC-D 26 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s RX7s-24 E27 G24d-3 9.0 10.0 8.8 9.6 ···01 ···01 ···10 2 x TC-D 13 2 x TC-D 18 1 x QT32 max. 150 G24d-1 G24d-2 E27 4.4 4.4 3.3 ···01 ···01 - ···10 2 x TC-D 13 2 x TC-D 18 1 x QT32 max. 150 G24d-1 G24d-2 E27 4.4 4.4 3.3 ···01 ···01 ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 3 x TC-D 26 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s RX7s-24 G24d-3 8.7 9.7 9.4 ···01 ···01 ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 3 x TC-D 26 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s RX7s-24 G24d-3 8.7 9.7 9.4 125 150 7 42 87 230 220 300 6 x 12 350 165 7 300 165 7 420 220 120 Uni D5-W··· 255 311 220 220 Uni D4-W··· 350 124 258 Uni D2-W··· 126 42 60 Uni D1-W··· W 275 DZ – decorative Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D1 with clear glass Uni D1-W/2xTCD13···26 54 726··· Uni D1-W/2xTCD18···26 54 772··· Uni D1-W/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 55 993··· Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D1 with facetted glass (GS) Uni D1-W-GS/2xTCD13···26 54 881··· Uni D1-W-GS/2xTCD18···26 54 920··· Uni D1-W-GS/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 049··· Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D2 with clear glass Uni D2-W/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 055··· Uni D2-W/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 038··· Uni D2-W/1x70HSE-I···26 55 061··· Uni D2-W/3xTCD26···26 55 085··· Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D2 with facetted glass (GS) Uni D2-W-GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 136··· Uni D2-W-GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 150··· Uni D2-W-GS/1x70HSE-I···26 55 162··· Uni D2-W-GS/3xTCD26···26 55 190··· Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D4 with clear glass Uni D4-W/2xTCD13···26 54 747··· Uni D4-W/2xTCD18···26 54 757··· Uni D4-W/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 55 982··· Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D4 with facetted glass (GS) Uni D4-W-GS/2xTCD13···26 54 869··· Uni D4-W-GS/2xTCD18···26 54 901··· Uni D4-W-GS/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 037··· Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D5 with clear glass Uni D5-W/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 048··· Uni D5-W/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 031··· Uni D5-W/3xTCD26···26 55 077··· Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D5 with facetted glass (GS) Uni D5-W-GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 158··· Uni D5-W-GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 144··· Uni D5-W-GS/3xTCD26··· 55 181··· * Lamp with integral ignitor. Control gear options ···L Mains 300 TOC 300 Reference Uni D5-W-GS··· Uni Decorative wall luminaires, rectangular construction 6 5 a IP55 Uni W/··· Decorative wall luminaire with rectangular construction, with or without protective grid (G). Luminaire housing and mounting plate of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, transparent, or of spread glass (···GS···). Cover glass in cast aluminium frame with sealed protective grid. Uni W/··· wall luminaire without protective grid. Relamping via release of four stainless steel Allen screws and removal of cast aluminium frame. Optical system of anodised aluminium. Uni W/··· has shielded lamp and reflection reflector. 276 Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Further versions on request. Uni W-GS··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear options ···L Mains Socket ≈ kg W - 1 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 4.8 ···10 2 x TC-D 18 1 x QT 32 max. 150 G24d-2 E27 4.5 3.7 ···10 1 x TC-D 26 2 x TC-D 18 1 x QT32 max. 150 G24d-3 G24d-2 E27 4.8 4.5 3.7 DZ – decorative Uni W/··· 162 220 7 137 162 160 220 Uni W···-G··· 129 311 Uni, wall luminaire (W) with clear glass Uni W/1xTCD26···26 55 270··· ···01 Uni, wall luminaire (W) with clear glass and protective grid (G) Uni W-G/2xTCD18···26 55 279··· ···01 Uni W-G/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 087··· Uni, wall luminaire (W) with facetted glass (GS) and protective grid (G) Uni W-GS-G/1xTCD26···26 55 313··· ···01 Uni W-GS-G/2xTCD18···26 55 293··· ···01 Uni W-GS-G/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 096··· - Lamps 160 TOC 311 Reference 7 277 Sonnos Design: Klaus Begasse 278 Lightness and elegance. With Sonnos, the designer Klaus Begasse has created an outdoor luminaire that not only catches the eye with its straightforward, constructive design, but also with its wide spectrum of application possibilities. The asymmetrical wide angle light distribution of the circular luminaire head creates pleasant light for streets, squares and pathways. DZ – decorative The bracket arm luminaire. Impressive illumination of paths and squares: the Sonnos with single or double-headed configuration. The suspension luminaire. Simple elegance – the Sonnos H··· as a suspension luminaire for catenary suspensions. The wall luminaire. House entrances and facades can be perfectly set in scene with the Sonnos W··· . 279 Sonnos Decorative bracket arm luminaires 6 5 a IP65 5-6 m Sonnos/··· Decorative bracket arm luminaire with single or double-headed configuration ···M2···. Relamping after tool-free removal of enclosure. Luminaire housing of aluminium, formpressed. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm², with strain relief. Easily accessible after removal of post extension. Post mounting element of formed, extruded aluminium section, aluminium and cast aluminium components. Post extension is removable. Tilt angle 5°. ···M2··· bracket arm luminaire with post mounting element in double-headed configuration. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Post spigot ¶ 76 mm. Enclosure of highly impact-resistant PMMI, transparent, secured against falling down. Can be removed without tools for maintenance. Optical system of highly specular anodised aluminium, can be rotated along axis, with asymmetrical wide angle light distribution. 280 Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. ···E with electronic ballast. Windage area FW = 0.12 m2. ···M2··· FW = 0.24 m2. Further versions and designed masts on request. Sonnos-M2··· Lamp data ······························ 360 TOC Control gear options ···L Sonnos, cantilever mounted luminaire Sonnos/1x50HST-CRI···26 53 400··· Sonnos/1x100HST-CRI···26 53 401··· Sonnos/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 53 398··· ···01 Sonnos/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 53 404··· ···01 Sonnos, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) Sonnos-M2/1x50HST-CRI···26 56 489··· Sonnos-M2/1x100HST-CRI···26 56 490··· Sonnos-M2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 56 491··· ···01 Sonnos-M2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 56 492··· ···01 Lamps ···E W ···04 ···04 - 1 x HST-CRI 50 1 x HST-CRI 100 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 ···04 ···04 - 2 x HST-CRI 50 2 x HST-CRI 100 2 x HIT-DE 70 2 x HIT-DE-CE 150 Socket ≈ kg 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 PG12-1 PG12-1 RX7s-24 RX7s-24 11.6 11.6 11.6 12.2 2 x HST-DE 70 2 x HST-DE 150 PG12-1 PG12-1 RX7s RX7s-24 20.4 20.4 22.4 23.0 DZ – decorative Sonnos/··· Sonnos-M2··· 606 606 108 372 440 130 130 372 440 108 76 76 1150 1932 650 80 80 Reference 650 281 Sonnos Decorative suspension or wall luminaires 6 5 a IP65 Sonnos H··· Decorative suspension (···H···) or wall luminaire (···W···). Relamping after tool-free removal of enclosure. Luminaire housing of aluminium, formpressed. Wall mounting of formed, extruded aluminium section and cast aluminium components. Tilt angle 5°. Electrical connection with Sonnos W··· wall luminaire with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². With Sonnos H··· suspension luminaire, electrical connection with included IP68 EasyClick plug connection. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. ···E with electronic ballast. Mounting of Sonnos W··· wall luminaire with flange plate of cast aluminium for direct mounting to wall. Suspension luminaire Sonnos H··· with catenary suspension of highly robust aluminium titanium alloy for catenary cables ¶ 6-12 mm. Cable tilt adjustable to 10°. Cross-wise mounting of two catenary cables possible. Windage area Sonnos H··· FW = 0.1 m2. Enclosure of highly impact-resistant and thermally resistant PMMI, transparent, secured against falling down. Can be removed without tools for maintenance. Optical system Specular reflectors of highly specular anodised aluminium, can be rotated along axis, with symmetrical (Sonnos H···) or asymmetrical wide angle light distribution (Sonnos W···). 282 Further versions on request. Sonnos W··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear options Lamps Socket ···L ···E W 53 386··· 53 382··· 53 380··· 53 384··· ···01 ···01 ···04 ···04 - 1 x HST-CRI 50 1 x HST-CRI 100 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 53 391··· 53 392··· 53 389··· 53 395··· ···01 ···01 ···04 ···04 - 1 x HST-CRI 50 1 x HST-CRI 100 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 ≈ kg 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 PG12-1 PG12-1 RX7s RX7s-24 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.6 1 x HST-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 150 PG12-1 PG12-1 RX7s RX7s-24 11.6 11.6 11.6 12.2 DZ – decorative Sonnos W··· Sonnos H··· 586 40 61 195 300 419 130 11 x 19 78 650 934 80 102 Sonnos, suspension luminaire (H) Sonnos H/1x50HST-CRI···26 Sonnos H/1x100HST-CRI···26 Sonnos H/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 Sonnos H/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 Sonnos, wall luminaire (W) Sonnos W/1x50HST-CRI···26 Sonnos W/1x100HST-CRI···26 Sonnos W/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 Sonnos W/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 TOC 300 Reference 650 283 Pinzetta Design: Klaus Begasse 284 Pendant suspension. The bracket arm luminaire holds its luminaire head as with a pair of tweezers, with its light seeming to float above the illuminated surface. For individual adaptation there is a choice of either bracket arm luminaire with single or double-headed configuration, or wall luminaire with direct asymmetric wide angle light distribution. DZ – decorative Perfection of form. The Pinzetta’s unusual design is indebted to its mast mounting element of specially formed, extruded aluminium section. The wall luminaire. Even without a column an eye-catcher: A mounting plate of cast aluminium allows attachment of the bracket to building facades. 285 Pinzetta Decorative bracket arm luminaires and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP65 6m Pinzetta II/··· Decorative bracket arm luminaire with single or double-headed configuration (···M2···) or wall luminaire. Luminaire housing of cast aluminium. Post mounting element of formed, extruded aluminium section, aluminium and cast aluminium components. Tilt angle 8°. Bracket arm luminaire ···M2··· with post mounting element in double-headed configuration. Pinzetta W··· wall luminaire with mounting plate of cast aluminium. Post spigot ¶ 7 6 mm. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover of flat, non-laminated safety glass with black screen-printing in peripheral area, sealed in cast aluminium frame. 286 Pinzetta II-M2··· Relamping after release of rotary catch and folding down of enclosure. Optical system of thermally stable plastic with high quality surface coating. With asymmetric wide angle light distribution. Electrical connection with Pinzetta W··· with included IP68 EasyClick plug connection, 3-pole, for wires up to 2.5 mm². Bracket arm luminaire with connected 6 m supply cable. Control gear options ···E with electronic ballast. Windage area FW = 0.23 m². ···M2··· FW = 0.4 m². Further versions and column information on request. Pinzetta W··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Control gear options ···E Lamps Socket ≈ kg W Pinzetta II, cantilever mounted luminaire Pinzetta II/1x70HIT/HST···26 54 043··· ···04 Pinzetta II/1x150HIT/HST···26 54 039··· ···04 Pinzetta II/1x60HIT-CE/OD···26 54 041··· ···04 Pinzetta II/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 54 036··· ···04 Pinzetta II, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) Pinzetta II-M2/1x70HIT/HST···26 56 500··· ···04 Pinzetta II-M2/1x150HIT/HST···26 56 499··· ···04 Pinzetta II-M2/1x60HIT-CE/OD···26 56 502··· ···04 Pinzetta II-M2/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 56 501··· ···04 Pinzetta wall luminaire (W) Pinzetta W/1x70HIT/HST···26 54 051··· ···04 Pinzetta W/1x150HIT/HST···26 54 047··· ···04 Pinzetta W/1x60HIT-CE/OD···26 54 049··· ···04 Pinzetta W/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 54 045··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 E27 E40 PGZ12 PGZ12 16.2 16.8 16.2 16.2 2 x HIT-CE/S 70 2 x HIT-CE/S 150 2 x HIT-CE/OD 60 2 x HIT-CE/OD 140 2 x HST 70 2 x HST 150 E27 E40 PGZ12 PGZ12 32.0 32.6 32.0 32.0 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 E27 E40 PGZ12 PGZ12 16.2 16.8 16.2 16.2 DZ – decorative 108 76 195 172 450 450 8 x 11 124 76 1713 8° 70 8° 450 140 140 8° 490 317 600 600 175 108 Pinzetta W··· 175 Pinzetta II-M2··· 175 Pinzetta II/··· 2900 1480 287 Ontria Design: Peter Zegers 288 Reason and aesthetics. Ontria, another classic from the hand of Peter Zegers. The highly aesthetic geometrical design language, dependability, a high level of safety and simple maintenance with quick-release fasteners on the housing characterise this luminaire. The luminaire succeeds both as a bracket arm luminaire as well as wall luminaire with direct light distribution. DZ – decorative Simple handling. With release of quickrelease fasteners on the luminaire housing, the Ontria housing can be simply removed, thus allowing easy maintenance. 289 Ontria Decorative post-top and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP44 Ontria 340··· Decorative post-top luminaire with single or double-headed configuration (···M2···) including post, and wall luminaire. Luminaire housing of extruded aluminium section, aluminium and cast aluminium components. ···M2··· with mounting element for doubleheaded configuration. Post of galvanised steel, cylindrical offset, with bitumised underground support. Post spigot ¶ 76 mm. Wall plate with Ontria W··· wall luminaire of cast aluminium with integral connection unit. Colour of luminaire anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weatherresistant, powder-coated, with galvanised post. Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety glass, sealed within luminaire body. Optical system Involute reflector of highly specular anodised aluminium with symmetrical wide angle light distribution. 290 Ontria 340-M2··· Relamping with release of three recessed rotary catches and removal of luminaire housing. With Ontria W··· wall luminaire after unfastening of grub screws and removal of luminaire housing. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area FW = 0.41 m2. ···M2··· FW = 0.53 m2. Further versions on request. Ontria W··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps ···L W Ontria 340, pole top luminaire including pole and underground support (E) Ontria 340-E/1x100HST···26 54 058··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 Ontria 340-E/2xTCL24···26 54 072··· ···01 2 x TC-L 24 Ontria 340, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2) including pole and underground support (E) Ontria 340-M2-E/1x100HST···26 54 075··· ···01 2 x HST 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 Ontria 340-M2-E/2xTCL24···26 54 082··· ···01 4 x TC-L 24 Ontria, wall luminaire (W) Ontria W/1x100HST···26 54 086··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 Ontria W/2xTCL24···26 54 098··· ···01 2 x TC-L 24 Ontria 340··· E40 2G11 38.8 38.6 E40 2G11 53.4 53.0 E40 2G11 7.7 7.5 300 326 164 130 164 1392 76 DZ – decorative 130 ≈ kg Ontria 340-M2··· 600 76 3564 3550 Socket 95 x 400 400 400 900 900 95 x 400 324 324 300 230 114 115 23 631 50 x 150 162 50 x 150 800 600 500 500 Ontria W··· 8 114 291 Tube Design: Peter Zegers 292 Orientation with lucid forms and clear light. A classic at first sight, and on closer inspection a new interpretation of the same. Clear forms give the Tube its unique design – it is modern, and supplies optimal orientation during the evening and night, with an appealing design and pleasant light atmosphere. Available in two varying designs. The wall luminaire. The additional application as a wall luminaire allows a wide spectrum of uses. With this version the light is emitted via the secondary reflector into the vicinity – the electrical components are concealed via the chrome-plated, perforated sheet cylinder. The purist. The second design version of the Tube is reduced to the characteristic form of a cylinder, or more precisely: an enclosing, satinised PMMA cylinder. DZ – decorative 293 Tube Decorative post-top and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP55 5m Tube/··· Tube W··· Decorative post-top or wall luminaire with transparent or translucent cover cylinder. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Luminaire body of cast aluminium. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Luminaire canopy of corrosion-resistant aluminium, fixed with inner stainless steel rods. Perforated sheet cylinder for concealing of electrical components in versions with transparent cover cylinder. Wall arm with version ···W··· of cast aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Post spigot ¶ 7 6 mm. Cover cylinder of highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent, with version···T··· translucent. Optical system with Tube/··· and Tube W··· of highly specular anodised aluminium. 294 Windage area FW = 0.16 m2. ···T··· FW = 0.11 m2. Further versions on request. Tube T··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Tube post-top luminaire Tube/1x70HIT···26 54 532··· Tube/1x150HIT···26 54 527··· Tube/1x70HSE-I···26 54 536··· Tube, wall luminaire (W) Tube W/1x70HIT···26 54 516··· Tube W/1x150HIT···26 54 510··· Tube W/1x70HSE-I···26 54 519··· Tube post-top luminaire, with translucent cover glass (T) Tube T/2xTCL18···26 54 503··· Tube T/2xTCL24···26 54 507··· * Lamp with integral ignitor Control gear options ···L Lamps Socket ≈ kg W ···01 ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 1 x HIT-CE 150 1 x HSE-I 70* G12 G12 E27 18.0 18.6 18.0 ···01 ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 1 x HIT-CE 150 1 x HSE-I 70* G12 G12 E27 25.1 25.7 25.1 ···01 ···01 2 x TC-L 18 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 2G11 8.0 8.0 DZ – decorative Tube/··· Tube W··· Tube T··· 800 150 114 150 1038 114 150 542 200 387 200 387 200 557 800 140 76 100 76 240 320 76 10 40 500 295 VR Design: Peter Zegers 296 Perfect technology with an elegant design. With its slimline form the VR is pleasantly discreet – yet with its consequent consummation in terms of form it asserts itself with confidence. The luminaire head of cast aluminium as well as the corrosion-resistant aluminium canopy speak a clear language: the language of elegance. VR Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative post-top luminaires 6 5 a IP55 Decorative post-top luminaire with secondary reflector including column. Luminaire head of cast aluminium. Luminaire canopy of corrosion-resistant aluminium, fixed via inner stainless steel rods. Perforated sheet cylinder for concealing of electrical components. Post of extruded aluminium section with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (VR 330-FP···) or with continuously bitumised underground support of sectional aluminium (VR 330-E···). Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover cylinder of durable borosilicate glass. Optical system with primary reflector of anodised aluminium. Luminaire canopy as secondary reflector designed for rotationally symmetrical narrow-wide light distribution. With decorative upper light emission. Relamping with opening of luminaire canopy. Electrical connection with 5-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Underground support of galvanised steel, for mounting of VR 330-FP··· in substrate. VR 330-FP··· Reference Control gear Lamps options ···L W VR 330, pole top luminaire including pole with underground support (E) VR 330-E/1x70HIT···26 55 379··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 VR 330-E/1x150HIT···26 55 371··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 VR 330, pole top luminaire including pole with flange (FP) VR 330-FP/1x70HIT···26 55 390··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 VR 330-FP/1x150HIT···26 55 386··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 Accessories 0804E-1 TOC TOC 56 424 00 Socket ≈ kg G12 G12 37.6 38.2 G12 G12 38.9 39.5 Description Underground support for VR 330-FP, hot-dip galvanised ≈ kg 32.0 Windage area FW = 0.66 m2. VR 330-E··· VR 330-FP··· 530 530 80 800 80 800 150 150 400 3300 2690 3300 2690 0804E-1 85 x 300 600 600 800 85 x 300 800 500 400 50 x 150 M24 270 26 x 34 270 297 DZ – decorative Further versions on request. Potsdam Design: Marcus Botsch 298 Indirect light for direct effects. This post-top luminaire convinces with its thoroughly unusual design. With a filigree diffidence, the stringent forms and playful technology combine in unison. Thus the light given out by this luminaire is not direct but is emitted via a reflector into the vicinity. The result: a lighting experience that is unique. Potsdam Lamp data ······························ 360 Decorative post-top luminaires with secondary reflector 6 5 a IP54 5m Potsdam··· Potsdam··· Decorative post-top luminaire with secondaryr eflector. Reference TOC Luminaire body, canopy and decorative fixingr ods of aluminium. Potsdam, pole top luminaire Potsdam/1x70HIT···26 54 055··· Potsdam/1x150HIT···26 54 053··· Control gear options ···E Lamps W ···04 ···04 1 x HIT-CE 70 1 x HIT-CE 150 Socket ≈ kg G8,5 G12 14.0 14.6 Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Reflection surface coated white for optimal light control. Post spigot ¶ 108 mm. Adapter for ¶ 76 mm on request. DZ – decorative Lamp compartment with primary reflector closed via cast aluminium cover ring with sealed cover glass of durable borosilicate. Optical system Primary reflector of highly specular aluminium. Indirect light distribution via specially coated luminaire canopy functioning as secondaryr eflector. Relamping via release of cover ring. Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Potsdam··· Control gear options ···E with electronic ballast. 825 Windage area FW = 0.15 m2. 1350 190 574 Further versions on request. 20° 140 108 299 Palme Design: Michele de Lucchi, Gerhard Reichert Award: the IF 2001 industry standard, North Rhine-Westphalia Award 2001 2002 300 Akin to an elegant gesture. The highly unusual design of this luminaire family stems from the hands of the designer duo Lucchi and Reichert. During the daytime it takes on the appearance of a palm leaf, and at night it illuminates mainly prestigious areas as a post-top, bollard or wall luminaire. The specially coated reflector surface of the luminaire head gives a pleasant, indirect light distribution. Perfection of form. The Palme's unusual design is indebted to the post mounting element of specially formed, extruded aluminium section. Rich diversity: the Palme is available as a post-top, bollard and wall luminaire. Extremely maintenance-friendly: the Palme 120··· bollard luminaire. A rear inspection door enables especially simple relamping. DZ – decorative 301 Palme Decorative post-top luminaires 6 5 a IP65 Palme 270··· Decorative post-top luminaire with secondary reflector including column. Luminaire head of cast aluminium. Post of extruded aluminium section, with continuously bitumised underground support (···E) or with welded flange plate (···FP) of aluminium. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Lamp compartment with primary reflector closed via cast aluminium cover ring with sealed non-laminated safety glass. Palme 330··· Palme 450··· Electrical connection with 3-pole connection cable in area of mast door. With C-rail for mounting of a junction box to be ordered separately. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area Palme 270··· FW = 0.29 m2. Palme 330··· FW = 0.50 m2. Palme 450··· FW = 0.94 m2. Further versions available on request. Optical system consists of primary reflector of anodised aluminium in closed lamp compartment and white-coated reflection surface of luminaire head functioning as secondaryr eflector. Palme 270-E··· 346 Palme 270-FP··· 320 346 320 693 693 Relamping via release of cover ring. 76 2700 2007 2007 2700 76 600 50 x 300 600 50 x 300 800 500 260 18 50 x 150 200 302 Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Palme 270, including pole with underground support (E) Palme 270-E/1x70HIT/HST L···26 54 008··· Palme 270, including pole with flange (FP) Palme 270-FP/1x70HIT/HST L···26 54 012··· Palme 330, including pole with underground support (E) Palme 330-E/1x70HIT L···26 54 015··· Palme 330 including pole with flange (FP) Palme 330-FP/1x70HIT L···26 54 018··· Palme 450, including pole with underground support (E) Palme 450-E/1x150HIT L···26 54 021··· Palme 450-E/1x150HST L···26 54 024··· Palme 450, including pole with flange (FP) Palme 450-FP/1x150HIT L···26 54 027··· Palme 450-FP/1x150HST L···26 54 030··· Control gear options ···L Lamps Socket ≈ kg ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 19.9 ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 24.9 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 26.7 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 30.5 ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 E40 47.3 47.3 ···01 ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 G12 E40 49.7 49.7 W Palme 450-E··· Palme 450-FP··· 605 548 Palme 330-FP··· 422 410 422 864 864 410 DZ – decorative Palme 330-E··· 1271 548 1271 605 160 3229 100 x 400 400 500 400 800 500 800 100 x 400 600 85 x 400 600 600 85 x 400 600 2436 2436 3300 3300 3229 108 108 4500 4500 160 50 x 150 50 x 150 30 300 30 300 303 Palme Decorative bollard and wall luminaires 6 5 a IP65 Palme 120··· Decorative bollard or wall luminaire with secondary reflector. Luminaire body of cast aluminium. With Palme 120··· bollard luminaire one-piece with baseplate for direct fixing to a solid surface or with the use of an underground support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. Wall luminaire (···W) two-piece, consisting of luminaire body and wall arm. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Lamp compartment with primary reflector for the wall luminaire (···W), closed with cover ring and sealed non-laminated safety glass. Bollard luminaire closed with permanently sealed, transparent cover glass of highly impact-resistant, heat-resistant PMMI. Optical system consists of primary reflector of anodised aluminium in closed lamp compartment and white-coated reflection surface of luminaire head functioning as secondaryr eflector. Relamping with Palme 120··· via opening of rear inspection door and tool-free swinging out of electrical components. With ···W version via release of cover ring. 304 Electrical connection of Palme 120··· with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm², ···W··· version with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Mains No power supply equipment required, lamp operation directly from mains power. Underground support of steel, galvanised, for fixing of Palme 120··· bollard luminaire in substrate. Further versions available on request. Palme W··· Lamp data ······························ 360 Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps ···L Mains W Socket ≈ kg Palme 120, bollard luminaire Palme 120/1x70HIT/HST L···26 Palme 120/E27 1x100 QT32···26 Palme wall luminaire (W) Palme W/1x70HIT/HST L···26 54 005··· 55 886··· ···01 - ···10 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x QT 32 100 1 x HST 70 E27 E27 15.5 15.0 54 034··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 12.0 Accessories 0804E-10 TOC 56 426 00 Description Underground support for Palme 120, galvanised ≈ kg 3.5 DZ – decorative Palme W··· Palme 120··· 260 320 545 280 120 230 120 1200 910 0804E-10 10 100 x 600 500 70 100 120 5 32 64 M8 64 130 5 9 32 305 Emporium Design: Italo Rota, Alessandro Pedretti 306 The centre of attraction. As the name says, this post-top luminaire likes catching the eye – both during the day and at night. Its form is ideal for the illumination of modern surfaces as well as old-town surroundings. DZ – decorative The bollard luminaire. Highly suitable for the stylish illumination of paths. The wall luminaire. For building entrances and facades. Effective illumination. The combination of a specially developed reflector system and the light controlling form of the inner attachment tube allows rotationally symmetrical illumination of the surrounding area. 307 Emporium Decorative post-top, bollard or wall luminaires IP65 Emporium 500··· Decorative post-top, bollard or wall luminaire. Cover glass of highly impact-resistant polycarbonate,t ransparent. Luminaire housing and canopy of cast aluminium. Optical system of highly specular, facetted, anodised aluminium with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. Wall luminaire ···W··· with asymmetrical wide angle distribution. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Mounting with version ···FP··· by fastening of flange plate to sufficiently firm surface. Fixing of Emporium 120··· bollard luminaire via integral flange plate to solid surface or with use of an anchorage unit in the substrate to be ordered separately. Mounting of wall luminaire with mounting plate. Emporium 500-E··· 320 Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². With Emporium 500··· to connection cable behind a flush-fitting door. With C-rail in supporting column for mounting of a junction box to be ordered separately. 320 Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area Emporium 500··· FW = 0.65 m2. Underground support of galvanised steel, for mounting of Emporium 120··· bollard luminaire in substrate. 108 108 5000 Wall arm with version ···W··· of cast aluminium with stainless steel mounting plate. Emporium 500-FP··· 550 1050 Flange plate with Emporium 120··· of galvanised steel, coated in luminaire colour. Relamping after release and removal of luminairec anopy. 5000 Supporting column with Emporium 500··· in matching design of extruded aluminium section with continuously bitumised underground support (version ···E···) or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium (version ···FP···). Emporium 120··· 550 1050 6 5 a Further versions on request. 90 x 400 600 600 90 x 400 30 300 308 1000 500 400 50 x 150 Lamp data ······························ 360 Emporium W··· Reference Emporium W-DB··· TOC Control gear options ···L Lamps TOC 56 421 00 ≈ kg W Emporium 500 including pole with underground support (E) Emporium 500-E/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 436··· ···01 Emporium 500-E/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 433··· ···01 Emporium 500 including pole with flange (FP) Emporium 500-FP/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 443··· ···01 Emporium 500-FP/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 440··· ···01 Emporium 120, bollard luminaire Emporium 120/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 431··· ···01 Emporium wall luminaire (W) with straight wall arm Emporium W/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 456··· ···01 Emporium W/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 455··· ···01 Emporium wall luminaire (W) with round wall arm (DB) Emporium W-DB/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 458··· ···01 Emporium W-DB/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 457··· ···01 Accessories 0804E-2 Socket 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 E27 E40 76.0 76.6 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 E27 E40 81.0 81.6 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 26.5 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 E27 E40 24.2 24.8 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 E27 E40 28.3 28.9 Description Underground support for Emporium 120, galvanised ≈ kg 4.3 DZ – decorative Emporium 120··· Emporium W-DB··· 320 320 Emporium W··· 550 0804E-2 320 1250 500 550 1494 550 1200 210 M8 149 149 980 85 12 x 18 85 120 290 10 120 290 12 x 18 280 1176 100 100 309 Emporium Decorative post-top luminaire 6 5 a IP65 5m Emporium/··· Decorative post-top luminaire. Luminaire housing and canopy of cast aluminium. Post spigot ¶ 76 mm. Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour code ···26). Cover glass of highly impact-resistant polycarbonate,t ransparent. Optical system of highly specular, facetted, anodised aluminium with rotationally symmetrical wide angle light distribution. Relamping after release and removal of luminairec anopy. 310 Electrical connection with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. Windage area FW = 0.23 m². ···ZAK2 FW = 0.04 m². ···ZAK3 FW = 0.05 m². Post mounting element for two or three luminaires of glavanised steel with post spigot ¶ 108 mm. Post of galvanised steel, tapered, with post spigot ¶ 108 mm for mounting of Emporium post mounting elements. ···FP··· with flange plate. Further versions on request. Lamp data ······························ 360 Emporium/··· + ···ZAK2 Reference TOC Emporium/··· + ···ZAK3 Control gear options Lamps ···L W 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 Socket ≈ kg E27 E40 18.0 18.6 Emporium, pole-top luminaire Emporium/1x70HIT/HST···26 Emporium/1x150HIT/HST···26 56 673··· 56 674··· ···01 ···01 Accessories Emporium ZAK2 Emporium ZAK3 0801MGK/30-108 0801MGK-FP/30-108 TOC 53 322 00 53 323 00 56 541 00 56 542 00 Description Post mounting element, 2-fold, galvanised Post mounting element, 3-fold, galvanised Tapered post with underground support for post mounting element, galvanised Tapered post with flange plate for post mounting element, galvanised 0801MGK-FP/··· 1 x HST 70 1 x HST 150 ≈ kg 20.1 30.0 84.3 84.3 0801MGK/··· 108 150 150 Emporium ZAK3 DZ – decorative 108 127 127 Emporium ZAK2 76 150 1136 3075 3075 122 800 85 x 300 85 x 300 1600 600 108 122 Emporium/··· 600 127 320 168 76 1136 550 1057 1600 150 30 1000 500 400 127 50 x 150 122 300 182 108 120° 76 311 Westminster Design: Pearson & Lloyd Award: FX AWARD 2004, Public and Spaces 312 A functional contribution to the urban environment – and not only in London. This highly aesthetic luminaire from the design offices of PearsonLloyd was developed as part of a prestigious street lighting system for the City of Westminster. The post-top or bracket-mounted luminaires of cast aluminium are a calming focal point for the eye in any town or city. An additional decision criteria: simple maintenance and a version with integral twilight switch. DZ – decorative Simple maintenance. Maintenance of the Westminster A··· is especially convenient: the luminaire canopy can be simply folded upwards for easy relamping. A homogenous concept. The Westminster street furniture system contains not only luminaires but perfectly matched site amenities. For example a stylish bench with integral LED lighting. Or a simple litter bin that really doesn't deserve that description at all. Furthermore, bicycle racks and hanging basket brackets are part of the extensive range. 313 Westminster Decorative bracket-mounted luminaires 6 5 a IP65 6-10 m Westminster A 1000··· Decorative bracket-mounted luminaires including column or for mounting to bracket posts. Luminaire body of cast aluminium. Column consists of designed extruded aluminium section with welded flange plate of cast aluminium and curved bracket of aluminium. Included with Westminster A 600···, ···A 800··· and ···A 1000···. Connection of system accessories is possible. Colour metallic grey, similar to RAL 9006, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (luminaire body, post bracket). Lower post section deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. 314 Westminster A 800··· Mounting of luminaire to bracket posts with post connections ¶ 42 mm. Versions with posts included, fastened via a flange plate fixed to sufficiently firm surface. 2-piece post. Post bracket with welded flange plate, insertable, can be fixed with three stainless steel screws. Enclosure of highly impact-resistant and thermally resistant PMMI, transparent. Optical system of thermally durable plastic with high quality surface coating. Easy release of rotary fastener aids folding up of luminaire canopy. Relamping after release of rotary catch and folding up of luminaire canopy. Westminster A 600··· Electrical connection of luminaire with 3-pole plug connection for wires up to 2.5 mm². Connection on versions with post are via a cable behind the column door. Option for mounting with a junction box to be ordered separately. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. With order supplement ···LDS··· with twilight sensor in luminaire housing. Windage area FW = 0.13 m2 ···A 600··· FW = 1.35 m². ···A 800··· FW = 1.84 m². ···A 1000··· FW = 2.18 m². Further versions on request. Accessories ···························· 318 Lamp data ······························ 360 Westminster A··· Reference TOC Control gear options ···L Westminster A 1000, bracket-mounted luminaire including mast of aluminium section Westminster A 1000/1x250HIT/HST LDS···05 55 397··· ···01 Westminster A 800, bracket-mounted luminaire including mast of aluminium section Westminster A 800/1x150HIT/HST LDS···05 55 399··· ···01 Westminster A 800/1x250HIT/HST LDS···05 55 400··· ···01 Westminster A 600, bracket-mounted luminaire including mast of aluminium section Westminster A 600/1x150HIT/HST LDS···05 55 398··· ···01 Westminster A, bracket-mounted luminaire Westminster A/1x150HIT/HST L···03 55 401··· ···01 Westminster A/1x250HIT/HST L···03 55 403··· ···01 Lamps Socket ≈ kg W 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 250 E40 163.0 1 x HIT 150 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 150 1 x HST 250 E40 E40 130.4 131.0 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 150 E40 91.5 1 x HIT 150 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 150 1 x HST 250 E40 E40 11.5 12.1 Westminster A 1000··· 2960 15° Westminster A 800··· 2750 15° 1700 6000 8000 10000 15° Westminster A··· 211 300 300 76 400 26 x 34 26 x 34 26 x 34 270 300 42 400 400 15° 300 760 105 270 270 315 DZ – decorative Westminster A 600··· Westminster Decorative post-top luminaires 6 5 a IP65 Westminster 650··· Decorative post-top luminaire including column. Luminaire body of cast aluminium. Post consists of designed extruded aluminium section with welded flange plate of cast aluminium and curved mounting element of aluminium. Connection of accessories is possible. Colour metallic grey, similar to RAL 9006, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (luminaire body, post mounting element). Lower post section deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. 316 Westminster 550··· Versions with posts included, fastened via a flange plate fixed to sufficiently firm ground. 2-piece post. Mounting element with welded flange plate, insertable and fixable with three stainless steel screws. Optical system consists of primary reflector of highly specular anodised aluminium and white-coated aluminium as secondary reflector. Lamp is shielded. Relamping via release of three Allen screws and removal of luminaire cover. Westminster 450··· Electrical connection to connection cable behind post door. Option for mounting with a junction box to be ordered separately. Control gear options ···L with inductive ballast. With order supplement ···LDS··· with twilight sensor. Windage area ···650··· FW = 1.44 m². ···550··· FW = 1.21 m². ···450··· FW = 0.97 m². Further versions on request. Accessories ···························· 318 Lamp data ······························ 360 Control gear options ···L Lamps Socket ≈ kg 55 396··· ···01 1 x HIT 150 G12 134.0 55 395··· ···01 1 x HIT 150 G12 116.0 55 394··· ···01 1 x HIT 150 G12 98.0 W Westminster 650··· 410 Westminster 550··· 410 Westminster 450··· 410 DZ – decorative 5500 2500 3500 4500 4500 Westminster 650, pole top luminaire including pole Westminster 650/1x150HIT LDS···G0 Westminster 550, pole top luminaire including pole Westminster 550/1x150HIT LDS···G0 Westminster 450, pole top luminaire including pole Westminster 450/1x150HIT LDS···G0 TOC 6500 Reference 400 26 x 34 270 400 400 26 x 34 26 x 34 270 270 317 Westminster site amenities Westminster ZSBL 4 LED··· Site amenities in Westminster design. Free-standing or for direct mounting to luminaire column. ···ZBH··· Hanging basket bracket of gunmetal designed for mounting to Westminster post element of extruded aluminium section. Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Sustains loads up to max. 40 kg. Hanging basket bracket not included in delivery. Mounting via clamp and fixed with two stainless steel screws. ···I··· for mounting to rounded mast sections, ···II··· for mounting to mast indentations. ···ZFH··· Banner bracket of red brass designed for mounting to Westminster post element of extruded aluminium section. Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weatherresistant, powder-coated. Banner not included with delivery. Mounting via clamp and fixed with stainless steel screws to rounded post sections. ···ZAP··· Barrier bollard of extruded aluminium section with welded flange plate of aluminium and cover of cast aluminium. Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weatherresistant, powder-coated. For direct mounting to sufficiently firm surface. ···ZHP··· Signpost of extruded aluminium section with welded flange plate of aluminium and cover of cast aluminium. Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. For direct mounting to sufficiently firm surface. Signpost not included in delivery. ···ZBFS··· Signage mount for street signs of gunmetal for mounting to signpost or to Westminster post element of extruded aluminium section. Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Mounting via clamp and fixed with two stainless steel screws. Westminster ZMF··· ···ZFS··· Bicycle racks of brushed stainless steel. With continuous underground support. ···ZMF··· Litter bin, free-standing, of hardened stainless steel, with inner accommodation for refuse bag. Holding capacity 120 l. ···ZMM··· Litter bin designed for mounting to Westminster post element of extruded aluminium section, of brushed stainless steel, with inner refuse bag accommodation. Holding capacity 7 0 l. ···ZSB··· Bench with or without backrest of brushed stainless steel. Seating surface and backrest of weather-resistant niangon hardwood. Including ground illumination via protected white LED, 3 x 1 W per seating area. Drivers in separate connection box. With flange plate for direct mounting to sufficiently firm surface. ···ZAG··· Screened barrier panel of brushed stainless steel with mounting elements of red brass, colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. Designed for mounting to Westminster ZPAG···. Westminster ZAG 05 Westminster ZPAG 05 Westminster ZAP 05 91 165 1120 235 55 1100 1410 1000 ···ZPAG··· Posts of extruded aluminium section for mounting of screened barrier panels. Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. With bitumised underground support. 600 400 26 x 34 270 318 Reference Description TOC ≈ kg Westminster ZBH I 05 Westminster ZBH II 05 Westminster ZFH 05 Westminster ZAG 05 Westminster ZPAG 05 Westminster ZAP 05 Westminster ZHP 05 Westminster ZBFS 05 Westminster ZFS I 18 Westminster ZMF 18 Westminster ZMM 18 Westminster ZSBL 3 LED-W 9x1W Westminster ZSB 3 LED-W 9x1W Westminster ZSBL 4 LED-W 12x1W Westminster ZSB 4 LED-W 12x1W Hanging basket bracket Hanging basket bracket Banner bracket Barrier panels Post for barrier panels Barrier bollard Signpost without signs Signage mount for street signs Bicycle racks Free-standing litter bin Litter bin for mast 3-person bench with backrest 3-person bench without backrest 4-person bench with backrest 4-person bench without backrest 53 369 00 53 370 00 53 371 00 53 363 00 53 377 00 53 362 00 53 374 00 53 368 00 53 372 00 53 376 00 53 375 00 53 364 40 53 365 40 53 366 40 53 367 40 1.1 1.2 3.1 33.0 7.7 36.3 50.4 0.3 11.0 68.0 31.0 32.0 29.0 41.0 36.0 460 Westminster ZFH 05 95 735 max. 2500 150 150 40 470 150 120 40 95 Westminster ZBH II 05 40 Westminster ZBH I 05 615 Westminster ZFS I 18 600 Westminster ZMF 18 850 Westminster ZMM 18 520 1050 DZ – decorative Westminster ZHP 05 1200 1200 380 Westminster ZBFS 05 235 60 105 Westminster ZSBL 4 LED-W 12x1W Westminster ZSBL 3 LED-W 9x1W 80 2240 1740 1160 Westminster ZSB 4 LED-W 12x1W Westminster ZSB 3 LED-W 9x1W 2240 420 420 480 480 1660 400 600 890 600 890 2440 1660 26 x 34 270 1160 1740 319 THERE ARE MANY DET LIGHT SO V UNCOMPLI EFFIC YOU‘LL FIND IMPORTANT ONES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES. AILS THAT MAKE TRILUX ERSATILE, CATED AND IENT. THE MOST Technical information Technical information Photometrics IS S N DK IRL GB PL NL B F LT D L CH CZ A SK H 324 Light for Europe 325 Areas of outdoor lighting 326 Criteria for good outdoor lighting 334 Road lighting 336 Pedestrian crossing 338 Work areas 340 Sports facilities 342 Accentuation lighting Technical information 322 Energy efficiency Electrical technology 346 Energy efficiency 352 Planning aid 356 Switching illustrations Indications TOC Legend Control gear options 6 358 Operating conditions and symbols TOC suffix 00 01 02 04 09 10 40 41 43 45 50 Abbreviation L K E KK Mains ET KT L+ET L+KT 359 TOC explanations 360 Lampc haracteristics and data Technical information 323 Photometrics Light for Europe With the publication of the European standards for outdoor lighting, e.g. • EN 12464-2 – Lighting of Outdoor Work Places, • EN 13201 – Road Lighting, • EN 12193 – Sports Lighting, • EN 12665 – Basic Terms and Criteria for Specifying Lighting Requirements, • EN 13032-2 – Measurement and Presentation of Photometric Data of Lamps and Luminaires – Part 2: Presentation of Data for Indoor and Outdoor Work Places, • EN 60598-2-3 – Particular requirements – Luminaires for road and street lighting • EN 60529 (IP Code) – Degree of Protection there are now uniform standards for the most important areas of outdoor lighting in the 30 CEN countries. These uniform standards and regulations make an important contribution to the harmonisation of the diverse relevant standards and recommendations that existed in Europe before then with somewhat differing criteria. Good outdoor lighting has a considerable impact on safety, physical integrity of life, property and our quality of life. The geographic and demographic situations in Europe, the growing sensitivities, mentalities and customs as well as underlying social and economic conditions are very diverse. That‘s why it is understandable that the preparation of standards for outdoor lighting has triggered a wide array of differences of opinion and have made compromises a necessity. Instead of citing many details, the objective of the relevant CEN standards committees was mainly to develop general statements for outdoor lighting, which planners and operators could use as a guideline for specific and even regional options. Due to the different, in part traditional or even well-founded experiences it is not possible that all European standards can reach a consensus. That includes, for instance, the part 1 of the series of standards EN 13201 “Road Lighting”, which focuses on the selection of the lighting class based on structural, traffic-related and other criteria. The classification of roads is the responsibility of the national road authorities such that part 1 could only be published as a Technical Report CEN/TR 13201-1 and not as a standard. FIN IS S N EST LV DK IRL GB PL NL B F LT D CZ L A CH SK H SLO RO I BG P E GR M CY 1.1 The CEN countries in Europe 1). For key areas of application – roads, outdoor work areas and (outdoor) sports facilities – there are now uniform requirements for lighting for the first time in Europe. By doing so, it is possible to overcome the significant differences in the previous national codes of practice and establish prerequisites for uniform working and visual conditions in illuminated outdoor settings for people in Europe. 1) CEN stands for Comité Européen de Normalisation (European Committee for Standardization). CEN members are the national standardisation institutes of Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Finland, France, Greece, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Czech Republic, Hungary, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Cyprus. 324 Photometrics Areas of outdoor lighting Outdoor lighting is possible, desired and often necessary wherever people get together, in some cases even absolutely essential. On public roadways, outdoor lighting is also part of the obligation that authorities have to ensure road safety as well as the safety of people and property. The lighting of outdoor work areas allows for effective, precise and safe performance of visual tasks. In this case, visual acuity and safety at work are top priority. Building sites, storage areas, transshipment centres, exhibition areas and power generation facilities are examples of outdoor work areas that have higher requirements for visual safety. Roadways and streets are illuminated primarily to ensure the safety of people, to protect life, physical well-being, health and property, and to prevent crimes, vandalism and traffic-related dangers as well as ensure the controlled flow of traffic. It is also necessary to take into account the design, economic, ecological and private interests of the residents when planning a traffic lighting system. With the right lighting of roads and streets, road users should be able to perceive • Surface, course and limits of the roads, • Junctions and obstacles, • Positions and movements of other road users, and • Disturbances in the flow of traffic. Pedestrian zones and cycle tracks are increasingly used as alternatives to traffic areas with motor vehicles. Attractive lighting of such zones is important both for reasons relating to traffic safety and the acceptance of these particularly environmentally friendly traffic areas. Parking areas are frequently part of the public traffic installations and private facilities, e.g. industrial facilities. Good lighting ensures safety and confidence, orientation and considerateness for other road users, especially pedestrians. Many recreational activities take place in sports facilities and recreation centres, the use of which is not limited to daytime. For those who are employed, that would be the dark evening hours. Most competitions also take place for this target group during evening hours of prime-time TV. Depending on requirements, the lighting system must be suitable both for relaxing leisure sports and international competitions with highquality TV broadcasting. Accentuation and illumination have a significant impact on how we experience our surroundings at night and are effective means for • Renewing cities and towns, • Increasing attractiveness, especially the attractiveness of small towns, • Improving neighbourhoods and suburbs, • More communication between citizens, • Better quality of life, • Greater cultural care and perception of culture by citizens. Outdoor lighting often serves as security lighting for buildings and installations that require protection, e.g. airports, nuclear plants or other vulnerable industrial installations like large-scale chemical plants, power stations and energy supply systems. The artificial lighting of squares, parks and green areas increases how the architecture of our built-up and landscaped living space is perceived at night. Well-lit squares are ideal for lingering, open-air festivals, evening music or other leisure events as well as for meeting with other people, whereas green areas with accent lighting invite people to relax and reflect. Technical information 325 Photometrics Criteria for good outdoor lighting The luminance and its distribution in the area of the visual task and the surrounding area has a major impact on how quickly, safely and easily the visual task can be perceived and completed. Luminance L (in cd/m2) and illuminance E (in lx) are linked together by the reflectance level ◊ of completely diffuse-reflective surfaces (visual task) as follows: L = ◊ · E/π in cd/m 2 Figure 1.3 contains a diagram, with which illuminance levels, as they frequently occur in outdoor lighting, can be converted into luminances (and back) of diffuse-reflective (matt) surfaces with a reflectance value of 0.1 to 0.5. In road lighting, there are frequently no diffuse reflective surfaces present. Here the 326 rate traffic-related data and the operating state of the lamps, luminaires and poles in a management system and additionally reduce energy and maintenance costs. • A lighting that does not disturb people or animals. Many people, and that‘s not only astronomers, complain about the fact that the sky and surrounding areas are becoming more and more bright due to artificial lighting, which makes it difficult to observe the stars, if not almost impossible in cities and suburbs. Such light emissions may reflection behaviour depends on the material characteristics of the road surface, the direction of light incidence and the direction of observation. If there are criteria for rating the luminance of the lighting, e.g. in case of road lighting with sufficiently straight sections of roadway and defined observation geometry, the luminance is called upon as a qualitative characteristic of the lighting. Corresponding minimum values are defined in the standards. In addition to the luminance rating, a difference is made between the following types of illuminance: • horizontal illuminance Eh, defined as luminous flux based on a level, horizontal surface • vertical illuminance Ev, defined as luminous flux based on a level, vertical surface • cylindrical illuminance Ez, defined as luminous flux based on the overall, curved surface of an upright cylinder • semi-cylindrical illuminance Ehz, defined as luminous flux based on the curved surface of an upright half cylinder. also trigger physiological problems in people, because they feel that their peace at night is disturbed. Luminance, illuminance 35 30 0,1 25 E in lx Luminance, illuminance The mean luminance in the field of vision determines the adaptation level of our eyes and thus contrast sensitivity, visual acuity and how quickly our eyes can perceive things. 1.2 Bridge lighting. 20 0,2 15 0,3 10 5 0 0,5 0,4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 L in cd/m2 0,8 1 350 300 0,1 250 E in lx What distinguishes a good outdoor lighting system? • Lighting that offers security to citizens, as cities and communities become more attractive at night, inviting people to take a stroll and safely experience their surroundings without fear and danger. • Attractive and beautiful lighting for citizens and tourists, since it accentuates the architecture and character of the city at night as well. • A lighting system that satisfies the standards of technology for ensuring the fulfilment of the obligation to guarantee road safety, the performance of visual tasks in work places and thus the compliance with the objectives of safety at work. • An efficient lighting scheme that allows for saving energy and costs. Corresponding criteria include lamps with high luminous efficiency, greater service life as well as low-loss ballasts or electronic control gear, luminaires with optical systems, which focus the lamp luminous flux directly on the roadway or the visual task area without spill light, easy-to-install and low-maintenance luminaires and system components, which decrease operating costs, and a half-night lighting or wattage reduction of the lamps for times when traffic is low. Intelligent control systems, which incorpo- 200 0,2 150 0,3 100 50 0,5 0,4 0 0 2 4 6 L in cd/m2 8 10 1.3 Diagram for converting luminances L into illuminances E and back with reflectance values of 0.1 to 0.5 of semi-specular reflective surfaces. Maintenance value Illuminance (or luminance) decreases with the increasing operating time as a result of the ageing and soiling of lamps, luminaires and reflection surfaces that may be present (Figure 1.4). To compensate for this decrease, the new system must possess a higher illuminance (as-new value). During planning this decrease is determined using the maintenance factor. The illuminance values (or luminance values) recommended in the relevant standards are defined as maintenance values Ēm or Lm in order to ensure that the minimum illuminance values are also given under the operating conditions of the lighting system for the respective visual task. The abbreviation Ēm designates with the slash the local mean value of the illuminance E, the index m – derived from the word “maintained” – the maintenance value of the illuminance. Maintenance values may not be exceeded under any circumstance. If the maintenance values are attained due to operating influences such as lamp ageing and accumulation of dust, the lighting system must be maintained (cleaning of lamps and luminaires) and serviced if need be (replacement of lamps and possibly even the luminaire itself). The new illuminance value which serves as a basis for planning is the result of the maintenance value and the maintenance factor: New value = maintenance value / maintenance factor The values defined in the outdoor lighting standards (e.g. EN 12464-2 for the lighting of outdoor work places and EN 13201 for road lighting) for illuminance or luminance are maintenance values. 100 Relative illuminance in % 90 80 System with luminaire cleaning after 4,000 hrs. and lamp replacement after 16,000 hrs. 70 60 50 40 30 20 System without maintenance 0 2.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 14.000 16.000 18.000 20.000 22.000 Operating time in hours Calculating the maintenance factor The maintenance factor of the illuminance or luminance depends on • The ageing characteristics of the lamps and the control gear, • The luminaire‘s degree of protection, • The pollution situation of the surrounding area, and • The maintenance programme. The planner must • Indicate the maintenance factor and cite all assumptions that served as a basis for the calculation, • Define the lighting system in accordance with the application, • Create a comprehensive maintenance plan, which must include the interval for replacing lamps, the interval for cleaning the luminaires and the cleaning methods. Generally, there are two possibilities for determining the maintenance factor. Reference maintenance factor Maintenance factor due to reference values of lamps, luminaires and system loading platforms. This factor is not taken into consideration in most plans however. This process is described in the publication CIE 154:2003 “The Maintenance of Outdoor Lighting Systems”. MF = LLMF · LLF · LMF · SMF The MF is made up of the lamp luminous flux maintenance factor LLMF, which describes the decrease in the lamp luminous flux over the period of use and also depends on the type of control gear used, the lamp service life factor LLF, which describes the lamp failure over the period of use and also depends on the type of control gear used and possibly the switching frequency, the luminaire maintenance factor LMF, which describes the impact pollution has on the optical system of the luminaires between two cleanings (especially depending on the IP protection rating of the luminaire and the fluidic design of the luminaire which influences selfcleaning with the aid of wind and rain) and the surface maintenance factor SMF, which takes into account the decrease of the reflectance value of ceilings and walls, e.g. in pedestrian underpasses, tunnels or building walls with rooflike projections, e.g. above Technical information Maintenance factor Reference maintenance factors for outdoor work places are: • 0.67 for outdoor lighting installations with low pollution and a three-year maintenance cycle, • 0.57 for outdoor lighting installations with normal pollution and a three-year maintenance cycle, • 0.50 for outdoor lighting installations with increased pollution. 1.4 Principal representation of the decrease in the average illuminance during the operating time of the system, e.g. with luminaire cleaning after 4,000 hours of operation. 327 Photometrics Criteria for good outdoor lighting Uniformity On-site uniformity of the luminance or illuminance is important for perceiving vehicles, people, objects and details. While the human eye can adapt to varying mean luminance levels to a large extent, camouflage zones, which are not perceived as such, occur, e.g., for the driver as a result of insufficient uniformity of the luminance. Such zones pose dangerous situations for both drivers and pedestrians. Camouflage zones occur due to individual light points being switched off, e.g. in road lighting in order to cut costs. Switching off such light points increases the traffic risk, as drivers in full confidence of their visual acuity enter these camouflage zones on illuminated roads and fail to recognise obstacles in good time. Camouflage zones and thus sources of danger also occur in work places due to inadequately illuminated areas. The area of the visual task must be illuminated as uniformly as possible. The total uniformity in the area of the visual task or traffic area U0 = Lmin/L applies to the entire evaluation zone. Camouflage zones are characterised by insufficient total uniformity. This complicates or makes it even impossible to promptly recognise, e.g., pedestrians who spontaneously step on the road. In addition to that, longitudinal uniformity UI is defined for roadways. This relates to the middle of the lane, which road users mainly pay attention to. It is described by the ratio of minimum luminance Ll, min to maximum luminance Ll, max to this line: Ul = Ll, min/Ll, max. Minimum values for the uniformity of the illuminance U0 are set forth in the relevant standards. U0 in the surrounding area may not be less than 0.10 in work areas. 328 Glare rating Glare can adversely affect safety to a significant extent. Discomfort, insecurity and exhaustion (psychological glare) as well as a noticeable decrease in visual acuity (physiological glare) may occur depending on the degree of glare. Limiting glare is important in order to prevent errors, fatigue and accidents. Glare is caused by bright surfaces in the field of vision. The glare that is caused by reflections on reflective surfaces is generally known as indirect reflection or reflex glare. The degree of the physiologically acting direct glare of the luminaires, in other words the glare caused by luminaires or other light sources adversely affecting visual acuity, is described, e.g., for outdoor work places and sports facilities with the glare rating (GR). The GR is based on the equivalent hazy luminance and is described in the publication CIE 112:1994 “Glare evaluation system for use within outdoor sports and area lighting”. The glare rating is determined according to the following formula: GR = 27+24log10 ( Lvl Lve 0,9 ) In this case, the following stand for: Lvl the overall hazy luminance in cd/m², which is caused by the lighting system. It is the sum of the hazy luminances of the individual luminaires, i.e. the sources of glare Lvl = Lv1 + Lv2 + ··· Lvn. The hazy luminance of the individual luminaire is calculated as Lv = 10(Eeye · θ-2). In this case, Eeye is the illuminance at the eye of the viewer on a level vertical to the line of sight (2° below horizontal) and θ the angle between the line of sight of the viewer and the direction of (light) emittance of every individual luminaire (fig. 1.5), Lve the equivalent hazy luminance of the surrounding area in cd/m². Based on the assumption that the reflection behaviour of the surrounding area is completely diffuse, the equivalent hazy luminance may be calculated as Lve = 0.035 · ◊ · Eh,av · π -1. In doing so, ◊ the mean reflectance value and the Eh,av is the mean illuminance of the surrounding area. 2° 90° 1.5 angle θ between the line of sight of the viewer, which is 2° below the horizontal, and the direction of the luminous emittance of the source of glare. Glare rating intolerable disruptive still permissible noticeable unnoticeable GR value 80 – 90 60 – 70 40 – 50 20 – 30 10 1.6 Glare ratings and GR index. Glare rating Because the glare and thus the GR index depends to a large extent on the viewer‘s position and the line of sight, the GR indexes should be calculated at the points of the illuminance grid at 1.5 m above the ground, and for every line of sight from 0° to 360° in angular steps of at least 45°, whereas the 0° line of sight is parallel to the longer side of the evaluation zone. All assumptions made while calculating the GR index must be listed in the system documentation. The GR index of the new lighting system may not exceed the limited GRL limits cited in the relevant standards. In road lighting the glare rating is based on a predefined line of sight for the motorists. The threshold increment (TI) which is calculated for this is used as an evaluation value for the physiological glare and is limited in the relevant standards (e.g. EN 13201). This process is based on the following findings (fig. 1.8): In case of a glare-free road lighting, the human eye adapts to the mean road luminance L. An object on the road is visible when there is a luminance difference (threshold value) of ΔL0 compared to its surroundings. ΔLBL in of glare in order to ensure that such objects can be perceived again. Increasing by ΔLBL – ΔL0 can be applied as measure for the glare in case of the given mean road luminance L. The percentaged threshold increment TI from ΔL0 to ΔLBL is introduced as measure for the physiological glare and calculated based on the formula: TI = 65 ∙ Ls L0 70 135 45 50 30 GR 180 ΔL BL - ΔL 0 ∙ 100 ΔL 0 0 225 EN 13201-3 provides a calculation formula for TI, which is based on the mean asnew-value road luminance L and the hazy luminance LS. TI = 90 ∙ 100 The TI process takes into account the generally known fact that higher luminous intensities of sources of glare and thus higher hazy luminances may be permitted with better road luminance without inadmissibly affecting the quality of the glare limitation. High TI values mean a higher threshold increment and thus are a sign of a possible glare risk. A threshold increment TI of up to 10 % is deemed as acceptable for busy roads and for less busy roads TI of 15 % to 20 %. 315 270 1.7 Example of the documentation of the calculated GR at a location offering the viewer a panorama. L LBL visible not visible L0 LS L L LS L 1.8 Explanation of TI Process. If there are, however, sources of glare in the field of vision, these create a diffused light that appears like a “haze” on the retina of the eye. This additional “hazy luminance” LS causes the eye to adapt to a higher level L + LS, even though the mean road luminance L remains the same. The object with a luminance difference ΔL0 compared to its surroundings is invisible. The necessary luminance difference must be increased to The luminous intensity classes essentially determine the visual quality of the lighting. They must be arranged between the planner and the operator of the lighting system. Luminous intensity class G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 Maximum luminous intensity in cd/klm in the angles of emission ¥ up to 70° 500 350 350 up to 80° 200 150 100 100 100 100 up to 90° 50 30 20 10 10 0 Luminous intensity I in the upper half of the room above Angle of emission ¥ – – – I = 0 cd as of ¥ = 95° I = 0 cd as of ¥ = 95° I = 0 cd as of ¥ = 90° Technical information Luminous intensity classes In cases where the TI process cannot be applied, e.g. due to a deviation between the assumed observation conditions and those of a motorist on the road, EN 13201-2 envisages the luminous intensity classes G1 to G6 for evaluating the physiological glare. This evaluation also applies for preventing disturbing light emissions in directions, where light is neither necessary nor desired. This applies in particular to the disturbing effects of road lighting in open, rural and suburban areas and in residential areas. The luminous intensity classes are also valid for light emissions above the horizontal, which are dispersed towards the atmosphere and which prevent the perceptibility of stars and astronomic research. The classes G1 to G3 correspond to “partially shielded” to “shielded” luminaires. The classes G4 to G6 correspond to greatly shielded luminaires. EN 13201-2 does not define any minimum requirements with regard to complying with a specific luminous intensity class. 1.9 Luminous intensity classes as per EN 13201-2. 329 Photometrics Criteria for good outdoor lighting Direction of light The quality of the lighting depends significantly on the perceptibility of spatial objects. Directed lighting improves the perceptibility of objects and surface structures. “Modelling” designates the balance between diffuse and directed light. It is an essential characteristic of the lighting quality for practically all applications. People and objects should be illuminated so that form and surface structures appear clearly and acceptably. That is achieved when the light radiates primarily from one direction. As a result, definite shadows form, which are very important for a good modelling. The lighting should not be directed too much though, since hard shadows could otherwise form, which may make surface structures hard to recognise again, e.g.. Eh Δ¥ Ez E v( ) 2 Ez /E h › 0,3 2 1.10 Definition of shadiness Ez/Eh (on left) and the semi-cylindrical illuminance (in middle and on right). A photometric variable that is suitable for describing the modelling is the shadiness Ez/Eh (relation between the cylindrical and horizontal illuminance at a point) or the semi-cylindrical illuminance Ehz (fig. 1.10). The semi-cylindrical illuminance is used, e.g. in EN 13201, as performance requirements for the recognition of faces, e.g. in pedestrian zones or on parking areas. It is defined as the arithmetic mean of the vertical illuminance Ev(¥) at a point (shown as half cylinder) within an angular field of the azimuth angle of -π/2 ≤ ¥ ≤ π/2 (fig. 1.10). According to EN 13201-3, it is evaluated at 1.5 m above the ground. Luminance distribution The luminance distribution in the field of vision determines the adaptation level that influences the perceptibility of the visual task. A balanced adaptation luminance increases: • Visual acuity, • Contrast sensitivity (differentiation of luminance differences), • Performance of eye functions (like accommodation, convergence, pupil adaptation, eye movements, etc.). The distribution of luminance in the field of vision also influences visual comfort. That‘s why it is important to prevent significant changes in the luminance in the field of vision as much as possible, which may only be realised to a limited extent in outdoor work areas, e.g. at a building site, since the vertical surfaces in the distant periphery of the field of vision are presented mainly by the dark area around the work place. 330 Ehz = 1 π + π/2 ∫ E ( )d v ¥ - π /2 ¥ Light colour and colour rendering The colour quality of a lamp with almost white light is distinguished by two characteristics: • The light colour of the lamp itself, • The colour rendering which influences the colour appearance of objects and people illuminated by this lamp. These two attributes should be taken into account separately. The light colour of a light source relates to the perceived colour (colour type) of the emitted light and is characterised by the correlated colour temperature Tcp (température de couleur proximale) (Table 1.11). The correlated colour temperature is the temperature, which heated platinum assumes in order to appear in the same colour as the light source. Low colour temperatures describe warm, yellow/red-white appearing light colours, e.g. incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps of the light colour warm-white and sodium vapour lamps. High colour temperatures describe cold, in other words more white-blue light colours, e.g. the daylight with approx. 6500 K (overcast sky), fluorescent lamps of the light colour neutral-white and daylight-white as well as metal halide lamps. Lamp colour warm-white neutral-white daylight white most similar temperature Tcp under 3300 K from 3300 K to 5300 K above 5300 K 1.11 Light colours of lamps. Most European standards for lighting systems do not offer any recommendations for the light colour of the lamps used, since their selection depends mainly on the psychology, the aesthetics and that, which is considered natural in the different regions of Europe. Nevertheless, the light colour of the lamps is selected primarily based on economic aspects, which applies especially to the high-pressure sodium vapour lamps that are widely used in Europe. In spite of identical light colour, lamps may have different colour rendering characteristics due to the different spectral composition of their light. Safety colours must always be identifiable as such and thus the light sources must have a colour rendering index of at least 20 (also see ISO 3864-1). The relevant standards for outdoor lighting systems include the minimum prerequisites for colour rendering, except for the road lighting. After all, the purpose of the EN 13201 standard series is to improve safety – and that depends mainly on visual performance (quality characteristics for this include the luminance or the illuminance) and less on the visual comfort (quality characteristic is the light colour and colour rendering, among other things). The general colour rendering index Ra was introduced for objectively distinguishing the colour rendering characteristics of a light source. In pedestrian zones, on the other hand, visual comfort and thus the light colour and colour rendering of the lamps used play a key role in reliable perception and the acceptance of such areas. The colour rendering index designates the measure, at which the perceived body colour corresponds with its appearance under the respective reference light source. The measured colour shifts of 8 standardised test colours that occur when the test colours are illuminated with the reference light source or the light source to be evaluated are specified in order to determine the Ra value. The lower the deviation is, the better the colour rendering characteristic of the tested light source. A light source with Ra = 100 renders all colours optimally as under the reference light source. If the Ra value is lower, the colour rendering is not as good. For instance, the reference light source for daylight-white light sources is the natural daylight with a colour temperature of 6500 K, which corresponds with an overcast sky without sunlight. The reference light type is a black body for light sources with a colour temperature <5000 K. Generally the lighting systems should have a colour rendering that allows for • Safe driving of vehicles, • The orientation of pedestrians and • The identification of people or objects. Operators of lighting systems select particular colour rendering characteristics of lamps for reasons involving lighting comfort or due to video surveillance. Ra range 90 and higher Typical lamp types Colour-improved fluorescent lamps “de Luxe”, colour-improved metal halide lamps, incandescent lamps* 80 to 90 Three-band fluorescent lamps, metal halide lamps 70 to 80 Standard fluorescent lamps, universal white* 60 to 70 Standard fluorescent lamps, bright white*, metal halide lamps 40 to 60 Standard fluorescent lamps, warm tone*, high-pressure mercury vapour lamps* 20 to 40 W High-pressure sodium vapor lamps below 20 Low-pressure sodium vapor lamps * no longer permissible light sources in the future. 1.12 Ra ranges of typical lamp types. Technical information 331 Photometrics Criteria of good outdoor lighting White light In recent times consideration has been given to whether white light, e.g. of metal halide lamps, provides a greater visual perception than yellow light, which is produced by the popular high-pressure sodium vapour lamps due to their high light output. This concern becomes more prevalent especially in light of the mainly low adaptation luminances that characterises outdoor lighting. The retina of the eye has diverse receptors with varying degrees of sensitivity and positioning. The cones help us see during the day and are sensitive to light and colour information and are situated almost exclusively in the middle of the retina (fovea). The rods, which help us see at night, are almost exclusively sensitive to light/dark information and are situated primarily in the peripheral area of the retina (fig. 1.13). Both receptors have different relative (normalised to 100 %) degrees of spectral sensitivity to light (fig. 1.14). The absolute values for sensitivity to light differ considerably, however. In addition to that, the retina also has “blue receptors”, which are responsible for the circadian rhythms (control of our internal timing system or biological clock), i.e. for the synchronisation of our vital functions with the course of day and night. These receptors control in particular the amount of melatonin in our blood serum and thus our awake/ sleep state. Melatonin is generally suppressed with blue light, thus encouraging our awake state. The relative spectral response function of blue receptors has its maximum at approx. 450 nm, i.e. in the blue range of the spectrum. In order to evaluate the circadian impact of artificial light sources, the circadian response factor of the light source has to be defined. That is the ratio No. of cones and rods/mm2 180 000 160 000 140 000 120 000 100 000 80 000 60 000 40 000 20 000 0 100 Rods Rods 60 Cones 80° 60° 40° 20° 0° temporal fovea centralis Cones sensitive to light and colours Cones and rods s. Figure 1.14 V(λ) Maximum at 555 nm V(λ) and V´(λ) Rods, almost only sensitive to light Blue receptors, melatonin suppression V´(λ) Maximum at 507 nm C(λ) Maximum at approx. 450 nm 332 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 Wavelength in nm 1.14 Relative degree of spectral light sensitivity for an eye adjusted to light (day vision) V(λ) and for an eye adapted to darkness (night vision) V´(λ) and for the circadian rhythms C(λ). Consequences for practical applications: In professional circles it is undisputed due to existing studies that white light in outdoor lighting installations has physiological and psychological advantages over yellow light and should thus be preferred. However, it is debatable whether these advantages could result in a non-compliance with the standardised minimum lighting requirements, since these are already far below those defined for optimal visibility and are even influenced significantly by economic considerations. Day / photopic vision 1.15 Retina receptors. 80° of the radiant power of the light source, evaluated with the circadian response function C(λ) (i.e. the response function of the blue receptors) and the radiant power of the light source, evaluated with the visual perception V(λ). Sensitivity to light Circadian rhythm 20° 40° 60° nasal blind spot 1.13 Density of cones (day vision) and rods (night vision) on the retina in relation to the horizontal angle of vision. Receptors Night / scotopic vision V´(∂) 40 20 Impact Mesopic vision V(∂) C (∂) 80 Adaptation Localisation on retina Light > 10 cd/m2 s. Figure 1.13 Only in the centre of the retina Indifferent 10-2 cd/m2 to 10 cd/m2 Dark < 10-2 cd/m2 Controls the biological clock less in, primarily outside of the fovea Exclusively in the peripheral area of the retina Adverse effects Outdoor lighting installations may have adverse effects on people as well as flora and fauna. These should be eliminated. Such light emissions, which are also referred to as light pollution and are the subject of emission protection, may also trigger physiological problems among people. Good outdoor lighting also takes such ecological aspects into consideration. In order to minimise the maximum admissible adverse effect of outdoor lighting systems on people, flora and fauna the standard EN 12464-2 for outdoor work places differentiates between environmental zones E1 and E4 and establishes for these limits Light emission Outdoor light installations may produce disturbing light emissions and thus trigger physiological and psychological problems among people, because they feel that their peace at night is disturbed, for instance. EN 12464-2 defines limits for limiting the luminous flux of artificial light emitted primarily in the upper direction and thus strives to contribute to eliminating the “light pollution” of the night sky while making the nightly activity safer and clearer. Characteristics of interference emission include: • The illuminance Ev at the point of emission, e.g. on glazed surfaces or facades of buildings (vertical illuminance), • The luminous intensity I of the light source (luminaire) in the potential direction of interference, • The part of the upper luminous flux (ULR – Upward Light Ratio) of the overall luminous flux of the luminaires. ULR is the percentage of luminous flux of a luminaire or a system that is emitted above the horizontal (i.e. skyward), and especially with a luminaire's general purpose based on a specific system. Environmental zone • The vertical illuminance at the point of emission, • The luminous intensity of the luminaires, • The luminaire's light component that is emitted upwards, and • The luminance on building facades and signs For certain periods of time that are defined by official authorities and during which there are stricter requirements on the limitation of adverse effects (e.g.: between 10 p.m. and 6 a.m. for spa areas, hospitals and healthcare establishments) the standard prescribes noticeably lower limits. Limits for adverse effects, which are caused by road lighting, have not yet been standardised. • The maximum mean luminance Lb on adjacent building facades and • The maximum mean luminance Ls of bright posters, signs, advertising surfaces, etc. The limits may be higher, depending on the overall brightness of the respective area, which are described by the environmental zones E1 to E4. E1 Completely dark areas, e.g. national parks, natural monuments of exceptional quality, protected areas, etc. E2 Areas of low brightness, such as industrial estates and residential areas in rural areas E3 Areas of medium brightness, e.g. industrial estates and residential areas on the outskirts of urban areas E4 Areas of high brightness, such as cities and business centres. The limits according to table 1.16 apply to architecture-compatible installation of luminaires. E.g. if a bracket-mounted luminaire with ULR = 0 is mounted on a pole arm with an inclination of 15°, ULR is then > 0 and this type of installation is no longer acceptable in an E1 zone. Spherical lanterns with more than 25 % of the luminaire's luminous flux in the upper part of the area are generally no longer usable for outdoor work areas according to the standards of EN 12464-2 however they may be used in traffic systems according to EN 13201, for which no limits have been defined for disturbing light emissions. The limits according to EN 12464-2 are distinguished by particular times of applicability. It is still the responsibility of local authorities to determine the times for which additional restrictions regarding the adverse effects of artificial light sources should apply. Light directed upward ULR % 0 5 15 25 Luminance Lb (cd/m2) Ls (cd/m2) Building facades Signs 0 5 10 25 50 400 800 1000 Technical information Illuminance at the Luminous intensity of the luminaire point of emission in the direction of interference Ev I I Ev lx lx cd cd after the prior to the after the prior to the time of time of time of time of applicability 1) applicability1) applicability 1) applicability1) E1 2 0 2500 0 E2 5 1 7500 500 E3 10 2 10000 1000 E4 25 5 25000 2500 1) If no time of applicability is specified, the higher values may not be exceeded and the lower values should be applied in general. 1.16 Maximum admissible photometric values for limiting the adverse effects of outdoor lighting systems according to EN 12464-2. 333 Photometrics Road lighting Lighting quality characteristics The procedure for determining the quality characteristics of a lighting system for a specific road comprises three steps: Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Selection of the lighting situation according to CEN/TR 13201-1 Selection of the lighting class according to CEN/TR 13201-1 Determination of the lighting quality characteristics according to EN 13201-2 The procedure for determining the road lighting quality characteristics according to CEN/TR 13201-1 and EN 13201-2 is explained with the aid of the following example: Example: Major traffic road A major traffic road within a small town has to be illuminated. No road users are to be excluded: Cyclists are common and pedestrians usually cross the road at crossings that do not have traffic lights. Which photometric data have to be satisfied by the lighting installation? The lighting class to be used shall be selected according to the diverse tables for the lighting situations A1 to E2 that are contained in the Appendix A to CEN/TR 13201-1. For the selected example involving a major traffic road, that is the table for the B2 lighting situation. Taking the max. speed of 60 km/h and the main road users (motor vehicles, including slow moving vehicles) as well as cyclists and pedestrians into consideration during step 1 results in the lighting situation B2, which belongs to the lighting classes ME2 to ME6 with the luminance evaluation. Based on a traffic analysis, the mean daily traffic (MDT), which is the total traffic volume occurring within a number of days divided by the number of days, has been determined at more than 7000 vehicles/day. The road was evaluated in a dry state, there are no measures for slowing traffic, the number of junctions per km is < 3 and the difficulty of the driving task is normal. 334 This results in the lighting class ME4b twice and the lighting class ME3c once. The final lighting class has to be selected now from the lighting classes in the example ME4b, ME4b and ME3c based on other criteria. This can be implemented using another table that supplements the selection criteria of the table for the B2 lighting situation with regard to other selection criteria. These criteria are: • Conflict zones, i.e. areas where motorised traffic streams cross each other, e.g. at crossings without traffic lights, at roundabouts or in areas prone to traffic jams in front of traffic lights or in areas where there are other users, e.g. in shopping streets. • Complexity of the visual field, i.e. visual influences within the field of vision, which can be misleading, distracting, disturbing or annoying, e.g. with extreme advertising structures. Consequences for the major traffic road: Conflict zones are not present, the complexity of the visual field is normal (there are no extreme annoyances, e.g. due to advertising structures), parking along the side of the road is permitted, the ambient luminance is average and the traffic flow of cyclists is high. Consequently, the planning should be based on the lighting class ME3c. This results in the following photometric system data: • Maintenance value of the mean luminance – Lm = 1.0 cd/m² • Total uniformity Uo = 0.4 • Longitudinal uniformity Ul = 0.5 • Threshold increment TI = 15 % • Ambient illuminance relation SR = 0.5 – L m Is the mean luminance as maintenance value, which may not be undershot at any time. Uo Total uniformity, relation of the lowest luminance (or illuminance) to the mean value on the road surface. Ul Longitudinal uniformity, relation of the lowest to the highest luminance on the middle of the traffic lane. TI Threshold increment, measure for the loss of visibility of an object as a result of physiological glare due to extremely bright luminaires. SR Ambient illuminance relation for improving spatial orientation such that the areas next to the road can also be perceived, even if they are not illuminated themselves. SR is the relation of the mean illuminance of both surrounding surfaces outside the road to the mean illuminance of the outer traffic lane of the road, with both surfaces having the same width. Technical information The TRILUX planning software TX-WIN Street allows for the planning of streets, pedestrian areas and cycle tracks in accordance with EN 13201. The lighting situation, the lighting class and the photometric system data are determined in a simple manner by selecting the appropriate criteria in a selection menu. Diverse alternatives and their photometric data of the installations can be calculated and consolidated in a table for an individual selection by changing the planning requirements, e.g. those of the luminaire arrangement. Download at www.trilux.co.uk or www.trilux.com. 335 Photometrics Pedestrian crossings Pedestrian crossings (FGÜ) should be illuminated so that pedestrians can be easily recognised at the pedestrian crossing and the waiting area on the edge of the street from both directions at night and when it is raining and so that the recognisability of the markings of the pedestrian crossing is also ensured at night. EN 13201-2 generally describes two types of lighting at pedestrian crossings: • Negative contrast: The pedestrian is only illuminated slightly and thus appears as a dark silhouette against an illuminated background. • Positive contrast: The pedestrian is illuminated and appears clearly against the mostly darker background that is only slightly illuminated by the general street lighting. The additional lighting for the pedestrian crossing (FGÜ) should be switched independently of the street lighting, since the more stringent lighting requirements make a higher daylight component and thus an earlier actuation time necessary. In case of separate lighting grids it is supplied with electricity usually from the public power grid and switched, e.g., using ripple control systems. Pedestrian crossings (also called crosswalks or zebra crossings) are one of the many possibilities for ensuring the safety of pedestrians who are crossing a street. In recent years, more and more pedestrian crossings are being installed primarily for cost reasons. Their costs are cited at only 20 % to 30 % compared to pedestrian signal systems. The lighting of pedestrian crossings is covered in the appendix to EN 13201-2. Here reference is also made to the national standards that apply in several European countries 6.0 m 4.5 m 7.0 m 6.0 m 4.5 m 1.17 Example of a typical installation geometry for the standards-conforming illumination of a pedestrian crossing according to DIN 67523: 2 luminaires LUMEGA 700 with special optics, each with 1 x HST 100 W. with in-depth photometric requirements and planning recommendations. Specific requirements are not indicated in this standard. It does, however, recommend positioning luminaires with asymmetrical light distribution in front of the pedestrian crossing so that the pedestrians are illuminated from the perspective of the motorists and that there is a positive contrast against the darker street background. The zones, where pedestrians wait prior to crossing the street, are to be illuminated as well. 1.18 The planning of a lighting system for a pedestrian crossing is one of the possible options available in the TX-WIN Area software. Here it is possible to adapt the necessary parameters of the system configuration to the requirements of the horizontal and vertical illuminance. Download at www.trilux.co.uk or www.trilux.com. 336 Technical information 337 Photometrics Work places Lighting of work places Our generation lives in a non-stop society: Global competition increases the pressure to perform, high investments in machinery, equipment and systems call for an almost unlimited utilisation in terms of time. High rationalisation efforts are necessary in order to prevail in light of international competition. Multi-shift operation, even in outdoor work places, has already become a matter of course in many cases. That is true for container terminals at railways and port facilities, which are subject to strict time requirements and where breaks are not allowed for the international exchange of goods. Work does not stop at night even on large building sites, in transport facilities and many outdoor industrial production sites. In every case, work areas must be sufficiently illuminated – especially for reasons involving security, health and safety in the work place. In such cases, outdoor lighting conditions are frequently considerably more complicated than indoors, where the field of vision is additionally illuminated by reflections on light-coloured walls. In order to realise a uniform lighting, high-capacity luminaires are mounted primarily on high poles in outdoor work places. Here dangerous camouflage zones (shadow zones) can only be avoided as sources of personal hazards by means of careful planning and implementation of the lighting. Quality characteristics The most important quality characteristics of lighting for outdoor work places1) are • Illuminance and uniformity • Glare limitation • Colour rendering. The tables of EN 12464-2 contain these quality characteristics for the following areas, visual tasks and activities: • General circulation areas in outdoor work places • Airports • Building sites • Canals, locks and harbours • Agricultural operations • Petrol filling stations • Industrial sites and storage areas 338 1.19 Outdoor work areas – e.g. at airports. Lighting systems for outdoor work places generally have the same duties as indoor lighting: • Sufficient visual acuity, which allows workers to perform visual tasks even under difficult conditions and for long periods of time, • High degree of safety with regard to risks of accidents and health hazards by helping workers recognise risks safely and in good time. In this regard, it is logical that the European standard EN 12464-2 “Light and lighting. Lighting of work places. Part 2: Outdoor work places”, which applies to lighting systems for fixed outdoor work places, calls for similar photometric requirements as EN 12464-1 for corresponding indoor work places. • Off-shore gas and oil structures • Parking areas • Petrochemical and other hazardous industries • Power, electricity, gas and heat plants • Railways and tramways • Sawmills • Shipyards and docks • Water and sewage plants The tables also include other situations, which are based on other planning recommendations and practical experience. the visual task where such visual tasks (activities) may occur generally. As a rule that is the main part of a work area. Based on the definition of “area of visual tasks”, the position and size of the evaluation zone are derived for the illuminance and its uniformity whilst taking ergonomic and visual-optical analyses of the work flow into account. The area of the visual task may be in a horizontal, vertical or inclined plane. This plane and the spatial limits of the area of the visual task also determine the evaluation zone. They are arranged according to the type of area and the task or activity. If the area of the visual task is unknown at the time of planning, the areas of the work site or place are to be regarded and illuminated as the area of If the visual task or activity that pertains to the planned application is not included in the tables, it is necessary to use quality characteristics of similar or comparable visual tasks accordingly. Ē m is the minimally required maintenance value of illuminance on the relevant evaluation plane for the visual task. This value is a minimum value and may not be undershot at any time. The drop in illuminance due to the ageing of lamps and lamp failure as well as due to pollution on the lamps, luminaires and possibly reflective surfaces, e.g. of buildings, is described by the maintenance factor, which determines the scope of the new value of the illuminance. The new value of the illuminance determines the number of luminaires and lamps to be installed. New value = maintenance value / maintenance factor The maintenance factor depends on • The ageing characteristics of the lamps and the control gear, • The luminaire’s degree of protection, • The pollution situation of the surrounding area and • The maintenance programme. In EN 12464-2 “Lighting of outdoor work places”, reference is made to CIE 154:2003 “The Maintenance of Outdoor Lighting Systems”, which was published by the International Commission on Illumination and which contains information about the lamp luminous flux maintenance factor and the lamp service life factor (the product of which results in the lamp maintenance factor LaMF) and the luminaire maintenance factor based on the operating time of the lighting system. Based on that, it is possible to calculate the maintenance factor MF as the product of the lamp maintenance factor LaMF and the luminaire maintenance factor LMF : MF = LaMF · LMF If that is not possible, reference maintenance factors may also be used (table 1.20). The planner must • Indicate the maintenance factor, which he used as a basis for planning and cite all assumptions that were made in determining the value, e.g. with regard to the ageing characteristics of lamps and the luminaires' sensitivity to accumulating dirt, • Define the lighting system in accordance with the operating conditions and surroundings and 0.5 Sample applications Outdoor lighting, normal pollution, three-year maintenance cycle Outdoor lighting, increased pollution 1.20 Recommended reference maintenance factors. Illuminance of the area of the visual task Illuminance of the surrounding area lx 500 300 200 150 50 bis 100 < 50 lx 100 75 50 30 20 No specification as to uniformity ≥ 0,5 1.21 Connection between the illuminance in the area of the visual task and the surrounding area according to EN 12464-2. • Create a comprehensive maintenance plan, which must include the interval for replacing lamps, the interval for cleaning luminaires and the cleaning methods. An area with appropriate dimensions around the visual task must also be illuminated, and that is at least with an illuminance according to table 1.21. Safety colours must always be identifiable and thus the light sources must have a colour rendering index Ra ≥ 20 (see ISO 3864-1 “Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Part 1: Design principles for safety signs in workplaces and public areas”). For limiting the physiological glare of the lighting system, it is important that the glare rating limits (GRL) that apply to the new system are not undershot. The glare rating (GR) is not meaningful for all visual tasks. In such cases, the appropriate specifications are missing. While the tables of EN 12464-2 also provide information about the recommended colour rendering index Ra of the lamps, they do not offer any information about light colour (colour temperature) of the lamps to be used, since the selection of the light colour is frequently a matter of psychology, aesthetics and that which is considered natural in the relevant European countries. It is also influenced significantly by economic considerations, e.g. on the basis of the light output of the light source. The light colours warmwhite and neutral-white are recommended for most visual tasks. Technical information 1) Reference maintenance factor 0.57 EN 12464-2 differentiates between work sites (a place in a company and/or operation that is intended for use as places of work, including locations on the premises of a company and/or operation, to which employees have access during their work) and work areas (combination and spatial arrangement of tools and supplies within the work environment based on the conditions required by the work tasks). 339 Photometrics Sports facilities Sports rank among the most popular recreational activities that people pursue. For millions of people, physical fitness and active experience is an integral part of their life, regardless of whether they strive to experience and/or enjoy sporting events as spectators or to balance their daily work routine by playing football, tennis or golf. Sports are becoming more and more important in modern society. With their striking architecture and light effects, sports facilities are attracting more and more people and are increasing the significance of recreation, the sports experience, the viewer numbers and thus the viewing rates of TV broadcasts. Technically perfect and emotionally accentuated recreational sports facilities provide cities and regions with a new allure and contribute to improving the economic infrastructure. Such investments are thus a good decision for the operator as well. Regardless of whether it is summer or winter, a sunny afternoon or late evening: More and more people want to pursue their sport, when they have the requisite time and opportunity to do so. Only a few months of the year will provide sufficient natural light at night to play sports or exercise outdoors. In most cases, playing sports outdoors is almost impossible in the late afternoon without artificial lighting. And with a lighting system, sports facilities can be optimally used independent of daylight. That‘s why the majority of outdoor sports facilities are equipped with artificial lighting systems. Our performance depends to a large degree on the brightness of our surroundings. A lighting system makes scrimmages and matches more interesting for the players and the spectators. Due to their extensive diversity, many sports activities are not possible without artificial lighting. TV stations prefer live broadcasts at prime time when the greatest number of viewers is available, i.e. after work or late afternoons, when it is dark. As a result, public service broadcasters place particularly high requirements on the lighting systems of sports facilities. Video recordings for training purposes and TV broadcasts – including regional sporting events – are increasingly becoming a standard feature of sports clubs and event organisers. Consequently, more and more sports facilities of regional significance are being outfitted with sophisticated lighting systems. 1.22 Floodlight lighting at the Stadium of Groningen. 340 Of the many types of recreational sports, illuminated ski slopes and cross-country ski tracks ensure that recreational facilities may be used at night and thus contribute to tourism in areas with guaranteed snow. And playing golf at night becomes an interesting experience with lighting that is integrated into the landscape. Lighting of sports facilities The purpose of lighting systems at sports facilities is to ensure good visual conditions for athletes, referees, spectators as well as TV broadcasts and film recordings. The European standard EN 12193 “Light and lighting – Sports lighting” (published in 2008) defines requirements for lighting systems for indoor and outdoor sports facilities for the different sports that are most popular in Europe. It also provides values for the illuminances and their uniformity, for glare limitation and colour rendering characteristics of the light sources for the planning and reviewing lighting systems for sports facilities. Lighting classes The photometric quality characteristics of the lighting depends mainly on the level of the competition and the viewing distance for spectators. The higher the competitive level and the greater the distances are between spectators and unfolding sporting events, the higher the lighting class and the lighting level. Lighting class II Competitions on a medium level such as regional or local matches are generally characterised by a medium amount of visitors and medium visual distances. This class also includes performance training. Lighting class I High-performance competitions such as international and national matches are generally characterised by a lot of visitors and high visual distances. This class also includes high-performance training. Lighting class III Simple competitions such as local or small association matches which are generally played without spectators. This class also includes general training, general school and leisure sports. Competition level Lighting Class I II International/national • Regional Local Training • • School/leisure sports • • • III • • • With the aid of the TRILUX programme “TX-WIN Area” you can also perform sports calculations, among other things. The given sample calculation is based on a 4-pole football facility as pursuant to EN 12193 of the lighting class III. The programme can calculate all relevant data such as horizontal, vertical and semi-cylindrical levels of illuminance. Moreover, important quality criteria such as glare limitation can be calculated by determining the GR index with viewers at variable positions. In addition, a maintenance plan can be produced. The calculation software is available for downloading at TRILUX‘s homepage www.trilux.co.uk or www.trilux.com. Technical information 1.23 Sample calculation of 4-pole systems for a football pitch. 341 Photometrics Accent lighting Building facades, office buildings, department stores, factories, historically and artistically valuable buildings, monuments, towers, even water towers, churches, bridges, gates, fountains, sculptures, lake shores, river banks, waterfalls, parking areas, groups of trees and flower patches are only a few examples of objects that can be accentuated at night. Accent lighting can be used for various reasons, e.g., advertisement for general tourism, embellishment of the night ambience for improving the neighbourhood for citizens or even the highlighting of historical buildings or preservation of monuments and historical buildings (fig. 1.24). Lighting frequently acts as an intermediary for culture in our modern world in a wide variety of manners. Accentuated structures help create a unique identity. They lend a city a particular character. Accent lighting makes sure that tradition stays visible at night too. Illuminated objects are points of attraction for tourists and a form of advertisement for towns and cities and the people living there. Illuminated objects often seem larger than life at night than during the day, because the directed artificial light has a greater influence on surface contours than the high diffuse component of daylight and thus the illuminated object has an almost completely different look at night in most cases. By selecting different bright and dark zones highlighted objects become vivid or are sometimes even dramatically staged. Different light colours, e.g. the warm light colour of the highpressure sodium vapor lamps or the more neutral-white to daylight-white light colour Planning principles The planning of accent lighting must be planned in close co-operation with the user, especially for historical buildings with monument protection. General planning tasks include: • Determining the main line(s) of sight or predominant viewing direction(s), to give the best impression of the object and setting. • The viewing distance is important for the visual development of structural details. The closer an object is viewed, the greater the need to accentuate sophisticated structures. When the viewing distance is great, however, the overall effect of the illuminated object is more important. • Documenting the form and design of the object (surface, curvature, cornices, etc.) in order to determine the number and position of the spotlights. • Calculating the surface of the object (structure, colour, etc.). Bright window areas may pose distracting reflexes or reflect conspicuous light away and thus appear black. The necessary illuminance on the 342 1.24 Illumination of Schloss Herdringen (castle). of metal halide lamps, possibly in combination with colour filters (red, blue, green, yellow), support this scenario and transform accentuated objects set in a dark periphery into a stage with special experience value. In this case, accent lighting is not a needless luxury, but rather a component improving the life quality of citizens. surface of the object depends greatly on its reflectance value and the background and ambient brightness, i.e. from the relation of the luminance of the building surface to the background luminance. • Determining the structural surroundings of the object. In a bright ambience the object must be accentuated with brighter illumination than for instance, a castle ruin in an undeveloped landscape. In a very bright ambience it may make more sense to emphasise the object using a colour that differs clearly from the bright ambience instead of employing even brighter illumination. • Trees, even when illuminated, may support the overall scene, but can also hinder it by growing. Rivers and lakes reflect objects or appear as a „black mirror“ and do not provide any reflecting light unlike a bright floor. • Preventing glare from road users and residents. • Eliminating disturbing light emissions from the surrounding area. • Observing any possible changes occurring in the appearance of adjacent buildings. 1.25 Facade illumination. Calculations The necessary object luminance depends on the ambient brightness (Table 1.26). Most illuminated objects have matt surfaces so the illuminance E (in Ix) can be calculated from the luminance L (in cd/m2) and the reflectance value ◊ of the surface based on the following formula: Brightness of environment Less, in free environment Less, in developed dark environment Medium, in developed medium-bright environment High, in bright environment Luminance on the illuminated surface 3 up to 6.5 cd/m2 6.5 up to 10 cd/m2 10 up to 13 cd/m2 13 up to 16 cd/m2 1.26 Guideline values for luminance on illuminated surfaces. L=◊·E/π Building material Plaster, light Plaster, dark Sandstone, bright Sandstone, dark Tile, bright Tile, dark Wood, bright Concrete, light Concrete, dark Granite Facade, dirty If the reflectance value of the surface is known or determined by comparing with surfaces of known reflectance values, the maintenance value of the mean illuminance on the surface to be illuminated can be calculated according to the following formula: E=L·π/◊ Reflectance values of typical building materials of illuminated objects are listed in Table 1.27. Reflectance value 0.35 – 0.55 0.2 – 0.3 0.3 – 0.4 0.15 – 0.25 0.3 – 0.4 0.15 – 0.25 0.3 – 0.5 0.4 – 0.65 0.2 – 0.3 0.1 – 0.2 0.05 – 0.1 1.27 Reflectance values of building materials. Optical systems and their effect (taking Lumena as an example) In case of facades with prominent projections, e.g. balconies, bays, balustrades, etc., the spotlights should be positioned with large intervals in order to prevent significant cast shadows. Otherwise additional spotlights are to be provided for illuminating and accentuating the shady areas – if need be with a different light colour. In case of reflective facades, e.g. glazed surfaces, the spotlights must be installed below eye level in order to eliminate any reflections (reflex glare). In case of aluminium facades with significantly aligned reflection behaviour, this arrangement would result in a dark surface, because the light of the spotlights is reflected upwards. Here, the spotlights should be installed at a greater height so CO that there is no glare reflection at the main viewing position. Trees are illuminated either from far away or from the treetop in order to be able to perceive the foliage and the entire plant. Alternatively, ground-level spotlights close to the tree trunk are common for illuminating the crown of the tree from below. In this case, light sources with a significant green component in spectrum are recommended, e.g. metal halide lamps, possibly with green filters as well. The light colours of the implemented lamps also have a particular impact on the results of the lighting system. Yellow and red surfaces are illuminated with high-pressure sodium vapor lamps and thus offer a good colour contrast to illuminated buildings with grey C90 C90 C90 C18O Reflector SE symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. C270 C18O Reflector SM symmetrical medium wide-angle light distribution. C18O Technical information Reflector RE rotationally symmetrical narrowangle light distribution. CO C270 C270 C90 C18O With regard to the use of spotlights with colour filters and accent lighting with very noticeable colours, it is necessary to carefully differentiate between a rather inconspicuous, historical mise-en-scene of the building and spectacular conspicuousness and with regard to the lighting concept. CO CO C270 surfaces that are illuminated using metal halide lamps. Even the combination of multiple light colours at the same building may have special effects. When selecting metal halide lamps, which are available in the light colours neutral-white and daylight white depending on the lamp rating, particular attention should also be given to their colour rendering. Reflector SB symmetrical wide-angle light distribution. 343 Photometrics Light + Ecology The ecology deals with the interaction between people and the environment. Outdoor lighting has an influence on these interactions in many ways. It is important to recognise the right priorities in our responsibility for protecting the environment. For instance, the idea to switch off road lighting completely in order to save energy and money or not to adversely affect the habitats of night-active insects means reversing the priorities against the quality-of-life requirements of people. The benefits and necessity of outdoor lighting for people are indisputable. The ever-increasing demand on fossil fuels for generating electricity has the greatest impact on the interaction between the needs of people for artificial lighting and the environmental concerns. Our selfishness should not reach the point that nature and the environment must suffer irretrievably due to the unbridled exploitation of natural resources in an irresponsible manner. Depending on the efficiency of our usage, natural resources are utilised in a partly irresponsible manner. Ecological responsibility calls for using energy-efficient and effective outdoor lighting systems. Modern lighting systems require up to 70 % less energy than systems that were installed 15 years ago or more. The climate change is obvious: weather extremes and catastrophes as well as the temperature increase in the polar regions, melting glaciers and rising sea level are all signs. The greenhouse effect and the climate change are attributed to the increasing energy demand and the emission of CO2 (carbon dioxide) associated with the combustion of fossil fuels. One of the most important tasks that industrial countries have in the 21st century is to protect our environment. Climate protection Concern for the state and future of the natural environment has been addressed internationally at the climate protection conferences, e.g. in Rio de Janeiro (1992), Berlin (1995), Kyoto (1997), The Hague (2000), Bonn (1999 and 2001), Buenos Aires (1998 and 2004), Nairobi (2006), Bali (2007), Oslo (2008) and Copenhagen (2009). The participating governments are pursuing the objective of drastically reducing the emission of 344 Light and ecology involve the following areas, among other areas: • Climate protection: Rational use of energy resources for outdoor lighting. • Environmental protection: Environmentally responsible disposal and recycling of the waste products associated with lighting systems. • Light emissions: Protection of people, flora and fauna against disturbing light emissions. so-called greenhouse gases. By signing the Kyoto Climate Protection Protocol, many countries have committed to countering the ever-increasing burden on nature by undertaking sustainable measures to save energy. The European Union has decided to reduce CO2 emissions by 8 %, based on the values measured in 1990, in the period between 2008 and 2012 and has published a series of guidelines to this end. Practical implementation The refurbishment of an outdoor lighting system by replacing lamps and luminaires whilst maintaining column positions and power supply allows for energy savings of between 37 % and 70 % (Table 1.28). Type of roads Very high savings are achieved, e.g. in classic lanterns and flagelliform luminaires with extremely old lamp and luminaire technology. The investments will pay for themselves after 3 to 8 years, depending on the general local conditions. Lamps and corresponding luminaires of Old installation* New installation 1 x HME 50 W 2 x TC-L 18 W EVG 2 x HME 50 W 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 1 x HME 80 W 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 2 x HME 80 W** 2 x TC-L 24 W VVG 1 x HME 125 W** 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 2 x U 40 W 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 2 x TC-L 18 W EVG 2 x L 115 W/T12*** 1 x HSE 70 W 2 x HME 80 W 1 x HSE 70 W 2 x HME 125 W 2 x HSE 100 W 1 x HME 400 W 1 x HST 150 W Residential roads Ē ≥ 3 lx Service roads L̄ ≥ 0.5 cd/m2 Major traffic roads L̄ ≥ 1.5 cd/m2 Energy saving 37 % 55 % 40 % 70 % 61 % 46 % 24 % 70 % 54 % 58 % 60 % * Lamps with phase-out date, see page 348. ** Classic lantern. *** Flagelliform luminaire with special fluorescent lamps 115 W for outdoor lighting with external ignition strips. 1.28 Refurbishment of road lighting systems in compliance with the quality characteristics set forth in EN13201-2. Old installation 1x HME 400 W Bracket-mounted luminaire with reflector 1.5 cd/m2 425 W 22.5 kW/km Lamp Luminaire Luminance Output per pole Output per km New installation 1 x HST 150 W Bracket-mounted luminaire with reflector 1.5 cd/m2 170 W 8.9 kW/km Reduction 60 % 38 m 12 m 21 m Technical information Example: Major traffic road with central reserve. 345 Energy efficiency Decision-makers for planning, construction and operation of outdoor lighting are caught in the area of conflict between the requirements of • Lighting quality • Design and • Cost effectiveness. The term cost-effectiveness can be reduced in most cases to the cost analysis and in turn to the current energy and maintenance costs. Costs of outdoor lighting Generally, the annual recurring overall costs of an outdoor lighting system may be divided into three main areas and diverse sub-areas (fig. 2.1): • Energy costs • Maintenance costs • Investment costs In this case, the energy costs account for approx two thirds. Maintenance and investments make up the remainder with almost the same percentages (fig. 2.2). Then there are also the costs for administration and operation management on top of that. Costs for new building, reconstruction and system upgrades are taken into account separately, since these cannot be assigned to the overall annual costs for the operation of lighting systems. 346 Overall annual costs Energy costs Costs for maintenance Inspection Maintenance Inspection Investment costs Repair Renewal Cleaning Remedying damages Replacement Corrosion protection Correcting problems Replacement Relamping 2.1 Breakdown of the overall annual costs of an outdoor lighting system. Energy 65 % Maintenance 15 % Investment 20 % An example of road lighting in Germany Road lighting part of power consumption Part of total power consumed for lighting Number of light points Connected wattage per light point Time alight per year Power consumption per light point and year Annual energy costs per light point (at € 0.15 /kWh) Total costs per light point and year incl. energy costs Energy costs per German citizen Calculative life expectancy • Poles • Cable • Luminaires • Lamps Cost of a light point incl. cable and switchgear Life expectancy of a light point Depreciation (upkeep costs) of a light point per year Mean value 0.7 % 6.2 % 10 Mio. 100 W 4,000 h/a 400 kWh/a 60 €/a 135 €/a 7.5 €/a 50 a 50 a 25 a 4a 3,760.00 € 40 a 94.00 € 2.2 Portion of costs of public lighting systems (not including structural systems and wiring). 2.3 Example costs for street and road lighting in Germany. The cost accounting for value maintenance (refinancing) of street lighting is based on assumptions about the following mean life expectancies • 50 years for poles • 25 years for luminaires • 50 years for wiring systems and • 40 years for the overall system of a luminaire position on average. measures with decreased energy and maintenance costs (see fig. 2.4). The practical useful life is, however, considerably longer in part, e.g. up to 40 years in case of luminaires. The procurement value of a luminaire position including power supply and switchgear varies significantly and is estimated at € 3,760.00 on average in Germany. Based on a (costing-based) life expectancy of 40 years for the luminaire position, this means a depreciation of € 3,760.00/40 years = € 94.00 per year. In a major city with 50,000 luminaire positions, that represents a mean annual depreciation of € 4.7 million., which must be covered (theoretically) by a renewal budget. The general practice is, however, different: On average, only € 21.00, i.e. approx. 22 % of this needed amount, is invested in Germany. From this it follows that the systems have to be operated considerably longer every year, which in turn results in increasing maintenance costs. The conflict can only be resolved by refurbishment Costs for outdoor lighting may be reduced by • Using lamps and luminaires with high energy efficiency, low maintenance expenditure and long service life, and • Purposeful operation with regard to activation times and the lighting level taking into account the respective traffic situation. Annual costs of road lighting 125 % Costs after modernisation 100 % 75 % Maintenance costs Maintenance costs 50 % 25 % Energy costs Energy costs 0% 5 10 15 20 Operating year 25 30 35 2.4 A significant increase in the annual costs due to insufficient maintenance as of the 20th year of operation and reduction of costs due to refurbishment. Technical information 347 Energy efficiency Refurbishment needs More than 30 % of existing road lighting systems (other sources even estimate up to 50 %) are obsolete due to the technology dating back to the 1960‘s and 1970‘s, especially because of the less efficient high-pressure mercury vapour lamps. Experts estimate that up to 2.7 billion kWh and 1.6 million metric tons of CO2 can be saved by implementing energy-saving systems every year in public lighting. In spite of the seemingly low portion of the total power consumption, the energy costs make up the largest part of the overall costs of public lighting systems with approx. 65 % and thus are of major importance. Although road lighting requires up to 45 % of the power costs of entire communities, it only makes up approx. 0.4 % of the municipal budget. 100 90 100 % power consumption 80 70 60 50 40 30 10,8 % light 20 0,7 % road lighting 10 0 2.5 If the total power consumption in Germany is assumed at 100 %, the lighting of all consumers accounts for approx. 10.8 % and public road lighting amounts to only 0.7 %. Lamps In light of the reduction of costs for outdoor lighting, one has to wonder “which lamps and luminaires shall be implemented?” High luminous efficiency of the lamps reduces the energy required. Long service life reduces the costs of replacing lamps. With an annual running time of approx. 4,000 hours and a lamp replacement that is extended to four years for cost reasons, the lamps must have a service life of 16,000 hours (“four-year lamps” e.g. with 5 % lamp failure). Table 2.7 provides an overview of the lamp types that are used in outdoor lighting systems and maximum values of the most important criteria. The lamp replacement costs are also influenced by the price of the lamp in addition to the service life. In spite of the higher acquisition costs of high-pressure sodium vapor lamps, the overall annual costs are considerably less than that of equivalent high-pressure mercury vapour lamps due to the higher luminous efficiency and the lower power requirement. The new European Ecodesign Ordinance took effect on 13.04.2009. This is an implementation measure of the “2005/32/EC Energy using Products Directive (EuPD)”, which is also known as the EU Ecodesign Directive. It contains the energy efficiency requirements placed on lamps, electronic control gear and luminaires for use in the service sector (office, industry and road lighting). The directive 2000/55/EC (Energy efficiency requirements for ballasts for fluorescent lighting) will be declared invalid as of 13.04.2010. With three implementation stages (2010 –> 2012 –> 2017) manufacturers are given the opportunity to switch their production over to efficient alternatives. Operators of lighting systems should be planning to replace the lamps that will no longer be permitted in the future, e.g. the high-pressure mercury vapour lamps used in many road luminaires, with alternative products in due time. TRILUX would be happy to address any questions you have involving energy-efficient technologies and products. The following table 2.6 provides a quick overview of the specific steps required for implementation in outdoor lighting applications. EUP Directive on Implementing “Tertiary Lighting” (Overview outdoor lighting) Level 1 Fluorescent lamps: Prohibition of T5/T8 with colour rendering of Ra < 80, Prohibition of standard T8 lamps (halophosphate lamps), Prohibition of several 2-pin compact fluorescent lamps for operation as of 2010 with magnetic ballasts Level 2a Fluorescent lamps: Prohibition of T10 and T12 lamps (except for special lamps) as of 2012 High-pressure discharge lamps: Prohibition of inefficient HS and MH lamps (E27, E40 and PGZ12), prohibition of all standard HS lamps, prohibition of replacement HS lamps (so-called “PlugIn” or “Retrofit” lamps for HM lamps (high-pressure mercury vapour lamps) Level 2b as of 2015 Level 3 as of 2017 High pressure discharge lamps: Prohibition of HM lamps (high-pressure mercury vapour lamps) High pressure discharge lamps: Prohibition of HM lamps ≤ 405 W with sockets E27, E40 and PGZ12 2.6 Table on EU Ecodesign Ordinance. 348 Lamp type System luminous efficiency lm/W 89 103 hrs. 20 Compact fluorescent lamps 83 16 High-pressure sodium vapor lamps 140 18 Metal halide lamps 115 8 High-pressure mercury vapour lamps 56 16 Low-pressure sodium vapor lamps 180 12 Induction lamps 80 60 LED 60 60 Mains-voltage halogen lamps 24 2 Fluorescent lamps, tubular Service life Instructions for use decorative lighting, e.g. pillars / good colour rendering / luminous flux temperature-dependent Subsidiary roads, quiet zones, decorative lighting / good colour rendering / luminous flux temperature-dependent Traffic roads, accent lighting and outdoor work areas, colour rendering low / colourful safety signage must be illuminated additionally with lamps of better colour rendering Quiet zones, decorative lighting, sports facilities, accent lighting / good colour rendering Traffic roads and outdoor work areas, colour rendering and luminous efficiency low, thus not suited for new installations (see EUP Directive on Implementation, page 348). extremely poor colour rendering, thus only usable in special cases (e.g. lighting of locks and tracks) Use primarily only if access to the luminaires is difficult and thus extremely complex maintenance, high price for lamps and control gear, good colour rendering decorative lighting, orientation lighting, colourful pathway lighting systems decorative lighting / good colour rendering, extremely poor luminous intensity, usable only in special cases 2.7 Criteria for selecting lamps (maximum values) System luminous efficiency including electronic control gear, Service life: 11 hrs. on, 1 hr. off, failure rate 10 %. Luminaires By selecting the right luminaires it is possible to achieve a considerable savings in investment, energy and maintenance costs. For this purpose, the following criteria can be applied. Luminaires with optimised reflectors • Direct the light onto the street or road and not to the side. The lamp‘s luminous flux is optimally used for illuminating the surface of the road and results in higher road luminance or illuminance levels. • Allow for greater intervals between poles and thus reduce the investment, energy and maintenance costs, • Produce less glare, • Eliminate light emissions that disturb residents, • Are especially effective for high-pressure tubular lamps, e.g. HST. Maintenance expenditure • High degree of protection of the luminaire‘s optical system decreases the ingress of dirt and dust and thus cleaning costs. • Depending on the outer design, external cleaning may also be effected with the aid of rain. • Easy actuation of clips on luminaire covers and connection housing of the luminaire. • Simple replacement of lamps. • Easy replacement of electrical components. • Vandalism-safe construction. • Impact-resistant luminaire covers. • Easy installation due to plug-in connectors. Wattage reduction in single-lamp luminaires or half-night switching in case of two-lamp luminaires • Save during periods with low traffic usage. • Uniform lighting that is essential to safety is maintained. • Single lamp luminaires allow for more effective optical systems. • Two-lamp luminaires ensure safety in case one lamp fails and are especially suitable for half-night lighting. Technical information Standard products instead of custom-made products • High cost-effectiveness due to inexpensive storage of replacement parts and maintenance and servicing plans. • Ability to provide replacement parts over decades. • Select photometrically optimised and efficient luminaires. • Preference should be given to a timeless design over trendy designs. Technical quality is, however, especially important for investment when long-term life is expected. • Urban architecture is not the sole decisionmaking criterion. • Quality products with a life expectancy of 25 years and more. • Decision should be based on the overall annual costs and not the investment costs. 349 Energy efficiency 100 % 700 Lighting level Vehicles per traffic lanes 600 500 400 50 % 300 100 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 00:00 01:00 02:00 03:00 04:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 08:00 Time 2.8 Schematic diagram of the classic half-night lighting system (blue) and a fine-tuned adjustment (green) of the lighting level to the traffic volume (red) measured for a major inner-city traffic road. The area above the green or blue curves represent the potential savings. Switching times Bearing in mind the scientifically proven decrease in traffic accidents in case of good road lighting, it is irresponsible to reduce the road lighting or even to switch the luminaires completely off in sections in order to cut energy costs. Switching off individual light points in particular creates an additional danger, since this results in camouflage zones, in which motorists cannot recognise danger sources. 350 The following energy savings can be achieved by reducing the wattage of the lamps (halfnight lighting): • Approx. 23 % from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. • Approx. 20 % from 23 p.m. to 6 a.m. • Approx. 18 % from 23 p.m. to 5 a.m. If the lighting level is adapted to the flow of traffic in suitable steps, it is possible to reduce energy costs by up to 40 % (fig. 2.8). 200 0 19:00 tap or by means of separate extra impedance. Switching is implemented by means of a relay and a separate control phase. It is better to adapt the lighting level to lower traffic flows during less busy times, e.g. by half-night lighting or reducing the wattage of lamps, which is also permissible according to the relevant standards. High-pressure discharge lamps can be switched to a lower wattage, thus resulting in a decreased luminous flux, by increasing the impedance of the ballast. For less demanding requirements for the lighting level, e.g. at times when there is little traffic, this is a way to save energy without worsening the lighting uniformity, which is of major importance for traffic safety. The wattage can be reduced using a ballast with a separate The activation and deactivation times and thus the time the lighting installation is operating have a significant influence on the energy costs and lamp replacement costs. In work places, the switching times are based on the work-related necessity for lighting and the regulations for on-the-job safety. For accent lighting of public buildings, the switching times are determined by taking into account representation factors and cost expenditure. Example A major traffic road with an average daily traffic volume of less than 25,000 vehicles must be illuminated during the periods of rush hour traffic with the mean luminance of 1 .0 cd/m2 in accordance with EN 13201 (lighting situation A3, lighting class ME 3b). At times when there is little traffic, for instance 10 p.m. and later, the volume of traffic falls, e.g., to less than 15,000 vehicles. As a result, the complexity of the visual field and the difficulty of the driving task also decreases. For this purpose, the lighting class ME 5 with a mean luminance of 0.5 cd/m2 could be applied and the lighting installation switched to half a level (half-night lighting). Refurbishment example The following presents a reference calculation between a system with high-pressure mercury vapour lamps and high-pressure sodium-vapour lamps as a sample application for the energy-efficient refurbishment measure of a road lighting system. Here the installation geometry is defined as follows: (Maximum) light point height h Light point distance a Width of the traffic lane b Number of traffic lanes Width of a traffic lane Light distribution overlap s Luminaire inclination δ 8.00 m 35.00 m 6.50 m 2 3.25 m -0.5 m 15.0 ° Following project planning data were taken as a basis: Maintenance factor Lighting class Maintenance value of the illuminance Total uniformity Uo Longitudinal uniformity Ul Threshold value increase TI Surrounding illuminance ratio SR Number of calculation points Standard road surface Average luminance coefficient 0.8 ME5 0.50 cd/m² 0.35 0.4 15 % 0.5 12/6 C2 0.07 (cd/m²)/lx Lamp equipment of old installation: Lamp equipment of new installation: 2 x 125 W HME, overall luminous flux 12600 lm 1 x 70 W HST, overall luminous flux 6600 lm Calculation results for viewer B1 Average luminance Lm / cd/m² Total uniformity Uo Longitudinal uniformity Ul Threshold value increase TI / % Mean illuminance Em / lx Total uniformity Uo Surrounding illuminance ratio Old installation 0.56 0.36 0.46 13.2 New installation 0.63 0.53 0.6 11.8 9.34 0.32 0.79 9.51 0.3 0.5 Conclusion The calculation results for the new installation are not only better, but are also relevant especially with regard to the anticipated energy savings. The system rating of a light point of the old installation is 274 W compared to the new installation with a system rating of only 83 W. This results in a 30.3% savings in energy costs with better photometric values. Technical information 351 Electrical technology Planning aid Electrical and functional safety TRILUX luminaires correspond to the statutory requirements of the EU low-voltage guideline and the EU EMC directive and thus bear the CE label. They correspond to the regulations of EN 60598 and have the ENEC label from the VDE test and certification board primarily as standard version. In addition to electrical safety, we test all materials used in our laboratories with regard to stability and their resistance to Ignition of high-pressure lamps High-pressure lamps generally require a special ignitor, which generates an ignition voltage of approx. 5 kV, in addition to the current-limiting reactor. A built-in timer limits the ignition time to the lamp-specific time. After that, any attempts to start the lamp will be interrupted. Doing so ensures, on the one hand, a safe ignition of the lamp and, on the other hand, prevents continual attempts to ignite faulty lamps. The “inner resistance” increases noticeably due to the high internal temperature of highpressure lamps. If a lamp goes out, e.g. due to a short voltage drop, it must cool down for up to 15 minutes in order to be switched back on using the normal ignitor. All luminaires for high-pressure discharge lamps are equipped with interference ignitors with automatic cut-off (timer). The automatic cut-off prevents constant ignition attempts in case of a defective lamp. The time interval for ignition attempts is selected in such a way that after a brief power failure a reignition of intact high-pressure sodiumvapour lamps and metal halide lamps is ensured. If a stable lamp operation is not Blind current compensation Blind current of luminaires connected to public power grids has to be compensated. If so desired, TRILUX outdoor luminaires can 352 corrosion and ageing. Constant quality controls secure the high quality standard of our products. During the long service life of outdoor lighting installations, there is the possibility that luminaires could be damaged. TRILUX guarantees a reliable replacement part supply. For instance, high impactresistant luminaires made of PMMA are usually still available at least 10 years after a luminaire series is discontinued. ÜZ L1 N 3.1 Change-over for the adjustment to 2 lamp ratings. achieved during this time interval, the timer built into the ignitor cuts off the ignition process. New ignition attempts are only made after a voltage-free switching. A large part of the luminaire range for highpressure lamps is supplied with ballasts for two lamp ratings. These luminaires are be equipped with a parallel capacitor for each lamp circuit. These pre-equipped parallel capacitors are PCB-free. adjusted on-site to the low capacity or are set to the low lamp rating for products with change-over switches. This power setting does not serve as wattage reduction but as adjustment of the ballast to the optimal operating conditions of the implemented lamp. Electrical connection All luminaires are wired with heat-resistant cables. Easy-to-mount constructions facilitate the electrical connection as well as the luminaire maintenance. The series 908···, 932···, 935···, 936··· and a wide variety of pole brackets are equipped with a connection module that can be removed without using tools, thus allowing an easy and quick electrical connection. After the connection the module is inserted without using tools and safely retained by means of stainless steel springs. In many modern TRILUX outdoor luminaires the necessary operating components are integrated in gear trays, which can be removed, or in electrical blocks of safety class II. The use of electrical plug connections eases luminaire mounting and maintenance. Lamp type LL Fluorescent lamps, tubular ¶ 26 mm TC Compact fluorescent lamps HSE/HST High-pressure sodium vapor lamps Ellipsoidal/tubular HIT Metal halide lamps, tubular HIT-DE Metal halide lamps, tubular, double-ended W 18 36 58 11 18 24 35 50 70 100 150 250 400 35 70 150 250 400 70 150 250 400 Parallel capacitor CP 230 V/50 Hz capacity µF 4.5±10 % 4.5±10 % 7.0±10 % 2.0±10 % 4.5±10 % 4.5±10 % 7.0±10 % 8.0±10 % 10.0±10 % 10.0±10 % 20.0±10 % 32.0±10 % 45.0±10 % 7.0±10 % 12.0±10 % 20.0±10 % 32.0±10 % 45.0±10 % 12.0±10 % 20.0±10 % 32.0±10 % 45.0±10 % Safety classes Luminaires are divided into safety classes corresponding to their protection against electric shock. Safety class I luminaires (label a) have a connection terminal for the earthed conductor. The protection goal is achieved by protecting basis-insulated parts against inadvertent contact by means of earthed covers. Earthed operating device Safety class I Label a Technical information In safety class II luminaires (label ‰), basisinsulated parts are supplied with an extra protective insulation. An earthed conductor connection is not allowed. 353 Electrical technology Planning aid Degree of protection The IP number system (Ingress Protection) according to EN 60528 is used to mark the protection against the ingress of solid substances and moisture in luminaires. Both the installer as well as the user of the lighting installation are responsible for observing the degree of protection. Degree of protection IP11 IP23 IP33 IP44 IP54 IP65 IP66 1. Figure Solid substances protection Solid substances > 50 mm Solid substances > 12 mm Solid substances > 2.5 mm Solid substances > 1 mm Protection against dust Dust-proof Dust-proof 2. Figure Protection against water Drip water Water spray Water spray Water splash Water splash Stream water Heavy stream water Wattage reduction (LR) High-pressure discharge lamps can be switched to a reduced wattage resulting in a reduced luminous flux by increasing the ballast impedance. For a lower lighting level, e.g. at times when there is little traffic, this is a way to save energy without worsening the lighting uniformity, which is of major importance for traffic safety. The wattage reduction can take place by means of a ballast with a separate tap. Switching is implemented within the electronic wattage reduction unit. Fig. 3.2 shows a wiring diagram for a power transducer, which switches over by means of an additional control phase. Fig. 3.3 shows a diagram of the same schematic, whereby the switch-over is effected without a control phase. However, the wattage reduction leads to a worsening of the luminous efficiency (lm/W), because the luminous flux reduction is higher than the electrical power. The compensation capacitor dimension occurs for the Luminous flux 100 % Wattage 80 % 60 % 40 % 20 % LR LR 0% Reduction of lamp wattage HST 250 W (= 100 %) to approx. 179 W (= 65 %) leads to a reduction of the luminous flux to approx. 50 %. reduced performance. If compensation takes place at 100 % of power, a capacitive power factor, which is regarded as rather unfavourable by power suppliers, is created when the electrical power is reduced. ballast ballast L TSP TSP C 3 1 2 L N LST N ÜZ 3.2 Power switch-over with control phase. 354 C B Lp N Ignitor LST L1 N LST C TSP La ÜZ L S 1 2 3 4 5 B Lp N Ignitor La N La ÜZ 3.3 Wattage change-over without control phase. Phase conductor Neutral conductor Control phase Compensation capacitor Suppression choke Lamp Interference ignitor Suppression choke For remote switching of outdoor lighting systems, ripple control signals are used occasionally which are superimposed on the mains voltage as high-frequency signals with frequencies ranging between 110 Hz and 1600 Hz. To avoid signal degradation due to the compensation capacitor being installed parallel to the mains in the floodlight, a suppression choke has to be connected in series with the capacitor. This can be requested on site. Dangerous switching resonances 2000 W metal halide lamps, e.g. in spotlights, are operated on a mains voltage of 400 V. Fig. 3.4 shows a corresponding connection of three lamp circuits, which are uniformly distributed to the three phase conductors of the mains. As long as neither a phase conductor fails due to a mains incident nor a defective fuse interrupts the supply cable, this circuit is stable. circuits, high resonance currents Ires, which depending on the capacity of the capacitor and the inductance of the choke, e.g. four lamps per circuit, can be up to 80 A and can destroy lamps and control gear, will be induced as a result of the resonances of the oscillation circuit consisting of inductors and capacitors. Resonances are effectively prevented in TRILUX floodlights by installing a fuse for each phase conductor (fig. 3.6). This protects the circuit against high resonance currents. If a fuse trips, the circuit it protects is interrupted and the linkage with other circuits and thus the high resonance currents are safely avoided. Similar resonance phenomena may occur, if in a circuit similar to figure 3.5, the neutral conductor N (mid-point conductor) is connected instead of the phase conductor L2 and this neutral conductor is interrupted. Another safety mechanism is a three-pole phase monitor that shuts down the entire installation if only one of the phases has failed as a result of the described causes (fig. 3.7). As a result of unequal temperature elevation of the lamp electrodes, rectifier effects can occur during the switch-on process that almost totally suppress the current-limiting function of the choke. The consequences are short-time currents of up to 50 times the operating current, thereby causing improperly dimensioned fuses to trip (fig. 3.5). If a phase conductor, e.g. L2, is interrupted by the failure of its protecting fuse, the lamps La1 and La2 are in series and the lamp with the highest operating voltage will fail. In the other La3 D3 La1 C3 La2 The highest resonance currents occur when there are up to four lamps per circuit. With the centralised compensation of five lamps or more, the resonance phenomena will generally no longer occur, because the capacitance of the implemented compensation capacitors is too high to form an effective resonance circuit with the choke inductances. La1 Ires D1 K1 D1 K1 La2 La1 OFF D2 K2 D2 K2 L1 L2 L3 defective 3.4 Distribution of three lamp circuits to three phase conductors. 3.5 Two HIT 2000 W (400 V) floodlights, where the fuse in L2 is tripped. D1 L1 L2 L3 Si K1 La3 D2 Si Si K2 La1 D3 Si Si K3 La2 D1 Si L1 L2 L3 Si K1 La3 D2 Si Si K2 D3 Si Si K3 Si Ph L1 L2 L3 3.6 Distribution of floodlights to three phase conductors, each feeder is protected separately. L1 L2 L3 3.7 Distribution of floodlights to three phase conductors, mains cable with 3-pole phase monitor. 355 Technical information L1 L2 L3 La2 Electrical technology Switching illustrations HSE High-pressure sodium vapour lamps ellipsoid HIE Metal halide lamps ellipsoid HST High-pressure sodium vapour lamps tubular HIT Metal halide lamps tubular HSE with LR HST with LR T26 3.8 HSE with LR High-pressure sodium vapour lamps ellipsoid with wattage reduction (LR) High-pressure sodium vapour lamps tubular with wattage reduction (LR) VG L1 CP R PST N 3.9 Tubular fluorescent lamps 2 x 18 W L1 CP N 3.10 356 ÜZ 1 2 3 N PST ZL T26 Tubular fluorescent lamps 2 x 36 W 2 x 58 W L1 TC-L L2 Compact fluorescent lamps 2 x 18 - 24 W CP CP N 3.11 TC-L Compact fluorescent lamps 2 x 18 - 24 W ECG L1 L EVG 1 2 3 4 EVG 1 2 3 4 EVG 1 2 3 4 N L2 L N N L1 L 3.12 TC-TEL Compact fluorescent lamps 1 x 32 W 1 x 42 W N N 3.13 Phase conductor Neutral conductor Parallel capacitor Interference ignitor Ignition cable Relay Control input for relay Inductive switch ≈ 0.5 ind. Parallel compensated switching ≈ 0.95 ind. D K TSP Z La F Choke Compensation capacitor Suppression choke Ignitor Lamp High-voltage cable Lamp base contact Technical information L1, L2 N CP ÜZ ZL R PST ind. komp. 357 Operating conditions and symbols TRILUX outdoor luminaires are designed for a mains voltage of 230 V +– 10 % and a nominal frequency of 50 Hz and an ambient temperature of 15 °C. Appropriate mounting in accordance with the mounting instructions is required in order to observe the assured characteristics. Special operating conditions In case of operating conditions, which deviate from the aforementioned requirements, please contact your local TRILUX support centre. This also applies in case of less favourable operating conditions, such as special chemical or physical influences, e.g. humidity, salt mist, alkaline solutions, acids, softeners, gases, maritime or tropical climates, UV radiation, constant or short vibrations, cleaning methods, etc. 5 and 6-labels All luminaires in this catalogue bear the VDE or the ENEC-VDE mark. TRILUX luminaires are tested by the VDE test board as an independent institute in accordance with EN 60598 (VDE 0711) and carry the VDE or ENEC label. In addition, the production is monitored by VDE inspectors who randomly take samples from ongoing production for further examination. 358 4- label All luminaires documented in this catalogue carry the EMC label for radio interference suppression. They are also tested according to EN 55015. All luminaires certified in this regard by the VDE test board bear the 4 label. Multi-lamp luminaires equipped with inductive ballasts are subject to radio interference suppression for single-phase connection. When dividing the lamp circuits for series switching, an additional radio interference suppression capacitor must be installed on site for each further circuit. Radio interference suppression capacitors are to be connected between conductor and neutral conductor. a label Luminaires with earthed conductor connection generally satisfy the safety class I, even if it is only used for electro-magnetic compatibility. a ···QL···label Safety class I when using QL induction lamps. M-label Safety class II. Degree of protection (IP) The degree of protection is indicated using the IP code, e.g. IP20. e h-Cycle tracks, pedestrian ways Luminaires with extremely wide-angle light distribution for illuminating pedestrian ways and cycle tracks. g-Pedestrian crossings Luminaires with special optics for illuminating pedestrian crossings. TOC – TRILUX ORDER CODE To ensure efficient order processing, this catalogue uses the TOC reference system TOC (TRILUX ORDER CODE). All luminaire references and system components are assigned a 7-digit TOC number. For lumi- naires and gear trays of continuous-line systems, the 5-digit TOC base number is supplemented by a 2-digit number to indicate the electrical equipment configuration. Example Reference 8811/TCT26/32/42··· 8811/50-70HST/E-E··· 8811/E27 TOC 58 356··· 13 122··· 13 124··· ···E ···04 Mains ···10 ···K ···02 Example of TOC application Reference: 8811/TCT26/32/42 E Complete TOC No.: 58 356 04 The reference suffix E in the luminaire reference (for electronic control gear) is reflected in this example by the ending 04. We kindly ask you to use exclusively the comple- te 7-digit TOC number for clear identification of luminaires and system components when placing your order. TOC Legend Control gear options TOC suffix 00 01 02 04 09 10 40 41 43 45 50 Abbreviation L K E KK Mains ET KT L+ET L+KT Meaning Accessories Inductive Compensated Electronic control gear (EVG) Compensated + 2 circuits Mains connection direct Electronic transformer Conventional transformer Inductive + electronic transformer Inductive + conventional transformer Requires other components Technical information 359 Lamp characteristics PL PSys** L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM Reference Philips Reference ¢ W W mm mm ≥ lm Metal halide lamps, ellipsoidal (≥ 250 W only for closed luminaires) HIE 70 92 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 70/WDL clear 5200 70 92 144 55 nw 70 HQI-E 70/NDL clear 5500 100 115 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 100/WDL clear 8500 100 115 144 55 nw 80 HQI-E 100/NDL clear 8400 150 170 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 150/WDL 12900 150 170 144 55 nw 80 HQI-E 150/NDL 12500 190001) 250 270 226 90 tw 90 HQI-E 250/D1) 250 270 226 90 nw 69 MASTER HPI Plus 250W/745 BU E40 340001) 400 4601) 290 120 tw 90 HQI-E 400/D1) 420001) MASTER HPI Plus 400W/745 BU E40 400 4801) 285 120 nw 69 HQI-E 400/N clear1) Metal halide lamps, ellipsoidal (CE with ceramic burner) HIE-CE 70 92 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB clear 7000 70 92 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB coated 6700 70 92 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB clear 6600 70 92 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB coated 6300 70 92 156 71 ww 78 MASTER City White CDO-ET 70/828 9000 100 115 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB clear3) 8500 100 115 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB coated3) 8800 100 115 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB clear3) 8300 100 115 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB coated3) 100 115 186 76 ww 80 MASTER City White CDO-ET 100/828 150 170 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB clear 14200 150 170 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB coated 13700 150 170 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB clear 14200 150 170 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB coated 13700 150 170 226 91 ww 82 MASTER City White CDO-ET 150/828 Metal halide lamps, tubular (CE with ceramic burner, only for closed luminaires) HIT-TC-CE 20 235) 52 17 ww 80 MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 20W/830 35 50 85 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 35/830 WDL PB 3500 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/830 17 ww 90 MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 35W/930 35 435) 52 HIT-CE 35 50 105 20 ww 80 HCI-T 35/830 WDL PB 3600 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/830 nw 90 HCI-T 35/942 NDL PB 3500 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/942 35 435) 105 20 ww 60 MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW 45W/628 45 525) 132 19 ww 80 MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT 50W/828 50 535) 152 32 60 665) 132 19 ww 60 MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW 60W/728 70 92 105 20 ww 80 HCI-T 70/830 WDL PB 7300 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/830 70 92 105 20 nw 90 HCI-T 70/942 NDL PB 6800 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/942 70 92 156 32 ww 80 HCI-TT 70/830 WDL PB 7000 MASTER City White CDO-TT 70/828 70 92 156 32 nw 90 MASTER CDM-TT 70/942 9500 100 115 105 19 ww 80 HCI-T 100/830 WDL PB3) 9300 100 115 105 19 nw 90 HCI-T 100/942 NDL PB3) 10000 MASTER City White CDO-TT 100/828 100 115 211 47 ww 80 HCI-TT 100/830 WDL PB3) ww 60 MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW 140W/728 140 1545) 147 19 150 170 110 25 ww 80 HCI-T 150/830 WDL PB 15000 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/830 150 170 110 25 nw 90 HCI-T 150/942 NDL PB 14500 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/942 150 170 211 47 ww 80 HCI-TT 150/830 WDL PB 14500 MASTER City White CDO-TT 150/828 150 170 211 47 nw 90 MASTER CDM-TT 150/942 250 280 135 25 ww 80 MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/830 250 280 135 25 nw 90 MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/942 260001) 250 280 175 34 ww 80 HCI-TM 250/830 WDL PB1) 250001) 250 280 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 250/942 NDL PB1) 260001) 250 280 226 46 ww 80 HCI-T 250/830 WDL PB1) 250 280 226 46 nw 90 HCI-T 250/942 NDL PB1) 3) 250001) 250 280 255 48 ww 80 MASTER City White CDO-TT 250/828 400001) 400 460 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 400/942 NDL PB1) 3) HIT 70 92 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 70/WDL 5300 70 92 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 70/NDL 5800 150 170 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 150/WDL 13000 150 170 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 150/NDL 13000 250 270 257 47 nw 65 MASTER HPI-T PLUS 250W/645 200001) 250 270 225 46 tw 90 HQI-T 250/D1) 400 475 275 46 nw 65 HQI-T 400/N1) 420001) 400 460 286 47 nw 65 MASTER HPI-T PLUS 400W/645 350001) 400 460 285 62 tw 90 HQI-BT 400/D1) PL = Lamp rating PSys = System rating 360 L ¶ = Lamp length = Lamp diameter LF = Lamp colour Ra = Colour rendering index VVG = Low-loss ballast EVG = Electronic control gear Socket ¢ lm 180004) 325004) E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 5600 8300 12500 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 1650 3300 3000 PGJ5 G8,5 PGJ5 3300 3300 4300 4150 6800 6600 6600 6300 6400 8800 16500 14000 12700 13500 12000 23000 23300 22500 - G12 G12 PGZ12 E 27 PGZ12 G12 G12 E27 E27 G12 G12 E40 PGZ12 G12 G12 E40 E40 G12 G12 G22 G22 E40 E40 E40 G22 205004) 350004) - G12 G12 G12 G12 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 PL PSys** L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM Reference Philips Reference ¢ lm 85000 189000 - E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 6500 6000 13250 14200 - RX7s RX7s RX7s(-24) RX7s(-24) Fc2 Fc2 6200 5700 13800 12900 20000 100000 90000 220000 190000 RX7s RX7s RX7s RX7s RX7s RX7s RX7s(-24) RX7s(-24) RX7s-24 RX7s-25 RX7s-26 RX7s-24 Fc2 Fc2 Fc2 Fc2 Fc2 Kabel Kabel Kabel Kabel Kabel Kabel Kabel Kabel - Kabel Kabel Kabel 2000 E27 3500 3500 5600 5600 5600 8500 10200 14500 14500 17000 12500 27000 27000 31100 22000 48000 48000 55500 37000 E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 Technical information ¢ W W mm mm ≥ lm HIT 1000 1065 382 76 nw 65 HQI-T 1000/N (I-lamp=9,1 A) 110000 HPI-T 1000W/643 (I-lamp=8,25 A) 1000 1115 382 76 tw 90 HQI-T 1000/D (I-lamp=8,9 A) 85000 240000 HPI-T 2000W/646 (I-lamp=16,5 A) 2000 2080 430 102 nw 65 HQI-T 2000/N/E SUPER (I-lamp=9,4 A) 2000 2130 430 102 tw 90 HQI-T 2000/D (I-lamp=10,2 A) 180000 2000 2080 430 100 nw 65 HQI-T 2000/N (I-lamp=9,0 A) 205000 2000 2130 430 100 tw 90 HQI-T 2000/D/I (I-lamp=10,3 A) 180000 Metal halide lamps, double-ended (CE with ceramic burner, only for closed luminaires) HIT-DE-CE 70 92 120 22 ww 80 HCI-TS 70/830 WDL PB 6800 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 70W/830 70 92 120 22 nw 90 HCI-TS 70/942 NDL PB 6500 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 70W/942 150 170 138 25 ww 80 HCI-TS 150/830 WDL PB 14500 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 150W/830 150 170 138 25 nw 90 HCI-TS 150/942 NDL PB 14400 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 150W/942 250 285 163 25 ww 80 HCI-TS 250/830 WDL PB1) 250001) 250001) 250 285 163 25 nw 90 HCI-TS 250/942 NDL PB1) 3) HIT-DE 70 92 120 21 ww 70 HQI-TS 70/WDL 5100 MHW-TD 70W/730 70 92 120 21 nw 80 HQI-TS 70/NDL 5700 MHN-TD 70W/842 70 92 120 21 tw 80 HQI-TS 70/D 5500 6000 70 92 120 21 ww 80 HQI-TS 70/WDL EXCELLENCE3) 70 92 120 21 nw 80 HQI-TS 70/NDL EXCELLENCE3) 6500 6200 70 92 120 21 tw 80 HQI-TS 70/D EXCELLENCE3) 150 170 136 24 ww 70 HQI-TS 150/WDL 11700 MHW-TD 150W/730 150 170 136 24 nw 80 HQI-TS 150/NDL 12000 MHN-TD 150W/842 150 170 136 24 tw 90 HQI-TS 150/D 12000 150 170 136 24 ww 80 HQI-TS 150/WDL EXCELLENCE3) 12000 150 170 136 24 nw 80 HQI-TS 150/NDL EXCELLENCE3) 12500 150 170 136 24 tw 90 HQI-TS 150/D EXCELLENCE3) 12000 250 270 163 28 ww 80 HQI-TS 250/WDL 22000 250 270 163 28 nw 80 HQI-TS 250/NDL 20000 MHN-TD 250W/842 250 270 163 28 tw 90 HQI-TS 250/D 20000 360001) 400 440 206 31 nw 80 HQI-TS 400/NDL1) 370001) 400 440 206 31 tw 90 HQI-TS 400/D1) 1000 1065 187 36 nw 80 HQI-TS 1000/NDL/S (I-lamp=9,2 A) 90000 1000 1065 187 36 tw 90 HQI-TS 1000/D/S (I-lamp=9,4 A) 90000 MASTER MHN-LA 1000W/842 (I-lamp=9,3 A) 1000 1065 294 40 nw 80 MASTER MHN-LA 1000W/956 (I-lamp=9,3 A) 1000 1065 294 40 tw 90 200000 2000 2030 187 36 nw 80 HQI-TS 2000/NDL/S (I-lamp=11,3 A) 2000 2030 187 36 tw 90 HQI-TS 2000/D/S (I-lamp=11,5 A) 200000 MASTER MHN-LA 2000W/956 (400V) (I-lamp=10,3 A) 2000 2030 364 40 nw 80 2000 2030 364 40 tw 90 MASTER MHN-LA 2000W/956 (400V) (I-lamp=10,3 A) HIT-DE 32 2000 2030 274 32 nw 60 HQI-TS 2000/N/L (I-lamp=10,7 A) 230000 2000 2030 274 32 tw 80 HQI-TS 2000/D/L (I-lamp=10,3 A) 205000 2000 2150 187 36 tw 90 HQI-TS 2000W/D/S High Flux (I-lamp=12 A) 220000 High-pressure mercury vapour lamps HME 50 60 130 56 ww 60 HQL 50 SUPER DE LUXE 1600 HPL 4 50W/634 High-pressure sodium vapor lamps, ellipsoidal HSE 50 62 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 50/E 3500 SON 50W/220 E 50 62 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 50 4Y 3500 MASTER SON PIA 50W/220 ST 70 83 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 70/E 5600 SON 70W/220 E 70 83 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 70 4Y 5600 MASTER SON PIA 70W/220 ST 70 83 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 70/I 5600 SON 70W/220 I E27 ICT 100 115 186 76 ww 20 NAV-E 100 8500 SON 100W/220 E 100 115 186 76 ww 20 NAV-E 100 SUPER 4Y 10200 MASTER SON PIA PLUS 100W/220 150 170 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 14500 SON 150W/220 E 150 170 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 4Y 14500 MASTER SON PIA 150W/221 Hg Free 150 175 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 SUPER 4Y 17000 MASTER SON PIA PLUS 150W/220 150 175 227 91 ww 60 SON Comfort 150W/621 250 275 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 27000 SON 250W/220 E 250 275 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 4Y 27000 MASTER SON PIA 250W/221 Hg Free 250 285 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 SUPER 4Y 31100 MASTER SON PIA PLUS 250W/220 250 285 227 120 ww 60 SON Comfort 250W/621 400 440 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 48000 SON 400W/220 E 400 440 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 4Y 48000 MASTER SON PIA 400W/221 Hg Free 400 450 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 SUPER 4Y 55500 MASTER SON PIA PLUS 400W/220 400 450 290 122 ww 60 SON Comfort 400W/621 Socket * All luminous flux values based on 25 °C. ** PSYS-values in case of high-pressure lamps based on low-loss ballast. (IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology as an alternative for high ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology. 1) with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) in preparation 4) + 10-20% with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 5) based on ECG. 361 Lamp characteristics PL PSys** L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM Reference Philips Reference ¢ W W mm mm ≥ lm High-pressure sodium vapor lamps, tubular HST 50 66 156 38 ww 20 NAV T 50 SUPER 4Y 4400 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 50W/220 70 83 156 38 ww 20 NAV T 70 6000 SON-T 70W/220 70 83 156 38 ww 20 NAV T 70 4Y 6000 70 83 156 38 ww 20 NAV T 70 SUPER 4Y 6600 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 70W/220 100 115 211 48 ww 20 SON-T 100W/220 100 115 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 100 9000 MASTER SON-T PIA 100W/221 Hg Free 100 115 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 100 SUPER 4Y 10700 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 100W/220 150 170 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 15000 SON-T 150W/220 150 170 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 4Y 15000 MASTER SON-T PIA 150W/221 Hg Free 150 175 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 SUPER 4Y 17500 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 150W/220 150 175 211 48 ww 60 SON-T Comfort 150W/621 250 275 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 28000 SON-T 250W/220 250 275 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 4Y 28000 MASTER SON-T PIA 250W/221 Hg Free 250 285 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 SUPER 4Y 33200 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 250W/220 250 285 257 48 ww 60 SON-T Comfort 250W/621 400 440 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 48000 SON-T 400W/220 400 440 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 4Y 48000 MASTER SON-T PIA 400W/221 Hg Free 400 450 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 SUPER 4Y 56500 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 400W/220 400 450 285 48 ww 60 SON-T Comfort 400W/621 600 645 285 47 ww 20 NAV T 600 SUPER 4Y 90000 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 600W/220 1000 1075 390 67 ww 20 NAV T 1000 130000 SON-T 1000W/220 High-pressure sodium vapor lamps (CRI with improved colour rendering) HST-CRI 103 20 ww 80 MASTER SDW-TG Mini White SON 50W/825 50 625) ww 80 MASTER SDW-TG Mini White SON 100W/825 100 1155) 110 20 149 32 ww 80 Master SDW-T SON 35W/825 35 415) 149 32 ww 80 Master SDW-T SON 50W/825 50 625) ww 80 Master SDW-T SON 100W/825 100 1155) 149 32 High-pressure sodium vapor lamps, double-ended HST-DE 70 83 120 20 ww 20 NAV TS 70 SUPER 4Y 6800 150 170 138 23 ww 20 NAV TS 150 SUPER 4Y 15000 250 275 206 23 ww 20 NAV TS 250 25500 400 440 206 23 ww 20 NAV TS 400 48000 QL discharge lamps LMG-IHF 140,5 85 ww 80 MASTER QL 55W/830 55 555) 140,5 85 nw 80 MASTER QL 55W/840 55 555) Mains-voltage halogen lamps, no transformer required QT 14../m 1050 Clickline 75W 75 75 51 14 ww 100 Halopin 66675AM QT 18 60 60 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64469 clear 820 60 60 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64469 AM matt 790 110 Capsuleline 230V 75W B15d clear 75 75 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64473 clear Capsuleline 230V 75W B15d matt 75 75 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64473 AM matt 1050 1500 Capsuleline 230V 100W B15d clear 100 100 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64475 clear Capsuleline 230V 100W B15d matt 100 100 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64475 AM matt 1470 QT 32 1470 HalogenA 230V T32 100 100 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64476IM 2400 HalogenA 230V T32 150 150 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64478IM Low-voltage pin-type socket lamps 12 V QT 12-ax 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64427S 300 Capsuleline 20 235) 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64432S 600 Capsuleline 35 385) 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64440S 910 Capsuleline 50 535) 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64450S 1450 Capsuleline 75 815) 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64458S 1800 90 965) 12 ww 100 Capsuleline 100 1065) 44 Mains-voltage halogen lamps (double-ended, no transformer required) QT-DE 12 74,9 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64690 1600 100 100 114,2 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64696 2400 150 150 114,2 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64701 5300 Plusline Small 230V 300W 300 300 114,2 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64702 9500 Plusline Small 230V 500W 500 500 185,7 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64560 16500 Plusline Large 230V 750W 750 750 ww 100 HALOLINE 64740 22000 Plusline Large 230V 1000W 1000 1000 185,7 12 362 Socket ¢ lm 4400 6000 6600 9000 9000 10700 15000 15000 17500 13000 28000 28000 32200 23000 10700 48000 56500 38000 90000 130000 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 2400 4900 1300 2300 5000 GX12-1 GX12-1 PG12-1 PG12-1 PG12-1 - RX7s RX7s-24 Fc2 Fc2 3650 3650 - 1050 G9 975 910 1300 1400 B15d B15d B15d B15d B15d B15d 1550 2550 E27 E27 300 600 950 1575 2200 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 GY6,35 5600 9900 17100 24200 R7s R7s R7s R7s R7s R7s PL PSys** L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM Reference W W mm mm ≥ Mains-voltage halogen reflector lamps QPAR-30 75 75 90,5 97 ww 100 HALOPAR 30 64845 FL Sylvania QPAR 51 50 50 55 51 ww 100 Hi-Spot ES 50 Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps with cold-light reflector QR-CBC 51 46 51 ww 100 Decostar 51 48860 ES FL 20 235) 46 51 ww 100 Decostar 51 48865 ES FL 35 385) 46 51 ww 100 Decostar 51 48870 ES FL 50 535) Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps with aluminium reflector QR-LP 111 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41832 SP 35 / 30 385) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES SP 35 / 30 385) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES FL 35 / 30 385) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41835 SSP 50 / 45 535) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES SP 50 / 45 535) 50 / 45 535) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES FL 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES WFL 50 / 45 535) PL PSys** L ¶ LF Ra OSRAM Reference W W mm mm Tubular fluorescent lamps T26 ww 18 195) 590 26 nw 18 195) 590 26 ww 36 375) 1200 26 nw 36 375) 1200 26 ww 58 565) 1500 26 58 565) 1500 26 nw T38 20 23 590 38 ww 20 23 590 38 nw 20 23 590 38 nw 20 23 590 38 tw 40 46 1200 38 ww 40 46 1200 38 nw 40 46 1200 38 nw 40 46 1200 38 tw 65 73 1500 38 ww 65 73 1500 38 nw 65 73 1500 38 nw 65 73 1500 38 tw ≥ ¢ lm Philips Reference Socket ¢ lm 30° 24002) HalogenA PAR30S 30° 17002) E27 25° 13002) Twistline Alu 300h 25° 10002) GU10 24° 24° 24° 23002) MASTERline ES 20W 44002) MASTERline ES 35W 57002) MASTERline ES 45W 24° 24° 24° 44002) GU5,3 44002) GU5,3 54502) GU5,3 4° 8° 24° 4° 8° 24° 45° 350002) 225002) 45002) 400002) 330002) 58002) 20002) VVG ¢ lm EVG ¢ lm MASTERline 111 30W MASTERline 111 30W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 45W MASTERline 111 45W Philips Reference 8° 24° 8° 24° 45° 230002) 40002) 330002) 53002) 19002) G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 G53 Socket VVG ¢ lm EVG ¢ lm 80 80 80 80 80 80 L 18W/830 L 18W/840 L 36W/830 L 36W/840 L 58W/830 L 58W/840 1350 1350 3350 3350 5200 5200 1300 1300 3200 3200 5000 5000 TL-D S80 18W/830 TL-D S80 18W/840 TL-D S80 36W/830 TL-D S80 36W/840 TL-D S80 58W/830 TL-D S80 58W/840 1350 1350 3350 3350 5200 5200 1300 1300 3200 3200 5000 5000 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 80 80 60 70 80 80 60 70 80 80 60 70 L 20W/640 S L 20W/765 S L 40W/640 S L 40W/765 S L 65W/640 S L 65W/765 S 1200 1050 3000 2500 4800 4200 - TL-M RS 20W/830 Super 80 Pro TL-M RS 20W/840 Super 80 Pro TL-RS 20W/33-640 TL-M RS 40W/830 Super 80 Pro TL-M RS 40W/840 Super 80 Pro TL-RS 40W/33-640 TL-M RS 65W/830 Super 80 Pro TL-M RS 65W/840 Super 80 Pro TL-RS 65W/33-640 - 1250 1250 1100 3100 3100 2850 5100 5100 4750 - - G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 G13 Technical information * All luminous flux values based on 25 °C. ** PSYS-values in case of high-pressure lamps based on low-loss ballast. (IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology as an alternative for high ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology. 1) with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) in preparation 4) + 10-20% with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 5) based on ECG. 363 Lamp characteristics PL PSys** L LF Ra W W mm Tubular fluorescent lamps TC-D 130 ww 13 195) 13 195) 130 nw 140 ww 18 265) 140 nw 18 265) 160 ww 26 345) 160 nw 26 345) OSRAM Reference Philips Reference DULUX D 13W/830 DULUX D 13W/840 DULUX D 18W/830 DULUX D 18W/840 DULUX D 26W/830 DULUX D 26W/840 For emergency light inserts E14 incl. ECG in socket TC-DSE 5 5 117 ww 80 8 8 122 ww 80 DULUX EL 8W/827 E14 11 11 144 ww 80 12 12 129 ww 80 DULUX EL 12W/827 E14 TC-F 36 39 217 ww 80 DULUX F 36W/830 36 39 217 nw 80 DULUX F 36W/840 TC-L 18 19 225 ww 80 DULUX L 18W/830 18 19 225 nw 80 DULUX L 18W/840 24 27 320 ww 80 DULUX L 24W/830 24 27 320 nw 80 DULUX L 24W/840 36 39 415 ww 80 DULUX L 36W/830 36 39 415 nw 80 DULUX L 36W/840 40 45 535 ww 80 DULUX L 40W/830 40 45 535 nw 80 DULUX L 40W/840 55 61 535 ww 80 DULUX L 55W/830 55 61 535 nw 80 DULUX L 55W/840 TC-S 145 ww 80 DULUX S 9W/830 9 135) 145 nw 80 DULUX S 9W/840 9 135) 215 ww 80 DULUX S 11W/830 11 155) 11 155) 215 nw 80 DULUX S 11W/840 TC-TEL(I) 13 14 90 ww 80 DULUX T/E 13W/830 PLUS 13 14 90 nw 80 DULUX T/E 13W/840 PLUS 18 20 100 ww 80 DULUX T/E 18W/830 (IN) PLUS 18 20 100 nw 80 DULUX T/E 18W/840 (IN) PLUS 26 28 115 ww 80 DULUX T/E 26W/830 (IN) PLUS 26 28 115 nw 80 DULUX T/E 26W/840 (IN) PLUS 32 35 130 ww 80 DULUX T/E 32W/830 (IN) PLUS 32 35 130 nw 80 DULUX T/E 32W/840 (IN) PLUS 42 46 155 ww 80 DULUX T/E 42W/830 (IN) PLUS 42 46 155 nw 80 DULUX T/E 42W/840 (IN) PLUS PL L ¶ LF W mm mm All purpose lamp, A60 matt A60 40 100 55 ww 60 100 55 ww 75 100 55 ww 100 100 55 ww Ra VVG EVG ¢ lm EVG Master PL-C 13W/830/2P Master PL-C 13W/840/2P Master PL-C 18W/830/2P Master PL-C 18W/840/2P Master PL-C 26W/830/2P Master PL-C 26W/840/2P 900 900 1200 1200 1800 1800 G24d-1 G24d-1 G24d-2 G24d-2 G24d-3 G24d-3 - - MASTER PL Electronic 5W/827 E14 MASTER PL Electronic 8W/827 E14 MASTER PL Electronic 11W/827 E14 - - - 230 400 600 660 E14 E14 E14 E14 - 2800 2800 2G10 2G10 2800 2800 2G10 2G10 Master PL-L 18W/830/4P Master PL-L 18W/840/4P Master PL-L 24W/830/4P Master PL-L 24W/840/4P Master PL-L 36W/830/4P Master PL-L 36W/840/4P Master PL-L 40W/830/4P Master PL-L 40W/840/4P Master PL-L 55W/830/4P Master PL-L 55W/840/4P 1200 1200 1800 1800 2900 2900 - 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 - 1200 1200 1800 1800 2900 2900 3500 3500 4800 4800 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 2G11 PL-S 9W/830/2P PL-S 9W/840/2P PL-S 11W/830/2P PL-S 11W/840/2P 600 600 900 900 G23 G23 G23 G23 - - Master PL-T 13W/830/4P Master PL-T 13W/840/4P Master PL-T 18W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 18W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 26W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 26W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 32W/840/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/830/4P(TOP) Master PL-T 42W/840/4P(TOP) - - 900 900 1200 1200 1800 1800 2400 2400 3200 3200 GX24q-1 GX24q-1 GX24q-2 GX24q-2 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-3 GX24q-4 GX24q-4 OSRAM Reference 100 100 100 100 Philips Reference ¢ lm ≥ CLAS A FR 40 CLAS A FR 60 CLAS A FR 75 CLAS A FR 100 Socket VVG ¢ lm ≥ 80 80 80 80 80 80 Socket 415 710 935 1340 Socket ¢ lm Standard matt A55 40W E27 230V Standard matt A55 60W E27 230V Standard matt A55 75W E27 230V Standard matt A55 100W E27 230V 415 710 930 1340 * All luminous flux values based on 25 °C. ** PSYS-values in case of high-pressure lamps based on low-loss ballast. (IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology as an alternative for high ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology. 1) with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) in preparation 4) + 10-20% with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 5) based on ECG. 364 EVG E 27 E 27 E 27 E 27 Technical information 365 Product index Reference 7-107··· Rodalux K series 7-402 Optilux series 7-420 Maxilux series 861···/Lumena 400 series 862···/Lumena 600 series 863···/Lumena 150 series 866···/Estadia series 877··· series··· 880··· series··· 881··· series··· 882··· series··· 883··· series··· 908··· series ··· 908··· series (M2) 931··· series··· 932··· series··· 933··· series··· 934··· series··· 935··· series··· 936··· series··· 961···/Saterna series 971···/Lumega 700 series 972···/Lumega 900 series 979··· series··· 980··· series··· 981··· series··· 982··· series··· 983··· series··· 984··· series··· 985··· series··· 986··· series··· 988··· series··· Belisco series DI series DKS series Elle series Emporium series Focus series HS··· series Konus series Laterne series Lichtboden series Lichtlinie series LS series Lionda series Ondo series Ontria series Palme series Pinzetta series Potsdam series Reeds series RL··· series Segmentkugel series Sonnos series SR··· series Symbol series Tube series Uni series Varisto series VR series Westminster series Zauberflöte series 366 Page 68 156 152 130 130 122 146 108 28 32 34 36 70 71 66 94 102 102 98 100 62 80 80 106 40 46 48 50 52 54 56 60 212 232 238 248 306 204 220 210 190 240 244 180 254 258 288 300 284 298 214 192 234 278 200 260 292 266 236 296 312 224 All technical data including details of weight and dimensions have been compiled with all due care. Errors excepted. We reserve the right to make alterations in the interest of improving our products. The luminaire photos included herein may show in part accessories that have to be ordered separately. Photos of buildings may show luminaires with optional equipment configurations. This catalogue was printed on environmentally-friendly PEFC-certified paper. Technical information 367 TRILUX GmbH & Co. KG Heidestraße ∙ D-59759 Arnsberg Postfach 19 60 ∙ D-59753 Arnsberg Tel. +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-0 Fax +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-3 75 info@trilux.de ∙ www.trilux.de PROLJUS AB Kyrkogatan 18 570 03 VRIGSTAD Tel. +46 (0) 70 601 05 63 info@proljus.se - www.proljus.se 368 Outdoor Luminaires for exterior areas Outdoor Luminaires for exterior areas 091-GB-int. 080 683 000001_Cover.indd 1 24.06.2009 14:04:51 Uhr
